G - AA Electric

Interface units 



Overview G.2 - G.3 

Sold by AA Electric 1-800-237-8274 Lakeland, FL • Lawrenceville, GA • Greensboro, NC • East Rutherford, NJ www.A-Aelectric.com 

PLC System Interface 

Interface units IEC 603-1 


Supply voltage distributor modules 

Interface units with RJ45 plug connector 

ELCO Interface units 

G.4 - G.5 

G.6 - G.7 

G.8 - G.9 

G.10 

G.11 

Card holders 


19" Euro format G.14 - G.22 

19" Double Euro format G.23 

PLC Interface 


PLC Front adapter for SIEMENS S7 

G.28 - G.29 

PLC Input/output modules 

Passive Components, Overview G.30 

Input/output modules passive 1-conductor 

technologoy G.31 - G.34 

Input modules passive 2-conductor 

technologoy G.35 


technologoy G.36 - G.38 

Output modules passive 2-conductor 

technologoy G.39 

Aktive Components, Overview G.40 

Output module relay coupler G.41 - G.44 

Control lead 

G.45 

Accessories 

Relay couplers G.46 


G 

G.1


Weidmüller interface units 


G 

Given the need to reduce costs in switch cabinet construction, 

interface units offer an alternative to wiring concepts with 

point-to-point wiring. The prime function of interface units is to 

act as a trouble-free adapter element between standardised 

plug connectors and point-to-point wiring or other connection 

systems. 

Weidmüller interface units consist of the following individual 

components: 

• Extruded profile for inserting the PCB 

• End plates for fitting on the mounting rail 

• Clip-on feet for locking on standardised mounting rails 

TS 32 and TS 35 

• PCB with connecting and display elements, DIN plug connectors 

and ample marking facilities for equipment identification. 

The plug connectors used for the interface units can be 

divided into the following groups: 

• Plug connector to IEC 603-1/DIN 41 651 

• Sub-miniature plug connectors (SUB-D) to IEC 807-2/ 

DIN 41652 

• Plug connectors for PCBs to IEC 603/DIN 41612 and 

41615 

• ELCO plug connectors for hazardous area applications. 

Preassembled leads with the corresponding plug connector 

systems are used as the connection between the series-connected 

controller and the interface unit. This provides the 

greatest savings for the user. The use of interface units 

reduces the individual circuitry, which reduces labour and 

installation time and also hidden costs in particular a reduction 

material costs following a reduction in the number of individual 

cables and leads, cable ducts, terminals and terminal blocks 

required. The transition to point-to-point wiring takes place at 

directly at the interface element. 

Users have a choice between screw, tension clamp or spade 

connections for connecting actuators and/or sensors. As an 

option, interface unit can also integrate additional functions 

such as status indicator, signal disconnector, fuses or screening. 

Identification systems make it easier to trace the signals to 

the corresponding element. 

Advantages of the interface units: 

• Two- and three-storey PCB terminals save space 

• Conventional point-to-point wiring only needed on one side 

to save costs 

• Greater safety, preventing wiring errors 

• Optional: LED status display on the interface units 

• Rapid troubleshooting with additional test and measuring 

devices 

• Simplified initial commissioning and documentation. 

Interface units let users implement pioneering concepts in 

switchboard design with potential for rationalisation. 

Customised wiring concepts can also be solved rationally 

through the use of special interface units. 

RSF interface units for preassembled leads with plug 

connectors to IEC 603-1/DIN 41651 

Passive interface for 10 … 64 signals for adapting preassembled 

leads with plug connectors to IEC 603-1/DIN 41651 to 

screw or tension clamp connection systems. 

When used in combination with a status display (LED), this 

guarantees rapid information about the switching state of 

incoming and outgoing signals. 


G.2




RSSD interface units for preassembled leads with 

SUB-D plug connectors to IEC 807-2/DIN 41652 

Passive interface unit for 9 … 50 signals for adapting preassembled 

leads with SUB-D plug to IEC 807-2/DIN 41 652, 

to screw or tension clamp connection systems. 

The components are supplied with female or male connectors. 

A spacer block between plug connector and PCB cushions 

the mechanical forces occurring between the connected 

cables. RSSD interface units can be supplied with an earth 

terminal for screened leads as an optional feature. An additional 

test point simplifies testing and measuring during initial commissioning 

and when servicing the system. 

RS VERT interface unit as potential distributor 

Passive interface unit for the distribution of dc supply voltage. 

These interface units are available in three designs for distribution 

to 8, 16 and 72 connections, for positive and negative 

potentials in each case: 

• 8x and 16x distributor of 45 mm overall width, 72x distributor 

100 mm width 

• Fed by two connection elements for positive and negative 

potentials in each case 

• Slots onto TS32/35 mounting rails. 

RS ELCO interface elements for preassembled leads 

with hermaphrodite plug connector system 

Weidmuller’s passive interface units are used for adapting hermaphroditical 

ELCO multi-pole connectors, for input and output, 

to screw terminal systems. The hermaphrodite contact is 

a fork-type contact that is identical in design on both sides of 

the connection, but with one fork turned through 90° to 

engage with the other. 

RS RJ45 interface units for connecting data lines 

The RS RJ45 interface module offers the user a convenient, 

easy to use interface for connecting modems, laptops and 

other office equipment in the switch cabinet. 

The module converts the standard RJ45 connection to a 

screw terminal system or acts as a coupling to connect data 

leads by means of two RJ45 sockets. For data transmission 

rates of up to 100 Mbit/s, it is advisable to connect one end of 

the shield of the data cable to protective earth. The interface 

modules can be fitted on the TS 32/35 mounting rails. 


G 

RS VERT potential distributors can also be used in small 

enclosures and provide clearly organised distribution. 

G.3



RSF Z / IEC 603-1 

RSF S 45 mm / IEC 603-1 

• Pin block with interlock according to IEC 603-1 


G 

• Tension clamp or screw connection technology 

• Width 45 resp. 87 mm 

• Mounting on TS32, TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x 15 

Technical data 

Connection data 

Connection with the process 

Stripping length 

Connection with the control system IN 41651 

Rated data 

Conversion PCB-/ plug connector 

Rated voltage c 

Rated current per connection 

Test voltage (~RMS) 

Test torque 

Storage temperature 

Ambient temp., fitted w/o distance 

Mounting rail x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

Insulation coordinates (EN 50178) 

Overvoltage category 

Pollution severity 

Approvals 

Standards 

Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) mm 2 

Length x width x height 

mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Width 

10-pole 

50.0mm 

14-pole 

50.0mm 

16-pole 

55.0mm 

20-pole 

65.0mm 

26-pole 

80.0mm 

34-pole 

110.0mm 

40-pole 

115.0mm 

50-pole 

145.0mm 

60-pole 

180.0mm 

64-pole 

180.0mm 

1 


87 

PCB terminal LM2NZF process 

7.0mm ping length 

71.1 

67.6 

63.6 

plug connector acc to IEC 603-1/ DIN 41651 

Rated data 

1:1 version PCB-/ plug connector 

60 Vac/ 75 Vdc 

1A current per connection 

1kV oltage (~RMS) 

Test torque 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 

0 °C…+55 °C , fitted w/o distance 

TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 


III rvoltage category 

2 ollution severity 

Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87 x — x 64.0 

Type Qty. Order No. 

RS F10 Z 1 8537190000 

RS F14 Z 1 8537200000 

RS F16 Z 1 8537210000 

RS F20 Z 1 8537110000 

RS F26 Z 1 8537180000 

RS F34 Z 1 8537130000 

RS F40 Z 1 8537140000 

RS F50 Z 1 8537150000 

RS F60 Z 1 8537160000 

RS F64 Z 1 8537170000 

2 4 6 8 10 p 

1 3 5 7 9 11 p 

45 

65.5 


PCB terminal LPK 2 H process 



Rated data 





0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


TS 35 , TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 




Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

45 x — x 65.5 


RS F10 LPK 2H/12 1 8155610000 

RS F14 LPK 2H/16 1 8258980000 

RS F16 LPK 2H/18 1 8265540000 

RS F20 LPK 2H/22 1 8155600000 

RS F26 LPK 2H/28 1 8213470000 

RS F34 LPK 2H/36 1 8155590000 

RS F40 LPK 2H/42 1 8155580000 

RS F50 LPK 2H/52 1 8155570000 

RS F60 LPK 2H/62 1 8259000000 

RS F64 LPK 2H/66 1 8155550000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

G.4 

Articles with coloured order number are kept permanently in stock at the central warehouse in Germany. 

Delivery times see page X.2

2 

3 

1 

5 

6 

4 

8 

9 

7 

11 

12 

10 

14 

15 

13 

17 

18 

16 

20 

21 

19 

23 

24 

22 

26 

27 

25 

29 

30 

28 

32 

33 

31 

38 

39 

37 

41 

42 

40 

44 

45 

43 

47 

48 

46 

50 

51 

49 

53 

54 

52 

56 

57 

55 

59 

60 

58 

62 

63 

61 

- 

- 

64 



RSF S / IEC 603-1 

RSF S / IEC 603-1 

• Pin block with interlock according to IEC 603-1 


• Screw connection technology 

• Width 87 mm 

• Mounting on TS32, TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x 15 





Connection with the control system IN 41651 

Rated data 





Test torque 







Approvals 

Standards 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Width 

10-pole 

50.0mm 

14-pole 

50.0mm 

16-pole 

55.0mm 

20-pole 

65.0mm 

26-pole 

80.0mm 

34-pole 

110.0mm 

40-pole 

115.0mm 

50-pole 

145.0mm 

60-pole 

180.0mm 

64-pole 

180.0mm 


87 

PCB terminal LP2N he process 


84 

81 

76 

70 

73 

65 


Rated data 





0.50Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 




Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87 x — x 70.0 


RS F10 LP2N 5/10 1 0224961001 

RS F14 LP2N 5/14 1 0225061001 

RS F16 LP2N 5/16 1 0225161001 

RS F20 LP2N 5/20 1 0224261001 

RS F26 LP2N 5/26 1 0224861001 

RS F34 LP2N 5/34 1 0224361001 

RS F40 LP2N 5/40 1 0224461001 

RS F50 LP2N 5/50 1 0224561001 

RS F60 LP2N 5/60 1 0224661001 

RS F64 LP2N 5/64 1 0224761001 


87 

PCB terminal LP3R he process 



Rated data 





0.50Nm orque 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 




Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87 x — x 76.0 

88 

83 

80 


RS F10 LPK 3/12 1 8012850000 

RS F14 LPK 3 1 8012860000 

RS F16 LPK 3/18 1 8012870000 

RS F20 LPK 3/21 1 8012910000 

RS F26 LPK 3/27 1 8012920000 

RS F34 LPK 3/36 1 8012930000 

RS F40 LPK 3/42 1 8012940000 

RS F50 LPK 3/51 1 8012950000 

RS F60 LPK 3/63 1 8012960000 

RS F64 LPK 3/66 1 8012970000 


G 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 


Delivery times see page X.2 G.5



RSSD Z / SUB-D 

RSSD S 45 mm / SUB-D 


G 

• Male- and female connector with UNC 4/40 

screw-interlocking system 

• Tension clamp- or screw connection technology 

• Width 45 resp. 87 mm 

• Locking foot for mounting on TS32, TS35 x 7.5 

and TS 35 x 15 





Connection with the control system 

Rated data 


Rated voltage dc 



Test torque 







Approvals 

Standards 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Male connector 





Female connector 





Width 

45.0mm 

60.0mm 

80.0mm 

110.0mm 

145.0mm 

45.0mm 

60.0mm 

80.0mm 

110.0mm 

145.0mm 

SL1 


SL1 

87 

PCB terminal LM2NZF process 


D-SUb acc. to IEC 807-2 trol system 

Rated data 


125 Vac 150 Vdc 

1.50A current per connection 


Test torque 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 




Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87 x — x 63.6 

71.1 

67.6 

63.6 


RS SD9 SZ 1 8537260000 

RS SD15 SZ 1 8537390000 

RS SD25 SZ 1 8537370000 

RS SD37 SZ 1 8537240000 

RS SD50 SZ 1 8537350000 

RS SD9 BZ 1 8537320000 

RS SD15 BZ 1 8537400000 

RS SD25 BZ 1 8537380000 

RS SD37 BZ 1 8537250000 

RS SD50 BZ 1 8537360000 

g p 

1 2 3 4 5 6 p 

45 

65.5 





Rated data 


125 Vac 150 Vdc 



0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


TS 35 , TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 




Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

45 x — x 65.5 


RS SD9S UNC LPK2 1 8259010000 

RS SD15S UNC LPK2 1 8233350000 

RS SD25S UNC LPK2 1 8155650000 

RS SD37S UNC LPK2 1 8155660000 

RS SD50S UNC LPK2 1 8155670000 

RS SD9B UNC LPK2 1 8216480000 

RS SD15B UNC LPK2 1 8209730000 

RS SD25B UNC LPK2 1 8155620000 

RS SD37B UNC LPK2 1 8155630000 

RS SD50B UNC LPK2 8155640000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

G.6 





RSSD S / SUB-D 

RSSD S / SUB-D 


• Male- and female connector with UNC 4/40 

screw-interlocking system 

• PCB connection element with screw connection 

• Locking foot for mounting on TS32, TS35 x 7.5 

and TS 35 x 15 






Rated data 





Test torque 







Approvals 

Standards 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 











Width 

45.0mm 

60.0mm 

80.0mm 

110.0mm 

145.0mm 

45.0mm 

60.0mm 

80.0mm 

110.0mm 

145.0mm 


87 




Rated data 


125 Vac 150 Vdc 



0.50Nm orque 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 




Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87 x — x 76.0 

84 

81 

76 


RS SD9S UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8003901001 

RS SD15S UNC 4.40 1 8005201001 

RS SD25S UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8005181001 

RS SD37S UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8003881001 

RS SD50S UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8005161001 

RS SD9B UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8003911001 

RS SD15B UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8005211001 

RS SD25B UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8005191001 

RS SD37B UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8003891001 

RS SD50B UNC 4.40 LP2N 1 8005171001 

A 

87 

Tag Carrier 


PCB terminal LP3R he process 


88 

85 

80 


Rated data 


125 Vac 150 Vdc 



0.50Nm orque 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 




Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87 x — x 80.0 

13 

8 


RS SD9S LPK3 1 8019930000 

RS SD15S LPK3 1 8019940000 

RS SD25S LPK3 1 8019950000 

RS SD37S LPK3 1 8019960000 

RS SD50S LPK3 1 8019970000 

RS SD9B LPK3 1 8019880000 

RS SD15B LPK3 1 8019890000 

RS SD25B LPK3 1 8019900000 

RS SD37B LPK3 1 8019910000 

RS SD50B LPK3 1 8019920000 

4 

3 


G 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





RS VERT 8 LPK2 



G 

• Distributor with 2 supply connections onto 8 or 

16 potentials 


• Potential distributor is designed as two-tier connection 

element 

• Total current max. 10 A 

• Assembly on mounting rail TS35 





Conversion PCB-/ plug connector ay +/- / 2-pole feeding 

Rated data 

Rated voltage 


Total current feed, max. 

Electrical distribution, plus/minus 



Enclosure/Mounting rail 


Overvoltage category/Pollution severity 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

64 

22.6 


45 

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

PCB terminal LPK 2 e process 


+ 

51.5 

supply voltage distributor 8-way +/- / 2-pole feeding g 

Rated data 

24 Vac/dc tage 


10A al current feed, max. 

+/- potential stribution, plus/minus 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


RS 45 section/TS 35 rail 


III/2 oltage category/Pollution severity 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

45.0 x 51.5 x 64.0 

64 

22.6 


+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 



45 

92.5 

supply voltage distributor 16-way +/- / 2-pole feeding 

Rated data 

24 Vac/dc tage 




-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


RS 45 section/TS 35 rail 



1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

45.0 x 92.5 x 64.0 

+ 




RS VERT8 LPK2 1 8252010000 

RS VERT16 LPK2 1 8234620000 

Information 

G.8 







• Distributor with 2 supply connections onto 

72 potentials 

• Potential distributor is designed as three-tier 

connection element 

• Total current 20A 

• Assembly on mounting rail TS32/35 





Conversion PCB-/ plug connector ay +/- / 2-pole feeding 

Rated data 

Rated voltage 



Electrical distribution, plus/minus 



Enclosure/Mounting rail S 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 



Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

95 

92 

87 

160 

100 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ + 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ + 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 

+ + 




supply voltage distributor 72-way +/- / 2-pole feeding 

Rated data 

250 V voltage 




-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


RS 100 section/TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 



1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

104.0 x 160.0 x 87.0 


RS LPK3/144 VERT 1 8199510000 

+ 

+ 


G 

Information 



Interface units with RJ45 plug connector 

Interface units with RJ45 plug 

connector 

RS RJ45 

RS RJ45 2WAY 


G 

• Direct coupling of PC and modem in control 

cabinets 

• Connection of usual Office equipment 

• Data transfer rate Cat5 100 Mbit 

• Optional available as RJ 45 converter to screw 

connection or RJ45 coupling 

• Assembly on mounting rail TS32/ 35 



Connection with the process nector 


Design female connector 


Rated data 


Number of signals 

Contact material 6u AU 



Enclosure tion 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

LM2N 3.5 RJ45 jack Strain relief 

X1a 

X1b 

X2a 

X2b 

X3a 

X3b 

X4a 

X4b 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 X6a 

2 X6b 

3 X6c 

4 X6d 

5 X6e 

6 X6f 

7 X6g 

8 X6h 

X5a 

X5b 


screw connection/ RJ45- connector 

screw connection/ RJ45- connector m 

RJ45- female connector 


Rated data 


8 shielded signals 

phosphor- bronze 6u AU 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


RS 70 section 

TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 


II/2 voltage category/Pollution severity 

1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

70.0 x 30.0 x 48.0 

Connect shielding of data wire with protective earth on one side 

1 

2 

connected 

with the 

RJ45 / 

strain relief 

X1.1 

X2.1 

X1.2 

X2.2 

X1.3 

X2.3 

X1.4 

X2.4 

X1.5 

X2.5 

X1.6 

X2.6 

X1.7 

X2.7 

X1.8 

X2.8 

X3.1 

X4.1 

X3.2 

X4.2 

X3.3 

X4.3 

X3.4 

X4.4 

X3.5 

X4.5 

X3.6 

X4.6 

X3.7 

X4.7 

X3.8 

X4.8 


2 x RJ45- connector J45- connector 

2 x RJ45- connector control system 

RJ45- female connector 

1:1, RJ45 coupling lug connector 

Rated data 


8 shielded signals 

phosphor- bronze 6u AU 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


RS 70 section 

TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 



70.0 x 38.0 x 48.0 

Connect shielding of data wire one-way with protective earth 




RS RJ45 10 8611320000 

RS RJ45 2WAY 1 8555440000 

Information 

G.10 





RS ELCO 


• Conversion from srew connection technology 

to hermaphroditic ELCO plug connector 

• Easy cable mounting by an angled assembly of 

the ELCO connector on left or right side of the 

module 

• High shock- and vibration resistance 

• Appropriate for small currents 

• Continuous numbering 

• Mounting on TS32, TS35 x 7.5 and TS35 x15 




Design onnector 56 pole 



Rated data 






Enclosure tion 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Type 

left 

right 

180 

70 

A 

C 

E 

H 

K 

M 

P 

S 

U 

W 

a 

c 

e 

h 

k 

m 

p 

s 

u 

w 

y 

AA 

CC 

EE 

HH 

KK 

MM 

B 

D 

F 

J 

L 

N 

R 

T 

V 

X 

b 

d 

f 

j 

l 

n 

r 

t 

v 

x 

z 

BB 

DD 

FF 

JJ 

LL 

NN 

Y 

Pin-assignment: 

LP2N screw terminal ELCO-plug 

1 

2 

• 

• 

• 

19 

20 

Y 

21 

22 

• 

• 

• 

32 

33 

34 

• 

• 

• 

42 

43 

44 

• 

• 

• 

53 

54 

Y 



ELCO connector 56 pole 


ELCO type 8016 h the control system 

Rated data 

125 Vac 150 Vdc 


1.50kV oltage (~RMS) 

-40 °C…+70 °C ture 


RS 70 section 

TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 



left 

right 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

70.0 x 160.0 x 76.0 70.0 x 160.0 x 76.0 

A 

B 

• 

• 

• 

W 

X 

Y 

a 

b 

• 

• 

• 

n 

p 

r 

• 

• 

• 

z 

AA 

BB 

• 

• 

• 

MM 

NN 

Y 


RS ELCO LH 1..54Y LP2N 1 1149361001 

RS ELCO RH 1..54Y LP2N 1 1149461001 


G 

Information 



Card holders 



G 

Pluggable PCB holders for adapting Euro cards to plug 

connectors to IEC 603/DIN 41 612 and DIN 41 617 

Pluggable PCB holders are used for rapid adaptation of electronic 

components. Just like an interface units, plug connectors 

to IEC 803/DIN 41612/617 are adapted to screw/spade 

connections on the pluggable PCB holder. 

A pluggable PCB holder has the following features: 

• Board with PCB terminals and standardised plug connectors 

to accommodate an electronic module of 19" Euro 

format 160 x 100 mm or 233 x 1260 mm 

• Holding post and interlocking for fixing the inserted card 

• Mounting plate and mounting feet for direct assembly or 

fitting on mounting rails. 

SKH2 pluggable PCB holders provide ideal design and 

functions: 

• 19" Euro cards covered completely from the back 

• Eject mechanism for one-hand operation 

• Card can be screw fastened at the front, as in a 19" rack. 

Pluggable PCB holders can be used in industrial applications 

for quickly adapting various 19" modules while saving the cost 

of a 19" component rack. Racks also take up more space and 

can usually only be accessed from behind. In addition, they 

often lack screw or tension clamp terminals for external circuits. 

Pluggable PCB holders are used when 

• there are just a few cards to be accommodated and 

connected 

• the PCB card is in a remote location, where wiring is 

inconvenient 

• there is a need to extend older systems by adding more 

electronic modules. 

Other typical applications include testing devices in production 

processes and laboratories, where it is important to be able 

to replace the PCB quickly and handle the connection planes 

without difficulty. 

Standards 

The products meet the following standards: 

• EN50178 Electrical equipment for use in high current 

installations 

• DIN VDE 0109 Isolation coordination in low voltage systems 

including creepage and clearance paths for PCB assemblies. 


G.12

Card holders 


Plug connector types 

to IEC 603/DIN 41612 

DB 

max. 64-polig 

poles 

Raster Matrix 2.54 2,54 Raster Matrix 2.54 2,54 

Raster Matrix 5.08 5,08 



Messer Plate 0.7 x 0,7 0.6x 0,6 Messer Plate 0.7 0,7 x 0.6x 0,6 Messer Plate 1 x 0.6 1 x 0,6 Messer Plate 1 x 10.6x 0,6 

Messer Plate 1.5 1,5 x 0.6x 0,6 

Messer Plate 4.84,8 x 0.8x 0,8 

Strom Current 11 A A 

Strom Current 11 AA 

Strom Current 44 A A 



Strom Current 15 15 AA 

Series 1 

Plug connectors in this series are commercially available in 

multi-pole design with low contact gaps and high current load 

of 1 A. Versions with up to 4 A contact current are also available 

on the market in a matrix size of 5.08 mm with lower pole 

numbers (up to 48 poles). 

Design B 

64-pole plug connector with a and b row configuration and 

max. contact current load 1A. Rated voltage 125 V to IEC 

664/EN 50178. There is also a version with 32 poles where 

only the even numbered poles are used. 

Design C 

Extension of type B with row c also configured to produce a 

96-pole plug connector. There is also a C 64 version where 

only the outer rows c and a are used. A further reduction in 

configuration to the even numbered poles results in type C 32, 

with a vertical and horizontal contact matrix size of 5.08 mm. 

Design D 

Identical dimensions and contact arrangements to type C 32. 

The reinforced contacts can take up to 4 A. 

C 

max. 64-polig 

poles 

Baureihe Series 1 Baureihe Series 2 

D 

max. 32-polig 

poles 

E 

max. 48-polig 

poles 

F 

max. 48-polig 

poles 

Design E 

Extension of type D32, with contact row “e” to produce, a 48- 

pole version. This plug connector with 4 A contact current in 

matrix size 5.08 mm is rated for high current loads. All even 

numbered poles in contact rows “e, c” and “a” are configured. 

Series 2 

This series differs from series 1 with different matrix sizes of 

5.08 mm for the back connections and 3.81 mm for the contact 

rows on the connector face. The plastic housing is higher 

at the back to increase the creepage paths (metal plate, 

board). The wiring plane is therefore different to series 1. All 

contacts are rated for a current load of 4 A. The attachment 

holes are arranged centrally at the outer edge of the sockets. 

Design F 

This unit offers 48-pole with complete arrangement of contact 

rows d, b and z. Also available are 32 pole versions configured 

using rows z and b or z and d. The z and b 32-pole version 

offers improves creepage and clearance paths as a significant 

feature. 

Design H 

Same dimensions as type F, configured with 11 or 15 pole 

high current contacts. The connection geometry differs from 

the other types. The contacts can take up to max. 15 A. 

H 

max. 15-polig 

poles 


G 

G.13

Card holders 

19’’ Euro format 

SKH2 31 

SKH2 B64 


G 

• For inserting 19’’ rack cards with Euro format 

100 x 160 mm 

• Converts IEC 603/ DIN 41612 eg. DIN 41617 

plug-in connectors to LP-connection elements 

• Mechanical lever reliably releases and rejects 

card 

• 19’’ PCB can be screwed in front 

• Protection cover on reverse side 

• Direct mounting or optional rail mounting on 

TS35 





Connection with the control system or block 

Rated data 





Test torque 



Mounting rail ng/ optional TS35 assembly material SKH2/35 




Approvals 

Standards 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


192.5 38.5 

PCB terminal LP 5.08 process 


connector DIN 41617 female connector block 

Rated data 


125 Vac 150 Vdc 


0.90kV oltage (~RMS) 

0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


116.6 

160 

direct mounting/ optional TS35 assembly material SKH2/35 




Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

60.7 x — x 192.5 

Width 160 mm 


SKH2 31 LPA1 1 8174800000 


192.5 38.5 




Rated data 


125 Vac 150 Vdc 



0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


116.6 

160 





Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

80.7 x — x 192.5 

Width 160 mm 


SKH2 B64 LPK2N 1 8174810000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Assembly kit TS35 SKH/35 8209340000 


G.14 



Card holders 


SKH2 C64 

SKH2 D32 



100 x 160 mm 




card 




TS35 






Rated data 





Test torque 







Approvals 

Standards 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


192.5 38.5 




Rated data 


125 Vac 150 Vdc 



0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


116.6 

160 





Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

80.7 x — x 192.5 

Width 160 mm 


SKH2 C64 LPK2N 1 8174820000 


192.5 38.5 




Rated data 


250 V ac 150 Vdc 



0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


116.6 

160 





Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

55.0 x — x 192.5 

Width 160 mm 


SKH2 D32 LP1 1 8174830000 


G 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





Card holders 


SKH2 E48 

SKH2 F32 Z+B 


G 


100 x 160 mm 




card 




TS35 






Rated data 


Rated voltage 



Test torque 







Approvals 

Standards 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


192.5 38.5 




Rated data 


250 V voltage 



0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


116.6 

160 





Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

70.7 x — x 192.5 

Width 160 mm 


SKH2 E48 LPK2N LPA1 1 8174840000 


192.5 38.5 




Rated data 


250 V voltage 



0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


116.6 

160 





Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

80.7 x — x 192.5 

Width 160 mm 


SKH2 F32 (Z+B) LPA1 1 8174850000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



G.16 



Card holders 


SKH2 F32 Z+D 

SKH2 F48 



100 x 160 mm 




card 



• Direct mounting or optional rail- mounting on 

TS35 






Rated data 


Rated voltage 



Test torque 







Approvals 

Standards 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


192.5 38.5 




Rated data 


250 V voltage 



0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


116.6 

160 





Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

80.7 x — x 192.5 

Width 160 mm 


SKH2 F32 (Z+D) LPA1 1 8174860000 


192.5 38.5 




Rated data 


250 V voltage 



0.40Nm orque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


116.6 

160 





Approvals 

EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

80.7 x — x 192.5 


SKH2 F48 LPA1 1 8174880000 


G 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





Card holders 


SKH 31 

SKH 31 250V 


G 

• For inserting cards in Euro format 100 x 160 

mm 

• Convert IEC 603/ DIN 41612 eg. DIN 41617 

plug-in connectors to LP connection elements 


TS35 with accessories 

Accessories: 

Support plate HP 0137100000 (in the scope of 

supply) 

Grip white ZG 0128000000 

Grip black ZG 0128060000 

Mounting plate MP 2054280000 

Mounting foot TS35 FM 0687900000 





Design/Contact complement 

Type interlocking 1 snap-fit 

Rated data 


Rated voltage/Rated current per connection 

Test voltage (~RMS)/Test torque 



Mounting rail ng/ optional TS 35 



Standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

47.5 

1.8 

45 

15 

30 




DIN41617 31 pole/ mplement 

PCB interlocking 1 snap-fit 

Rated data 


121 

131 

125 Vac 150 Vdc/5A urrent per connection 

1.25kV/0.40Nm (~RMS)/Test torque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 


direct mounting/ optional TS 35 



EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

47.5 x 131.0 x 144.0 

47.5 

1.8 

45 

15 

30 




DIN41617 31 pole/ mplement 


Rated data 


121 

131 

250 V/5A ge/Rated current per connection 


-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

47.5 x 131.0 x 144.0 





SKH 31 LP RH1 586661001 

SKH 31 LP 250VAC RH1 648661001 

Information 


Mounting foot TS35 FM4 0687900000 



G.18 



Card holders 


SKH B64 

SKH C64 



mm 

• Convert IEC/603 DIN 41612 resp. DIN 41617 




Accessories: 


supply) 










Type 

Rated data 









Standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

76 

24 45 

15 

30 



7.0 ipping length 

IEC603 B64/a and b plement 

Type 

Rated data 




-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

76.0 x 131.0 x 144.0 

131 

121 

Ø5.5 

76 

24 

45 

15 

30 




IEC603 C64/a and c plement 

Type 

Rated data 




-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

76.0 x 131.0 x 144.0 

131 

121 

Ø5.5 


G 

Ordering data 



PCB interlocking 2 snap-fits 

SKH B64 RH2 1 577360000 

SKH C64 RH1 1 178960000 

SKH C64 RH2 1 646660000 

Information 







Card holders 


SKH D32 

SKH E48 


G 


mm 





Accessories: 


supply) 











Rated data 









Standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

50.8 

2.5 

45 

15 

30 




IEC603 D32/a and c plement 


Rated data 


121 

131 


2kV/0.40Nm (~RMS)/Test torque 

-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

50.8 x 131.0 x 144.0 

69 

2.4 45 

15 

30 




IEC603 E48/e, c, a plement 


Rated data 




-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

69.0 x 131.0 x 144.0 

121 

131 





SKH D32 LP 5/16 RH2 1 586761001 

SKH E48 LP2/LP 1 690660000 

Information 





G.20 



Card holders 


SKH F32 Z&B 

SKH F32 Z&D 



mm 





Accessories: 


supply) 











Rated data 









Standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

50.8 

3.8 

45 

15 

30 




IEC603 F32/z and b plement 


Rated data 


121 

131 



-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

50.8 x 131.0 x 144.0 

50.8 

3.8 

45 

15 

30 




IEC603 F32/z and d plement 


Rated data 


121 

131 



-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

50.8 x 131.0 x 144.0 


G 

Ordering data 




SKH F32 (Z&B) LP RH2 1 586861001 

SKH F32 (Z&D) LP RH2 1 586961001 

Information 







Card holders 


SKH F48 

SKH H15 


G 


mm 





Accessories: 


supply) 











Rated data 









Standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

56 

3.8 

45 

15 

30 




IEC603 F48/z, b, d plement 


Rated data 




-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

56.0 x 131.0 x 144.0 

121 

131 




IEC603 H15/ act complement 


Rated data 


250 V/10A e/Rated current per connection 


-40 °C…+60 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

56.0 x 131.0 x 144.0 





SKH F48 1 587060000 

SKH H15S 1 8051300000 

Information 





G.22 



Card holders 

19’’ Double Euro format 

SKH (233 x 160 mm) 


• For inserting cards in Double Euro format 233 x 

160 mm 

• Convert IEC/603 DIN 41612 plug-in connectors 

to LP connection elements 



Accessories: 


supply) 








Type interlocking 2 snap-fits 

Rated data 









Standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 


69 

screw connection the process 


/z, b, d/ a und c mplement 


Rated data 

5.5 


275 

286 

34.5 



-40 °C…+70 °C ture 





EN 50178 s 

IEC603 C64 a, c 

IEC603 D32 a, c 

2.50 / 0.13 / 4 2.50 / 0.13 / 4 

69.0 x 286.0 x 144.0 69.0 x 286.0 x 144.0 


G 

Ordering data 

Type 

Design 



IEC603 C64 a, c 

SKH C64x2 (A&C) RH2 1 8013120000 


IEC603 D32 a, c 

SKH D32x2 LP5.08/16 RH2 1 8050981001 


IEC603 F48 z,b,d 

SKH F48x2 RH2 1 8009260000 

Information 





PLC Interface 

PLC system interface 


G 

Wiring and circuitry is becoming increasingly 

complicated as a result of the growing 

complexity of machines and systems 

in process, automation and building services 

control systems. Conventional connection 

(point-to-point wiring) of PLC 

controllers to the peripheral devices 

results in high installation and commissioning 

costs. The family of PLC system 

interface products provides the user with 

a quickly and easily installed output level 

for SIEMENS SIMATIC ® S7. 

The specific front adapters replace the 

usual screw terminal technology used on 

the PLC input/output cards. 40 or 10 

pole connectors transfer the PLC signals 

to the active or passive components via 

preassembled control leads. 

The PLC signals are converted either 

• in double word mode to a 40-pole 

ribbon cable connector 

or 

• in byte mode to 4 ribbon cable 

connectors each with 10 poles. 

Individual wiring 

PLC I/O cards usually have two connection 

systems: 

• screw clamp 

• crimp connectors. 

In both cases, the signals have to be 

wired individually with the corresponding 

connection elements. 

Disadvantages of individual wiring: 

• High assembly costs 

• The risk of wiring mistakes increases 

with the number of individual wires at 

one point 

• Takes up a lot of space in the switchboard 

• High installation workload 

• A lot of time spent on routing and 

assembly of connecting leads 

• High labelling and documentation 

workload. 

PLC 

System wiring 

The basic principle is the connection of 

PLC-specific front adapters to passive 

and active input/output modules using 

preassembled leads. The PLC adapters 

are plugged directly to the I/O cards. 

Within the adapters, the PLC-specific 

connection level is adapted to ribbon 

cable plug connectors to IEC 603-1/ 

DIN 41651. The passive and active 

input/output modules can therefore be 

used regardless of the corresponding 

controller type. 

There are two possible connection 

versions: 

• in double word mode to a 40-pole 

ribbon cable connector 

or 

• in byte mode to 4 ribbon cable 

connectors each with 10 poles. 

System wiring offers the following 

advantages over point-to-point wiring: 

• Minimum wiring workload 

• Reduced installation times 

• Simplified commissioning and 

documentation. 

The product series of PLC system interface 

modules offers a quickly and easily 

installed input and output level for 

SIEMENS SIMATIC ® S7. 

PLC 


G.24

PLC Interface 

PLC system interface 


System advantages 

• Fast 

– Reduced planning and design times 

– Time-saving installation 

– Less time required for commissioning 

and troubleshooting 

– Minimised wiring effort on site thanks 

to plug-type connectors. 

• Safe 

– Rules out the risk of wiring mistakes 

– Clear organisation in the switchboard 

(system cable instead of individual 

wires) 

– Marking corresponds with PLC 

– Additional individual marking. 

• Variable 

– Multitude of 40 or so different I/O 

components 

– Variable cable lengths 

– Modular design of all components 

– 1 x 4 byte and 4 x 1 byte system 

designs without signal routing module 

– Functions mixed by byte to an input or 

output level 

– Expansion possible without difficulty 

– Flexibility due to simple swapping of 

input/output interfaces. 

• Small 

– Saves space in cable ducts 

– Small module widths 

– No terminal levels. 


G 

G.25

Übergabeelemente 

PLC Interface 

SIEMENS SIM S7/300 and SIM S7/400 


G 

Front adapters SIM S7/300 and SIM 

S7/400 are contacted quickly and safely 

to the input and output modules of 

Siemens Simatic ® S7-300 and S7-400 

controllers. 

Preassembled control leads with 10 or 40 

pole socket connector to IEC 603-1/ 

DIN 41 651 connect the PLC input/output 

groups to the passive and active interface 

elements of the PLC system interface. 

Electrical isolation of the power supply is 

done by means of plug-in jumpers on 

PLC adapters and input/output modules 

with the following options: 

• 1 x 32 signals 

• 2 x 16 signals 

• 4 x 8 signals. 

As far as the power feed to PLC I/O 

cards is concerned, there are two 

options: 

• Direct feed on the front adapter via 

screw terminals 

• Feed via passive/active components 

by means of preassembled control wire 

(max. 1A/byte). 

For the 32 bit PLC components, there is 

a choice of front adapters with four 

10-pole



G 

G.27


PLC System interface 

G 


• Pre-assembled control cable 

• Control cable 1x40- or 4x10 pole in 4 standard 

lengths 

• Separate feeding of the supply voltage via 

screw connection terminals 

• Potential seperation with plug-in jumpers 

• Versatile accessories 

• Inexpensive coupling of the interface modules 

Front adapter for SIEMENS S7 300 

E/A-modules 

Digital input: 

S7/300 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0, 32DI 

Digital output : 

S7/300 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0, 32DO 

Digital input/output: 

S7/300 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0, 16DI/16DO 




Connection technology converted cable 1 plug connector 

Design ole conv. cable with 10-pole spring connector 

Design of single conductor 6/7 

Connection technology supply voltage/other connections 

Rated data 




Total current carrying capacity/ cable 10-pole/Ltg. 40 pol. 

Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 


Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

SIEMENS S7/300 1 x 4 Byte 

X1 X2 

X 3 X4 X1 


SIEMENS front panel housing 

40-pole tattered cable with IEC603/1 plug connector or 

40-pole conv. cable with spring connector connector 

7 leads control wire AWG 26/7 

LP-screw connection terminals oltage/other connections 

Rated data 

32 4 byte signals 



/26 A/ dT= 20K carrying capacity/ cable 10-pole/Ltg. 40 pol. 

Yes t. supply/Byte disconnect. 


115.0 x 22.0 x 32.0 


X1 X2 

X 3 X4 X1 



4x10-pole tattered cable with IEC603/1 plug connector 

4x10-pole conv. cable with 10-pole spring connector 



Rated data 

4x8 4 byte signals 



11.5A/ dT= 20K/ arrying capacity/ cable 10-pole/Ltg. 40 pol. 



115.0 x 22.0 x 32.0 




2 m control line 

SIM S7/300 FB40 2.0M 1 8433290200 

SIM S7/300 FB4x10 2.0M 1 8433310200 

2.5 m control line 

SIM S7/300 FB40 2.5M 1 8433290250 

SIM S7/300 FB4x10 2.5M 1 8433310250 


SIM S7/300 FB40 3.0M 1 8433290300 

SIM S7/300 FB4x10 3.0M 1 8433310300 


SIM S7/300 FB40 5.0M 1 8433290500 

SIM S7/300 FB4x10 5.0M 1 8433310500 

Information 

G.28 






• Pre-assembled control cable 

• Control cable 1x40- or 4x10- pole in 4 standard 

lengths 

• Separate feeding of the supply voltage via 

screw connection terminals 

• Potential seperation with plug-in jumpers 

• Versatile accessories 

• Inexpensive coupling of the interface modules 

Front adapter for SIEMENS S7 400 

E/A-modules 

Digital input: 

S7/400 6ES7 421-1BL00-0AA0, 32DI 

Digital output: 

S7/400 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0, 32DO 




Connection technology converted cable 1 plug connector 

Design ole conv. cable with 10-pole spring connector 

Design of single conductor 6/7 


Rated data 




Total current carrying capacity/ cable 10-pole/Ltg. 40 pol. 

Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 


Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

SIEMENS S7/400 1x 4 Byte 

X1 X2 

X 3 X4 X1 



40-pole tattered cable with IEC603/1 plug connector or 

40-pole conv. cable with spring connector connector 



Rated data 




/26 A/ dT= 20K carrying capacity/ cable 10-pole/Ltg. 40 pol. 



274.0 x 19.0 x 55.0 


X1 X2 

X 3 X4 X1 



4x10-pole tattered cable with IEC603/1 plug connector 

4x10-pole conv. cable with 10-pole spring connector 



Rated data 

4x8 4 byte signals 



11.5A/ dT= 20K/ arrying capacity/ cable 10-pole/Ltg. 40 pol. 



274.0 x 19.0 x 55.0 


G 

Ordering data 




SIM S7/400 FB40 2.0M 1 8335900200 

SIM S7/400 FB4x10 2.0M 1 8335910200 

2.5 m control line 

SIM S7/400 FB40 2.5M 1 8335900250 

SIM S7/400 FB4x10 2.5M 1 8335910250 


SIM S7/400 FB40 3.0M 1 8335900300 

SIM S7/400 FB4x10 3.0M 1 8335910300 


SIM S7/400 FB40 5.0M 1 8335900500 

SIM S7/400 FB4x10 5.0M 1 8335910500 

Information 





G 

Passive components 

The RSF40 or RS F10 passive interface units for 32 or 8 

signals allow for efficient connection of peripheral initiators, 

sensors and actuators to PLC input/output modules. The link 

between the PLC and the interface module consists of the 

controller-specific front adapter and the preassembled control 

lead. This wiring version replaces point-to-point wiring, which 

is prone to mistakes and is costly to install. The necessary 

auxiliary voltage is provided at the connection units. An 

optional status display (LED) indicates the switching state 

and the operating voltages. 

Input/output module RS 45 profile designed for 

– 1:1 signal transfer of 32 or 8 signals to PLC input/output 

modules 

– connection of RS F40 LPK2 and RS F10 LPK2 two-wire 

and three-wire sensors/initiators to PLC input/output 

modules. 

• Choice between screw or tension spring terminal 

• RS45 modules with extremely narrow width of 45 mm 

• 32x module via plug-in jumpers in sensor groups 

(1x32, 2x16 or 4x8 signals) 

• Signals grouped by byte 

• Test point on the board through connection element 

• Clearly organised terminal marking 

• Additional labelling field for group identification 

• Clips onto TS35 (RS 45 profile) in 45 mm width and 

TS 32/35 in 87 mm width 

X1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

.0 

.1 

.2 

.3 

.4 

.5 

.6 

.7 

.L+ 

.L- 

X1 

40 

39 

38 

37 

36 

35 

34 

33 

32 

31 

30 

29 

28 

27 

26 

25 

24 

23 

22 

21 

20 

19 

18 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0.0 

0.1 

0.2 

0.3 

0.4 

0.5 

0.6 

0.7 

0.L+ 

0.L- 

1.0 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

1.4 

1.5 

1.6 

1.7 

1.L+ 

1.L- 

2.0 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

2.5 

2.6 

2.7 

2.L+ 

1.L- 

3.0 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.6 

3.7 

3.L+ 

3.L- 


G.30



Input/output modules passive 

1-conductor technology 

• Compact design 

• Tension clamp connection technology 

• Clear connection labelling 

• Mounting on TS35 






Coupling to the control side, 8- way module 

Coupling to the control side, 32- way module/ 

Rated data 




LED current 

Common potential at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 

Ambient temp., fitted w/o distance/Storage temperature 


Mounting rail 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RS F10 I/O8 LMZF 

X1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


PCB terminal LMZF he process 


.0 

.1 

tension clamp terminal supply voltage/other connections 

10-pole FB-socket IEC 603-1 e, 8- way module 

/ oupling to the control side, 32- way module/ 

Rated data 

8 umber of signals 



LED current 

/ ommon potential at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 

0 °C…+55 °C/-40 °C…+70 °C tance/Storage temperature 


TS 35 ing rail 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

45.0 x 43.0 x 54.0 


RS F10 I/O8 LMZF 1 8428870000 

.3 

.5 

.7 

.L- 

RS F40 I/O32 LMZF 

X1 

40 

39 

38 

37 

35 

34 

32 

31 

29 

28 

26 

25 

23 

22 

20 

19 

17 

16 

14 

13 

11 

10 

987654321 




0.0 

0.1 

0.2 

0.3 

0.4 

0.5 

0.6 

0.L+ 

0.L- 

1.1 

1.2 

1.4 

1.5 

1.7 

1.L+ 

2.0 

2.1 

2.3 

2.4 

2.6 

2.7 

2.L+ 

1.L- 

3.0 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.6 

3.7 

3.L+ 

3.L- 



40-pole FB-socket IEC 603-1/ , 32- way module/ 

Rated data 




LED current 

/No mon potential at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 




1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

45.0 x 125.0 x 54.0 


RS F40 I/O32 LMZF 1 8428880000 


G 

Information 





G 














Rated data 




LED current 




Mounting rail 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RS F10 LPK 2H/12 

X1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

X2 




.0 

.1 

.2 

.3 

.4 

.5 

.6 

.7 

screw connection ology supply voltage/other connections 



Rated data 




LED current 

/- mmon potential at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 




1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

45.0 x 49.0 x 65.5 


RS F10 LPK 2H/12 1 8248050000 

+ 

- 

P 

P 

RS F40 LPK 2H/42 

X1 

1 

3 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. 

39 

40 

X2 




3 L- 

3 L+ 

3.7 

. 

2L- 

2L+ 

2.7 

2.6 

2.5 

. 

1L- 

1L+ 

1.7 

1.6 

1.5 

. 

0 L- 

0 L+ 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

. 

0.1 

0.0 

P 

P 




Rated data 




LED current 





1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

45.0 x 121.0 x 65.5 


RS F40 LPK 2H/42 1 8248060000 


Information 

G.32 









• Optional with status indicator 

• Additional label for group designation 

• Mounting on TS 32/35 








Rated data 


Rated voltage % 


LED current 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RS F10 I/O8 LPK2 

X 1 

.0 1 

.1 2 

. 

. 

.7 8 

+ 9 

- 10 







Rated data 


60 Vac/ 75 Vdc % 


LED current 




TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 40.0 x 80.0 


RS F10 I/O8 LPK2 1 8224290000 

RS F10 I/O8 LD LPK2 

X 1 

.0 1 

.1 2 

. 

. 

.7 8 

+ 9 

+ 

- 

- 







Rated data 


24 Vdc +/- 20 % 


< 5 mA nt 




TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 40.0 x 80.0 


RS F10 I/O8 LD LPK2 1 8224260000 

10 


G 

Information 



. 

. 

. 



G 















Rated data 




LED current 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RS F40 I/O32 LD LPK2H 

3.7 

3.6 

3.0 

3 L+ 

3 L- 

2.7 

2.6 

2.0 

2L+ 

1.7 

1.6 

1.0 

1L+ 

2L- 

1L- 

0.7 

0.6 

0.0 

0 L+ 

0 L- 




. . 

. 

. 

. 

X1 

3 

2 

. 

. 

10 

2 

12 

11 

23 

24 

30 

21 

34 

40 

32 




Rated data 


24 Vdc +/- 20 % 


< 5 mA nt 




TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 165.0 x 80.0 


RS F40 I/O32 LD LPK2H 1 8269060000 

31 


Information 

G.34 






technology 


• Connection of 2 conductor sensors 

• Plug-in jumpers allow a group partitioning of 

sensors in 1x32, 2x16 or 4x8 signals on the module 

• Clear byte grouping of the signals 











Rated data 




LED current 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RS F40 INIT32 LPK2 


. 

3.0 10 Byte 3 

3L+ 2 

3 

4 

1 

13 

2.7 + 

+ 

. 

2.0 20 

+ BR 3 BR 6 

2L- 11 

24 

. 

1.0 30 

+ 

BR 2 BR 5 

1L+ 22 

1L- 21 

0.7 

33 

0.6 34 

+ 

. 

0.0 40 

+ 

BR 1 BR 4 

0L+ 32 

0L- 31 



Byte 2 

Byte 1 

Byte 0 




Rated data 


60 Vac/ 75 Vdc % 


< 5 mA nt 

+ potential/Yes l at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 



TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 185.0 x 80.0 


RS F40 INIT32 LPK2 1 8224510000 

RS F40 INIT32 LD LPK2 


. 

3.0 10 Byte 3 

3L+ 2 

3 

4 

1 

13 

2.7 + 

+ 

. 

2.0 20 

+ BR 3 BR 6 

2L- 11 

24 

. 

1.0 30 

+ 

BR 2 BR 5 

1L+ 22 

1L- 21 

0.7 

33 

0.6 34 

+ 

. 

0.0 40 

+ 

BR 1 BR 4 

0L+ 32 

0L- 31 



Byte 2 

Byte 1 

Byte 0 




Rated data 


24 Vdc +/- 20 % 


< 5 mA nt 

+ potential/Yes l at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 



TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 185.0 x 80.0 


RS F40 INIT32 LD LPK2 1 8224520000 


G 

Information 





G 


technology 


• Connection of 3-wire sensors/initiators 











Rated data 




LED current 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RS F40 INIT32 LPK3 

Byte 3 

Byte 2 

Byte 1 

Byte 0 


3L- 1 

3L+ 

2 

3.7 3 

- 

+ 

. 

. 

3.0 1.0 

- 

+ 

2L- 11 

2L+ 

12 

2.7 13 

- 

+ 

. 

. 

2.0 2.0 

- 

+ 

1L- 21 

1L+ 

22 

1.7 23 

- 

+ 

. 

. 

1.0 3.0 

- 

+ 

0L- 31 

0L+ 

32 

0.7 33 

- 

+ 

. 

. 

0.0 4.0 

- 

+ 






Rated data 




LED current 

+/- potential/Yes at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 



TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 185.0 x 80.0 


RS F40 INIT32 LPK3 1 8248040000 


Information 

G.36 






technology 

• Tension clamp technology 

• Connection of 3-wire initiators 

• On the 32-way module wire jumper allow a 

group partitioning of the initiators to 1x32, 2x16 

or 4x8 signals 












Rated data 




LED current 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

RS F10 INIT8 LMZF 

X 1 

1 

.0 

2 

.1 

3 

.2 

4 

.3 

5 

.4 

6 

.5 

7 

.6 

8 

.7 

9 

L+ 

10 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 







Rated data 


60 Vac/ 75 Vdc % 


LED current 

+/- potential/- l at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 



TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 54.0 x 73.0 

RS F10 INIT8 LD LMZF 

X 1 

1 

.0 

2 

.1 

3 

.2 

4 

.3 

5 

.4 

6 

.5 

7 

.6 

8 

.7 

9 

L+ 

10 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 

L+ 

L- 







Rated data 


24 Vdc +/- 20 % 


< 5 mA nt 

+/- potential/- l at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 



TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 54.0 x 73.0 


G 

Ordering data 



RS F10 INIT8 LMZF 1 8430970000 

RS F10 INIT8 LD LMZF 1 8428890000 

Information 





G 


technology 

• Tension clamp technology 

• Connection of 3-wire initiators 

• On the 32-way module wire jumpers allow a 

group partitioning of the initiators to 1x32, 2x16 

or 4x8 signals 












Rated data 




LED current 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RS F40 INIT32 LMZF 


0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

1.0 

1.1 

X 1 

40 

39 

33 

29 

0.L+ 

30 

0.L- 

28 

27 

23 

10 

9 

3 



0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

1.L+ 

3.L+ 

0.0 

0.1 

0.7 

1.7 

3.0 

3.1 

3.7 




Rated data 


60 Vac/ 75 Vdc % 


LED current 




TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 185.0 x 73.0 


RS F40 INIT32 LMZF 1 8430980000 

RS F40 INIT32 LD LMZF 


0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

0.L- 

1.0 

1.1 

X 1 

40 

39 

33 

29 

0.L+ 

30 

0.L- 

28 

27 

23 

10 

9 

3 



0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

0.L+ 

1.L+ 

3.L+ 

0.0 

0.1 

0.7 

19 

1.L+ 

20 

1.L- 

1.L- 

2 

3.L+ 

1 

3.L- 

3.L- 

1.7 

3.0 

3.1 

3.7 

19 

1.L+ 

20 

1.L- 

1.L- 

2 

3.L+ 

1 

3.L- 

3.L- 




Rated data 


24 Vdc +/- 20 % 


< 5 mA nt 




TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 185.0 x 73.0 


RS F40 INIT32 LD LMZF 1 8428900000 


Information 

G.38 





Output modules passive 2-conductor 

technology 


• On the 32-way module plug-in jumpers allow a 

group partitioning of the connected actuators to 

1x32, 2x16 or 4x8 signals 


• Optional LED-status indicator 










Rated data 




LED current 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RS F10 OUT8 LD LPK2H 

X1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 




.0 

.1 

.2 

.3 

.4 

.5 

.6 

.7 




Rated data 


24 Vdc +/- 20 % 


< 5 mA nt 

- potential/ tial at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 



TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 65.0 x 80.0 


RS F10 OUT8 LD LPK2H 1 8256970000 

+ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

RS F40 OUT32 LPK2 

3 

4 

Byte 3 

2 

1 

13 

Byte 2 

14 

20 

12 

11 

23 

24 

. 

. 

. 

. 

3.7 

- 

3.6 

- 

- 

3L+ 

3L- 

2.7 

2.0 

BR 3 BR 6 - 

2L+ 

2L- 

1.7 

- 

1.6 

- 

Byte 1 

BR 2 BR 5 - 

22 

1L+ 

21 

1L- 

33 

0.7 

34 

- 

0.6 

- 

Byte 0 

40 

0.0 

BR 1 BR 4 

- 

32 

0L+ 

31 

0L- 







Rated data 


60 Vac/ 75 Vdc % 


< 5 mA nt 

- potential/Yes l at terminal/Volt. supply/Byte disconnect. 



TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5, TS 35 x 15 

1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 190.0 x 80.0 


RS F40 OUT32 LPK2 1 8224530000 


G 

Information 




G 

PLC Interface 

Active components 

Relay coupler output modules allow transmission of electric 

signals between PLC controller and the actuator level. Signal 

disconnector guarantees transmission free of reference potential 

and decoupling of the electric signals. 

Active interface components fulfil additional requirements: 

• signal transmission feedback-free and noise-free 

• power amplification 

• compact design 

• wiring with preassembled leads to save time and costs. 

Active output units 

Relay coupler output modules for PLC triggering of actuators 

free of reference potential. 

– RS F40 16 RS for output of 16 signals 

(with extension module max. 32 signals) 

– RS F40 LMZF 32 RS for output of 32 signals 

– RS F10 8RS for output of 8 signals 

• Choice between screw or tension spring terminals 

• Low-cost adaptation to PLC via preassembled control wires 

• Electrical isolation of input and output circuits 

• Expansion module for extending the 16x module 

to 32x module 

• Pluggable relays 

• Integrated status indicator of switching state 

• Labelling field for group identification 

• Clips onto TS 32/35 


G.40



Output module relay coupler 


• Basic- and extension module are equipped with 

16 relays 

• Pluggable relays with change-over contact 

• Coupling of the extension module via 20-pole 

flat-cable 

• Galvanic seperation of input and output circuit 

• LED-status indicator 

• Mounting on TS32/35 



Type 



Connection technology converted cable 



Input 


Oper.-/drop-out volt. DC-coil 

Rated current DC 

Pull-in curr./release curr. DC-coil 

Power rating 

Status indicator/LED - current consumption 

Response time / Release time 

Max. switching frequency at rated load 

Output 

Max. switching voltage AC/Max. switching voltage DC 

Continuous current/Switch-on current/Min. switching current 

Max. switching power 

Type of relay/Relay mounting 

Type of contact/Contact base material 

Insulation coordinates (EN 50 178) 



Rated voltage 

Voltage strength, Input/Output 



Mounting rail mountability 

Standards/Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Basic module 

Extension module 

RS F40 16RS OUT 


Type 

16 mber of signals 


40-pole male connector IEC 603/1 cable 

screw connection/ IEC 603-1 20-pole e/other connections 

7mm ing length 

Input 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

> 16 V / < 4 V t volt. DC-coil 

30 mA current DC 

23 mA / 2 mA ./release curr. DC-coil 

0.75 W rating 

yellow/3mA tor/LED - current consumption 

< 8 ms/ < 7 ms / Release time 

10Hz itching frequency at rated load 

Output 

250V/250V voltage AC/Max. switching voltage DC 

6A/8 A/100mA /Switch-on current/Min. switching current 

2000 VA / 200 W power 

SIEMENS RT 1/pluggable unting 

change-over contact/AgNi 90/10 aterial 



-40 °C…+70 °C ture 

300 V voltage 

4 kVeff e strength, Input/Output 

II ervoltage category 


TS 32/35 rail mountability 

EN 50178/CE pprovals 

2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87.0 x 350.0 x 76.0 


RS F40 16RS OUT 24VDC 1 8224181001 

RS F40 16RS OUT 24VDC E 1 8224191001 

x1 

0.1 40 

11 

0.2 30 39 

21 

0.7 33 

81 

1.0 

32 

31 

30 

. 

14 

12 

24 

22 

84 

82 

0 L1 

0 L- 

92 

1.1 29 

101 

. 

91 

94 

104 

102 

1.7 23 

161 

. 

. 

164 

162 

22 

1L+ 

21 

1L- 

2.0 20 

X2 

20 

2.1 19 

. 

19 

. 

2.7 13 

13 

2L+ 12 

12 

2L- 11 

11 

3.0 10 

9 

3.1 9 .. . 

.. 

10 

. 

3.7 3 

3 

3L+ 2 

2 

3L- 1 

1 


G 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Spare relay RT314024 4058480000 





G 




• Galvanic seperation of input and output circuit 

• Relay soldered with change-over contact 


• Mounting on TS 35 



Type 03-1 10-pol./ screw connection 






Input 





Power rating 




Output 









Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

IEC603-1 10-pol./ screw connection 

RS F10 8R OUT 24VDC 


IEC603-1 10-pol./ screw connection 



10-poles male connector IEC 603/1 able 

screw connection LM 3.5 upply voltage/other connections 


Input 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

> 18 V/ < 4 V ut volt. DC-coil 

20 mA current DC 

20 mA/ 2mA rr./release curr. DC-coil 

0.5 W rating 


< 8 ms/ < 4 ms / Release time 


Output 


3A/5 A/100mA /Switch-on current/Min. switching current 

1250 VA/ 80 W g power 

DOLD OW5691/soldered mounting 

change-over contact/Ag Ni ase material 



-40 °C…+70 °C ture 

250V d voltage 

4 kVeff e strength, Input/Output 



TS35 ting rail mountability 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

45.0 x 93.0 x 51.0 


RS F10 8R OUT 24VDC 1 8329800000 

x1 

.0 1 

.1 2 

.7 8 

9 

10 

. 

. 

11 

14 

12 

21 

24 

22 

81 

84 

82 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

G.42 








• Galvanic separation of input and output circuit 

• 8 relays pluggable 

• NO contact executed 






Type 03-1 10-pol./ tension clamp con. 






Input 





Power rating 




Output 









Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

IEC603-1 10-pol./ tension clamp con. 

RS F10 8RS OUT LMZF 





10-poles male connector IEC 603/1 able 

tension clamp connection pply voltage/other connections 


Input 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 


30mA d current DC 


0.5 W rating 


< 5 ms /< 15 ms Release time 


Output 


3A/5 A/10mA t/Switch-on current/Min. switching current 

1250 VA/ 600 W power 

FUJITSU NYP-24WK/pluggable ng 

NO contact/AgNi 5 µ Au t base material 



-40 °C…+70 °C ture 

300 V voltage 

2.5 kV ge strength, Input/Output 





1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 78.0 x 73.0 


RS F10 8RS OUT LMZF 1 8430990000 

X1 

.0 1 

.1 2 

.2 3 

.3 4 

.4 5 

.5 6 

.6 7 

.7 8 

9 

L+ 

10 

L- 

13 

14 

23 

24 

33 

34 

43 

44 

53 

54 

63 

64 

73 

74 

83 

84 


G 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Spare relay NYP-24 WK 4052510000 





G 




• Galvanic separation of input and output circuit 

• 32 relays pluggable 

• No contact executed 






Type 03-1 40-pol./ tension clamp con. 






Input 





Power rating 




Output 









Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


RS F40 32RS OUT LMZF 





10-pole male connector IEC 603/1 cable 

tension clamp connection pply voltage/other connections 


Input 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 


30mA d current DC 


0.5 W rating 


< 5 ms /< 15 ms Release time 


Output 


3A/5 A/10mA t/Switch-on current/Min. switching current 

1250 VA/ 600 W power 

FUJITSU NYP-24WK/pluggable ng 

NO contact/AgNi 5 µ Au t base material 



-40 °C…+70 °C ture 

300 V voltage 

2.5 kV ge strength, Input/Output 





1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

87.0 x 263.0 x 73.0 


RS F40 32RS OUT LMZF 1 8431000000 

X1 

40 

39 

33 

28 

23 

19 

10 

3 

2 

3.L+ 

0.0 

0.1 

0.7 

0.L- 

0.L- 

3.0 

20 

1.L- 

1.L- 

3.L- 

3.L- 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Spare relay NYP-24 WK 4052510000 

G.44 



Control lead 


Preassembled control lead 

The control lead is preassembled with 10 

or 40 pole plug-in socket according to IEC 

603/1 DIN 41 651. 

It is used for connecting the PLC front 

adapter with the passive or active PLC 

input/output modules. 

The connecting line for the PLC system 

interface is available in standard lengths of 

1m to 7m. 

Spring socket DIN 416451 / IEC 603-1 

No. Colour code Function 

1 black B- 

2 brown B3 + 

3 red B3.7 

4 orange B3.6 

5 yellow B3.5 

6 green B3.4 

7 blue B3.3 

8 violet B3.2 

9 grey B3.1 

10 white B3.0 

11 white/black B- 

12 white/brown B2 + 

13 white/red B2.7 

14 white/orange B2.6 

15 white/yellow B2.5 

16 white/green B2.4 

17 white/blue B2.3 

18 white/violet B2.2 

19 white/grey B2.1 

20 brown/black B2.0 

21 brown/red B- 

22 brown/orange B1 + 

23 brown/yellow B1.7 

24 brown/green B1.6 

25 brown/blue B1.5 

26 brown/violet B1.4 

27 brown/grey B1.3 

28 brown/white B1.2 

29 green/black B1.1 

30 green/brown B1.0 

31 green/red B- 

32 green/orange B0 + 

33 green/blue B0.7 

34 green/violet B0.6 

35 green/grey B0.5 

36 green/white B0.4 

37 yellow-black B0.3 

38 yellow-brown B0.2 

39 yellow-red B0.1 

40 yellow-orange B0.0 

Preassembled 

control lead 


Rated voltage 

Current carrying capacity 

Total current load 

- 40-pole lead 

- 10-pole lead 

Rated cross-section of cores 

Resistance value 


Ribbon round conductor designed on both sides 

Type Length* Order no. 

10-pole plug connector for transfer of 1 byte 

to DIN 41651 / IEC 603-1 

FBK 10/100 RK 1.00 m 8235360000 

FBK 10/150 RK 1.50 m 8235370000 

FBK 10/200 RK 2.00 m 8235380000 

FBK 10/250 RK 2.50 m 8235390000 

FBK 10/300 RK 3.00 m 8235400000 

FBK 10/350 RK 3.50 m 8235410000 

FBK 10/400 RK 4.00 m 8235420000 

FBK 10/450 RK 4.50 m 8235430000 

FBK 10/500 RK 5.00 m 8235440000 

FBK 10/550 RK 5.50 m 8288640000 

* special lengths on request 

300 V 

1 A 

26 A/∆ T = 20 K 

11,5 A/∆ T = 20 K 

0,14 mm 2 

55 mΩ/m 

-10...+80 ºC 

Ribbon round conductor designed on both sides 

Type Length* Order no. 

40-pole plug connector for transfer of 4 byte 

to DIN 41651 / IEC 603-1 

FBK 40/050 RK 0.50 m 8263960050 

FBK 40/050 RK 1.00 m 8216350000 

FBK 40/150 RK 1.50 m 8216360000 

FBK 40/200 RK 2.00 m 8216370000 

FBK 40/250 RK 2.50 m 8216380000 

FBK 40/300 RK 3.00 m 8216390000 

FBK 40/350 RK 3.50 m 8216400000 

FBK 40/400 RK 4.00 m 8216410000 

FBK 40/450 RK 4.50 m 8235340000 

FBK 40/500 RK 5.00 m 8235350000 


G 


Delivery times see page X.2 

G.45

Accessories 


G 

Relay couplers 

Order data 

Type Order no. 

24 Vdc 4058480000 1 ) 

RT 314024 pluggable relay 

Input voltage 

Switching voltage 

Min. switching current 

Mechanical service life 

Switching performance DC 13 

Contact material 

Replacement relay for 

24 Vdc 

250 V 

100 mA 

>30 x 10 6 

1,25 A, L/R=80ms 2,3 x 10 5 

AgNi 90/10 gold flashed 

8224181001 

Order data 

8224191001 

Type Order no. 

24 Vdc 4052510000 

NYP-24 WK pluggable relay 

Input voltage 


Min. switching current 


Replacement relay for 

24 Vdc ± 10 % 

250 V 

10 mA 

Ag alloy, 5µ hard gold plated 

8430990000 

8431000000 

1 ) Switching current, constant current: see technical data relay coupler modules. 

Diagrams for order nos 

4058480000 

Switching cycles 

switching voltage [V-] 

Electrial service life 

10 7 250V~ 

ohmic load 

10 6 

dc coil 

10 5 

ac coil 

10 4 

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 

SO162-B 

Switching current [A] 

300 

200 

100 

50 

40 

30 

20 

dc load limit curve 

ohmic load 

10 

0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 

SO153-A 

switching current [A] 


G.46 



Power Supplies 


Power supplies 

Overview H.2 - H.3 

Unregulated power supplies 

Compact power overview H.4 - H.5 

Compact power 1-phase H.6 - H.7 

Compact power 3-phase H.8 - H.9 

Switch-mode power supplies 

Connect power overview H.10 

Connect power 1-phase WAVESERIES H.11 

Connect power 1-phase INST H.12 - H.13 

Connect power 1-phase ECOLINE H.14 - H.15 

Connect power 1-phase H.16 - H.20 

Connect power 3-phase H.21 

Fuse for 24Vdc electric circuits 

WAVEGUARD overview H.22 

WAVEGUARD H.23 - H.25 

DC/DC-Converter 

Connect power H.26 - H.29 

Battery Back Up Unit 

Connect power H.30 


H 

H.1



H 


H.2




Transformers and power supplies are important links in the 

supply of power to automation systems. They are the core of 

each and every switch cabinet. A control voltage of 24 V has 

become generally established around the world as the power 

supply for all electric modules. But other voltages are still in 

use. 

The power supply must be chosen with extreme care, 

because it is crucial for the reliable functioning of all the components 

it supplies. Power supplies consist of a transformer 

that changes an a.c. voltage into an a.c. voltage of a different 

value. The secondary a.c. voltage is transformed into a pulsating 

d.c. voltage via a rectifier, and then smoothed by means of 

a filter circuit. In the case of stabilised power supplies, the output 

voltage is held constant by a stabilising unit. 

Weidmüller power supplies have proven themselves over many 

years in the supply of power to electronic modules. They are 

CE certified and comply with the requirements of 

DIN EN 50081-1 and DIN EN 50082-2 (EN 61000-6-2 with 

effect from 1 April 2002). This means that they can be used in 

adverse industrial environments, small-scale industrial installations 

and also in residential areas. 

Weidmüller offers power supply modules suitable for industrial 

use: 

• non-stabilised transformer mains adapters 

• primary switched-mode regulators 

• d.c. converters 

Input voltage to DIN IEC 38 

The tolerance band of the standard mains voltage of 230 

Vac/400 Vac is extended by ±10% as from 2003. Weidmüller 

power supplies already satisfy the regulations stipulated in 

DIN IEC 38. 

Worldwide use 

Weidmüller power supplies carry international approvals for 

worldwide use in many different applications. They are used in 

mechanical engineering, industrial automation, systems engineering, 

the power industry, production lines and building 

technology. 

Temperature range 

Power supplies continuously create power loss that is released 

as heat. This heat is dissipated via a cooling unit and the surface 

of the enclosure. Depending on type, Weidmüller power 

supplies can be used in ambient temperatures up to 60°C. 

Compact design 

Weidmüller power supplies can be used in restricted spaces 

due to their compact design and small footprint. This saves 

space in the switch cabinet and reduces costs. 

Transformer Rectifier Stabiliser 

Filter 

AC voltage 

Pulsating 

AC voltage 

Filtered 

AC voltage 

U 

constant 

Output 

Stabilised 

DC voltage 


H 

H.3


Standards and regulations 


H 

DIN EN 50178 

Electrical equipment for use in power installations 

DIN VDE 0160 

DIN EN 61558 

Safety of transformers, power supply and such equipment 

DIN EN 60950 

Safety of information technology devices 

IEC 950 

DIN VDE 0805 

DIN EN 60742 

Regulations for small transformers 

DIN VDE 0550 part 1 

DIN VDE 0550 part 3 Special regulations for isolating transformers and control transformers 

DIN VDE 0551 

Regulations for safety transformers 

DIN VDE 0106 part 101 Basic requirements for reliable isolation in electrical equipment 

DIN VDE 0113 part 1 Electrical equipment of industrial machinery 

DIN IEC 68 

Basic environment testing procedures 

IEC 38 

Supplementary information on the status of international standardisation and 

European harmonisation of mains rated voltage 230/440 V 

DIN EN 61131-2 Programmable logical controllers 

The following directives also apply: 

73/23 EEC Electrical equipment for use within certain voltage limits 

(Low voltage directive) 

89/336 EEC Electromagnetic compatibility directive (EMC directive) 

98/37 EC Safety of machinery (machinery directive) 


H.4



Single-phase and three-phase un-regulated 

power supplies 

Compact power supplies are important links in the supply of 

power to controls. They are used wherever the process or 

control voltages differ from the mains voltage. Transformers 

act as isolating element between the input and output circuit. 

Minimum requirements are stipulated in VDE 0550 at 2000 V. 

The design of Weidmüller’s transformer power supplies satisfies 

the higher safety requirements of DIN EN 61558, i.e. they 

can be used for generation of safety extra low voltage (SELV). 

Connection to the mains on the input side takes the form of 

screw terminals. The devices are rated for a rated voltage of ~ 

230 V ± ~15 V or ~400 V ± ~15 V, 50/60 Hz. The secondary 

ac voltage coming from the transformer passes via a bridge 

rectifier that converts the voltage to dc. The rectifier has a 

capacitor on the input side to reduce high-frequency interference 

caused by rectifier diodes. Electrolyte capacitors effectively 

filter the pulsating dc coming from the rectifier to a maximum 

ripple of typically 5%. This dc is then routed to the output 

terminals, which consist of pluggable screw connectors. 

The output is connected to a varistor to attenuate voltage 

peaks. A green LED also connected to the output voltage acts 

as status indicator. 

Balanced range of specifications for optimum efficiency 

The output currents of the efficiently graduated sizes are specified 

at two ambient temperatures. 

The choice of size depends on the maximum usability of the 

elements. 

Matched to standard ~ 230/400 V voltages to IEC 38 by 

± ~15 V tap. 

Six rated voltages (ac) can be connected via corresponding 

terminals: 215 V, 230 V, 245 V, 385 V, 440 V and 415 V. 

Reliable short-circuit and overload protection 

The integrated secondary-side fuse (FKS) up to size 

CP NT 192W protects from overloads and short-circuits. In 

devices CP NT 264W to CP NT3 1000W, this protection is 

provided by a thermostatic switch integrated in the transformer. 

Extremely simple assembly 

Keyhole mounting simplifies assembly and saves time. For 

devices up to 144 watt, a snap-on fixing for 35 mm DIN rails is 

available as an accessory, for simple assembly: simply push 

into the unit and fix with two screws. 

Transformers vacuum impregnated, painted black 

• No humming 

• No penetration of moisture in the winding 

• Mechanical fixing of the winding 

• Better heat radiation from the winding 

• Good heat dissipation. 


H 

H.5


Compact power 1-phase 

CP NT 36 

CP NT 72 

CP NT 144 


H 


Input 

Input voltage +/- 15V 

Input current A 

Frequency 

No load input current 

Ext. back-up fuse 

Max. connection range 

Output 

Output voltage 

Output current at 40°C 


Max. output power 

Residual ripple 

Back-up fuse, max. n fuse 

Protective circuit 

Max. connection range ) 

4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 

Insulation coordination 

Shock protection 4 

Insulation strength 

Insulation class 

Protection class 


General data 

Operation temperature 


Degree of efficiency 

Mounting position horizontal 

Mounting position arbitrary 

Status display 

Weight 

Low voltage directive 

Standards EN 61558-2-4, -6 

Mounting rail mountability h clip-in plate 

Approvals s / UL/LIST 

EMC standards ; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

230 V/ 400 V/ +/- 15V 

0.35 A/ 0.2 A A 

50/ 60 Hz 

0.1A / 0.06A t current 

0.63At / 0.315At e 

2.5 mm 2 nnection range 

Output 

24 V SELV ltage 

1.50A t current at 40°C 

1A t current at 55°C 

36W utput power 

< 5 % ripple 

3 At flat plug-in fuse se 

varistor ve circuit 

4 x 2.5 mm 2 (flexible) 

4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 


according to VBG4 

4 kV lation strength 

B nsulation class 

IP20 ection class 

1 rotection class 

General data 

-20 °C…+55 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 

80% ree of efficiency 

1A @ 55 °C; 1.5A @ 40 °C ntal 

1A @ 40 °C osition arbitrary 

LED green splay 

1.5kg t 

72/ 23/ EWG directive 

EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 

Direct assembly, TS 35 with clip-in plate 

CE / cURus / UL/LIST 

EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

68.0 x 78.0 x 123.0 

Type (Qty.=1) Order No. 

CP NT 36W 24V 1.5A 8575260000 

Input 

230 V/ 400 V/ +/- 15V 

0.56 A/ 0.32 A 

50/ 60 Hz 

0.13A / 0.08A current 

0.1 At / 0.63 At e 


Output 



2.50A t current at 55°C 


< 5 % ripple 

7.5 At flat plug-in fuse 



4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 

-20 °C…+55 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 


2.5A @ 55 °C; 3A @ 40 °C ntal 

2.5A @ 40 °C ition arbitrary 


2.1kg t 


EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 



EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

85.0 x 84.0 x 125.0 


CP NT 72W 24V 3A 8575270000 

Input 

230 V/ 400 V/ +/- 15V 

0.95 A/ 0.55 A 

50/ 60 Hz 


1.6At / 1.0At fuse 


Output 




144W tput power 

< 5 % ripple 

10 At flat plug-in fuse e 



4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 

-20 °C…+55 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 


5A @ 55 °C; 6A @ 40 °C zontal 



3.1kg t 


EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 



EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

92.0 x 96.0 x 135.0 


CP NT 144W 24V 6A 8575280000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Clip-in plate for TS35: 8588900000 



H.6 





CP NT 192 

CP NT 264 

CP NT 432 



Input 

Input voltage +/- 15V 

Input current 

Frequency 



Max. connection range 

Output 






Back-up fuse, max. fuse 



4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 





Mounting position arbitrary 


Weight 




Approvals s / UL/LIST 


50082-1 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

230 V/ 400 V/ +/- 15V 

1.3 A/ 0.7 A t 

50/ 60 Hz 


2.0At / 1.25At use 


Output 





< 5 % ripple 

15 At flat plug-in fuse 



4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 

-20 °C…+55 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 


7A @ 55 °C; 8A @ 40 °C zontal 



4.3kg t 


EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 

Direct assembly ountability 


EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

105.0 x 105.0 x 145.0 


CP NT 192W 24V 8A 8575300000 

Input 

230 V/ 400 V/ +/- 15V 

1.8 A/ 1 A ent 

50/ 60 Hz 


3.15At / 1.6At use 


Output 


11A current at 40°C 



< 5 % ripple 

Thermal switch g-in fuse 



4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 

-20 °C…+55 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 


10A @ 55 °C; 11A @ 40 °C ntal 

10A @ 40 °C sition arbitrary 


6.1kg t 


EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 



EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

113.0 x 120.0 x 165.0 


CP NT 264W 24V 11A 8575310000 

Input 

230 V/ 400 V/ +/- 15V 

2.5 A/ 1.3 A t 

50/ 60 Hz 


4.0At / 2.0At fuse 


Output 





< 5 % ripple 

Thermal switch g-in fuse 



4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 

-20 °C…+55 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 


15A @ 55 °C; 18A @ 40 °C ntal 

15A @ 40 °C sition arbitrary 


9.1kg t 


EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 



EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

135.0 x 135.0 x 185.0 


CP NT 432W 24V 18A 8575320000 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 


Delivery times see page X.2 H.7



CP NT3 250 

CP NT3 400 

CP NT3 500 


H 


+ - 

Input 

Input voltage 5 % 

Input current 

Frequency 


Input fuse switch in the primary coil 



4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 

Output 






Back-up fuse, max. 


Max. connection range lexible); 

2 x 6.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 





Mounting position vertical 

Fan-signal grated 

Power loss 


Weight 




50082-1 


Approvals s / cCSAus / UL/LIST 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

3 x 400 V +/- 5 % 

0.5 A current 

50/ 60 Hz 

0.1A oad input current 

3x Thermo switch in the primary coil 

3 x 1.0AT -up fuse 


4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 

Output 





< 2 % ripple 

External 10 AT max. 


2 x 6.0 mm 2 10 AWG (flexible); 

2 x 6.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 

-20 °C…+60 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 


11A @ 40 °C sition horizontal 

10A @ 60 °C sition vertical 

Fan unintegrated 

80W loss 


4.7kg t 


EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 

EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

Direct mounting untability 

CE / cURus / cCSAus / UL/LIST 

185.0 x 84.0 x 192.0 

Condensation not allowed 


CP NT3 250W 24V 10A 8628620000 

Input 

3 x 400 V +/- 5 % 

0.75 A current 

50/ 60 Hz 

0.11 A d input current 


3 x 1.2 AT up fuse 


4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 

Output 





< 2 % ripple 

External 16/18 AT . 



2 x 6.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 

-20 °C…+60 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 





100W oss 


6.9kg t 


EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 

EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

Direct mounting ountability 


220.0 x 88.0 x 213.0 



CP NT3 400W 24V 15A 8628630000 

Input 

3 x 400 V +/- 5 % 

0.9 A current 

50/ 60 Hz 

0.13 A d input current 


3 x 1.6 AT up fuse 


4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 

Output 





< 2 % ripple 

External 20/22 AT . 



2 x 6.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 

-20 °C…+60 °C rature 

-20 °C…+80 °C ture 





130W oss 


10.0kg 


EN 60950, EN 61558-2-4, -6 

EN 50081-1, 2; EN 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 

Direct mounting ountability 


220.0 x 108.0 x 215.0 



CP NT3 500W 24V 20A 8628650000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

H.8 





CP NT3 600 

CP NT3 750 

CP NT3 1000 



+ - 

Input 

Input voltage 5 % 

Input current 

Frequency 


Input fuse switch in the primary coil 



4 x 4.0 mm 2 (solid) 

Output 








Max. connection range lexible); 

2 x 6.0 mm 2 (solid) 







General data 





Mounting position vertical 

Fan-signal ctor



H 

ConnectPower - Switched-mode power supply 

Switched-mode power supplies in the ConnectPower series 

are suitable for universal use, thanks to the varying voltage 

input range of 85 Vac to 265 Vac. The devices are interference-suppressed 

to DIN EN 55022 Class B and also satisfy 

the requirements for safety extra low voltages (SELV). 

Weidmuller’s switched-mode power supplies produce 12 W to 

300 W with electronic short-circuit control on the output side. 

The mains adapters can be used for industrial applications 

and in building automation. 

Principal of operation 

The outstanding features of primary switched-mode power 

supplies include high degree of efficiency combined with compact 

dimensions and moderate heat development. Mains voltage 

is rectified directly. The rectified voltage is then chopped at 

a higher frequency than the mains frequency. A transformer, 

which can be of small dimensions due to the high switching 

frequency, then transforms the voltage at the switching frequency 

to the required value. 

The voltage is then rectified and smoothed by a filter. Control 

is achieved by pulse-width modulation: the switch-on and 

switch-off times of the chopper-transformer are influenced in 

such a way as to ensure that the output voltage remains stable. 

Chopper 

Transformer 

Rectifier 

Current division and redundancy 

Weidmüller’s switched-mode power supplies can be connected 

in parallel to increase power or for redundancy purposes. 

There are two basic methods: active and passive current division. 

Active current division requires higher switching complexity. 

The advantage is exact current division and uniform load 

on the modules. Passive current division means less complex 

switching, lower costs, as well as a softer characteristic output 

curve and less exact division of the current. The output voltages 

of the units must be adjusted exactly (± 100-200 mV) 

before being connected in parallel. 

Power factor correction (PFC) 

Power factor correction ensures with switched-mode power 

supplies that there is a sinusoidal current input from the mains 

supply. A side effect is the regulation of the power factor to 

approximately 1. 

Filter 

Pulse generator 


H.10


Connect power 1-phase 

WAVESERIES 

CP SNT 12W 24V 0.5A 



W 

Input 

Input voltage 120…300 Vdc 

Input current Vac; 180 mA @ 230 Vac 

Frequency 

Input fuse use (internal) 

Overvoltage protection 

Output 


Output current 



Overload protection mal switch-off 


Mains failure bridge-over time at 115 Vac 


Control at 10…100% load 

Possibility of parallel connection 



Galvanic isolation output-earth 

Galvanic isolation input-earth 

Galvanic isolation input-output 

Galvanic isolation input/output-rail 

General data 





Standards EN 60950, IEC950 

EMC standards ; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 50082-1 

Power factor correction 

Approvals UR / CE 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

H 

L 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

260 mA @ 115 Vac; 180 mA @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

2 A slow fuse (internal) 

Varistor age protection 

Output 

24 Vdc voltage 

0.5 A t current 


0.1 % ual ripple 

Overvoltage / -thermal switch-off 


30ms ailure bridge-over time at 115 Vac 


0.6 % ol at 10…100% load 

No ssibility of parallel connection 



500 V RMS isolation output-earth 

1.5 kV RMS solation input-earth 

3 kV RMS isolation input-output 

4 kV RMS isolation input/output-rail 

General data 

-20 °C…+50 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 50082-1 

No wer factor correction 

CSA / UL/UR / CE 

Screw connection 

2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 22.5 x 112.4 


CP SNT 12W 24V 0.5A 1 9918840024 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





INSTA 

CP SNT 24W 28V 1A 




H 

W 


Input 



Frequency 

Making current limit 

Input fuse se (internal) 


Output 










Max. capacitance at output 






General data 






EMC standards ; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

H 

L 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

460 mA @ 115 Vac; 250 mA @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

Thermistor rent limit 

2A slow fuse (internal) 


Output 


1 A put current 


< 0.2 % ipple 




160ms ilure bridge-over time at 230 Vac 

0.5 % ol at 10…100% load 

8000 µF pacitance at output 






General data 

-20 °C…+50 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 


EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 


EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

90.5 x 52.0 x 62.5 

Derating: 33% @ 60 °C 


CP SNT 24W 28V 1A 9928890028 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

460 mA @ 115 Vac; 250 mA @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 




Output 




< 0.2 % ipple 





0.5 % ol at 10…100% load 







General data 

-20 °C…+50 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 


EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 


EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

90.5 x 52.0 x 62.5 



CP SNT 24W 24V 1A 9928890024 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

460 mA @ 115 Vac; 250 mA @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 




Output 



22.50W utput power 

< 0.2 % ipple 





0.5 % ol at 10…100% load 







General data 

-20 °C…+50 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 


EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 


EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

90.5 x 52.0 x 62.5 



CP SNT 24W 15V 1.5A 9928890015 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

H.12 





INSTA 




W 


Input 



Frequency 




Output 










Max. capacitance at output 






General data 






EMC standards ; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

H 

L 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

460 mA @ 115 Vac; 250 mA @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 




Output 




< 0.2 % ipple 





0.5 % ol at 10…100% load 







General data 

-20 °C…+50 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 


EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 


EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

90.5 x 52.0 x 62.5 



CP SNT 24W 12V 1.5A 9928890012 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

460 mA @ 115 Vac; 250 mA @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 




Output 

5 Vdc t voltage 



< 0.2 % ipple 





0.5 % ol at 10…100% load 







General data 

-20 °C…+50 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 


EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 


EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 

50082-1 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

90.5 x 52.0 x 62.5 



CP SNT 24W 5V 2A 9928890005 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 




Connect power 1-phase ECOLINE 




H 


Input 

Input voltage / 176…264 Vac switchable 

Input current ac; 1.2 A @ 230 Vac 

Frequency 

Output 

Output voltage justable 




Overload protection const. for 3s.; Iout > 150% off 










General data 

Operation temperature C @ 80%; 60°C @ 60% 




Standards 

EMC standards 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 


Approvals E / UL/LIST 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

85…264 Vac; 120…370 Vdc c switchable 

2.0 A @ 115 Vac; 1.2 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

Output 

24…28 Vdc adjustable 



150 mVss ripple 

Iout: 105%…150% Iconst. for 3s.; Iout > 150% off 

29…34V age protection 



1% ntrol at 10…100% load 

Yes, with diode module l connection 


0.5kV AC isolation output-earth 

1.5kV AC isolation input-earth 

3kV AC ic isolation input-output 

General data 

0…50°C @ 100%; -10°C @ 80%; 60°C @ 60% 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 60950 s 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 


UL/UR / CE / UL/LIST 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

125.2 x 125.2 x 100.0 


CP SNT 70W 24V 3A 1 8708660000 

Input 

88…132 Vac / 176…264 Vac switchable 

2.8 A @ 115 Vac; 1.7 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

Output 




80 mVss l ripple 











General data 

0…45°C @ 100%; -10°C @ 80%; 50°C @ 80% 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 60950 s 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

125.2 x 55.5 x 100.0 


CP SNT 120W 24V 5A 1 8708670000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Connect in parallel with diode module: 8710620000 


H.14 




Connect power 1-phase ECOLINE 





Input 

Input voltage ; 250…370 Vdc 


Frequency 

Output 

Output voltage justable 




Overload protection const. for 3s.; Iout > 150% off 










General data 

Operation temperature °C @ 70% 




Standards 



Approvals E / UL/LIST 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

85…264 Vac; 120…370 Vdc c 

3.5 A @ 115 Vac; 1.8 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

Output 


10 A ut current 


80 mVss l ripple 











General data 

-10…55°C @ 100%; 70°C @ 70% 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 60950 s 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 

PFC passive r correction 



4 / 0.10 / 4 

125.2 x 65.5 x 100.0 


CP SNT 250W 24V 10A 1 8708680000 

Input 

180…264 Vac; 250…370 Vdc 

6 A @ 230 Vac ac; 1.8 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

Output 


20 A ut current 


120 mVss ripple 











General data 

-10 °C…+70 °C 0%; 70°C @ 70% 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 60950 s 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

125.2 x 227.5 x 100.0 

preliminary technical specifications, subject to modifications 


CP SNT 500W 24V 20A 1 8708690000 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 






CP SNT 55W 48V 1.04A 

CP SNT 55W 24-28V 2.3A 


H 


L 

H 

W 

Input 



Frequency 



Output 
















General data 








Approvals UR / CE / cURus / cCSAusUL/LIST 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

+ 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

+ 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

1.1 A @ 115 Vac; 0.55 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 



Output 




< 50 mV RMS e 












General data 

-20 °C…+40 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 50082-1 


CSA / UL/UR / CE / cURus / cCSAusUL/LIST 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 

Derating: 2.1A/ 24V @ 50 °C; 1.5A/ 24V @ 60 °C 


CP SNT 55W 48V 1.04A 1 9927480048 

+ 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

+ 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

1.1 A @ 115 Vac; 0.55 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 



Output 

24…28 Vdc age 



< 50 mV RMS e 












General data 

-20 °C…+40 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 50082-1 


CSA / UL/UR / CE / cURus / cCSAusUL/LIST 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 



CP SNT 55W 24-28V 2.3A 1 9927480024 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Assembly angle for wall mounting: 7920560000 


H.16 





CP SNT 55W 12-15V 3A 




L 

H 

W 

Input 



Frequency 



Output 
















General data 











mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

+ 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

+ 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

1.1 A @ 115 Vac; 0.55 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 



Output 




< 50 mV RMS e 












General data 

-20 °C…+40 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 50082-1 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 



CP SNT 55W 12-15V 3A 1 9927480012 

+ 

FUSE 

L 

+ 

N 

+ 

Input 

85…265 Vac, 120…300 Vdc 

1.1 A @ 115 Vac; 0.55 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 



Output 




< 50 mV RMS e 












General data 

-20 °C…+40 °C rature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 50081-1, 2; IEC 61000-6-2, 3; EN 50082-1 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 



CP SNT 55W 5V 3A 1 9927480005 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 







CP SNT 160W 48V 3.5A 

CP SNT 160W 24-28V 6.5A 


H 


L 

H 

W 

Input 

Input voltage ac, max. 195/250 Vac, typ. 115…230 Vac 

Input current ac; 1.45A @ 230 Vac 

Frequency 

Input fuse fuse (internal) 


Output 





Overload protection rvoltage protection 











General data 











mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

min. 85/138 Vac, max. 195/250 Vac, typ. 115…230 Vac 

2.9 A @ 115 Vac; 1.45A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

6.3 A slow fuse (internal) 


Output 




0.2 % RMS ripple 

Overcurrent and overvoltage protection 





no ssibility of parallel connection 






General data 

0 °C…+50 °C perature 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 

no wer factor correction 



4 / 0.10 / 4 

127.0 x 57.0 x 175.0 



CP SNT 160W 48V 3.5A 1 9925340048 

Input 


2.9 A @ 115 Vac; 1.45A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 



Output 
















General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

127.0 x 57.0 x 175.0 



CP SNT 160W 24-28V 6.5A 1 9925340024 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



H.18 





CP SNT 160W 12-15V 8A 




L 

H 

W 

Input 

Input voltage ac, max. 195/250 Vac, typ. 115…230 Vac 

Input current ac; 1.45A @ 230 Vac 

Frequency 

Input fuse fuse (internal) 


Output 
















General data 











mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 


2.9 A @ 115 Vac; 1.45A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 



Output 
















General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

127.0 x 57.0 x 175.0 



CP SNT 160W 12-15V 8A 1 9925340012 

Input 


2.9 A @ 115 Vac; 1.45A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 



Output 
















General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

127.0 x 57.0 x 175.0 



CP SNT 160W 5V 8A 1 9925340005 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 







CP SNT 300W 24V 12.5A 


H 


L 

H 

W 

Input 

Input voltage 100…200 Vdc; type 115..230 Vac 


Frequency 

Input fuse 


Output 

Output voltage -28 Vdc 



Residual ripple Vac RMS; at 100 kHz: 2 MV Vss 






Possibility of parallel connection rent division 

Signaling delay 

Monitoring function rrent, temperature 






General data 

Operation temperature 00 % ED) 



Status display ng: LED yellow / Error: LED red / On: LED green 




Derating : 20% @ 60 °C 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

86…265 Vac, 100…200 Vdc; type 115..230 Vac 

3.3 A @ 115 Vac; 1.65 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

Thermistor 


Output 

Adjustable, 22-28 Vdc 



at 120 Hz: 20 mVac RMS; at 100 kHz: 2 MV Vss 





0.2 % ol at 10…100% load 

up to 5 power supplies, active current division 

2 sec. ing delay 

output voltage, -current, temperature 






General data 

-15 °C…+50 °C (at 100 % ED) 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 


Current limiting: LED yellow / Error: LED red / On: LED green 

EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

155.0 x 240.0 x 101.0 


CP SNT 300W 24V 12.5A 1 9916250024 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 


H.20 





CP-SNT 380-480VAC/24V 



L 

H 

W 

Input 

Input voltage c, typ.: 360…480 Vac 


Frequency 

Input fuse w fuse(internal) 


Output 

















General data 











mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

306… 550 Vac, typ.: 360…480 Vac 

120 mA @ 360 Vac; 100 mA @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 

3 x 1A slow fuse(internal) 


Output 




< 50 mV RMS e 













General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 




4 / 0.10 / 4 

108.0 x 60.0 x 168.0 



CP-SNT 380-480VAC/24V 1 9917790324 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 




Electronic fuse WAVEGUARD 


H 

WAVEGUARD is designed for use with switch mode power supplies. 

The technical characteristics of switched-mode power 

supply units mean that they either cannot supply a dynamic 

output current or can only do so within defined limits. They 

cannot reliably trip conventional circuit breakers and melting 

fuse. The WAVEGUARD electronic fuse was specially developed 

for this application. The electronic fuse is of course also suitable 

for all direct current applications. 

Connection 

The WAVEGUARD electronic fuse is connected into the positive 

branch of the circuit to be protected, like a conventional melting 

fuse or automatic circuit breaker. For power supply to the 

integrated electronics, the 0V potential must also be connected 

to the fuse. 

Selective dynamic and static protection 

of 24 Vdc circuits 

The electronic fuse consists of two fuse elements connected 

in series: a conventional melting fuse and an electronic fuse. 

This is realised with a rapidly responding solid-state switch. 

The circuit detects the current flowing through the fuse – when 

the current reaches the set maximum permissible value, the 

Mains 

supply 

+ 

=24V 

- 

WAVEGUARD 

WAVEGUARD 

WAVEGUARD 

Load 1 

Load 2 

Load 3 

solid-state switch switches off within microseconds. The current 

flow is interrupted. This static value for maximum current 

is 100% of the fuse rating, but the fuse also has a dynamic 

component. That means it permits a higher current – similar to 

the tolerance factor of a conventional fuse – but only for a 

short time. After the dynamic phase, the electronic fuse is 

ready to trip at 100% of the rated current again. The values 

are selected to ensure that the upstream melting fuse does 

not trip. 

Various rated currents 

The operating current is precisely adjustable between 0.5 … 

8 A in the manufacturing process with a combination of resistors. 

There are 4 current ratings available as standard: 1.6 A, 

3.15 A, 6.3 A and 8 A. Intermediate values can be realised at 

any time on request. 

Switching off and resetting with a switch 

The sliding switch integrated into the front is provided for 

switching the fuse element on and off. In the tripped state, the 

fuse can be switched on again with this switch provided the 

fault has been eliminated. Simply move the switch to “OFF”, 

wait 10 seconds, and switch on again. 


H.22


Electronic fuse WAVEGUARD 


Additional reset input 

For the purpose of remote reset, a voltage pulse can be 

applied to the reset input; the load circuit is closed with the 

falling flank of the pulse. Cyclic auto-reset is not permitted, nor 

is this advisable for safety reasons. 

Warning LED and potential-free signal contact 

Any fault that occurs must be signalled. An integrated LED 

and signal contact (NCC) indicate the switched state of the 

fuse. This helps to speed up troubleshooting and reduces 

repair costs. 

INPUT 

(8) 

24V 

(1) 

Reset 

0V 

(7) 

gn 

red 

fail 

(9) 

(2) 

(3) 

OUT PUT 

24V 

NC C 

50V uc /0.05A 


H 

H.23


WAVEGUARD 

24VDC 1.6A 

24VDC 3.15A 


H 

INPUT 

(8) 

24V 

(1) 

Reset 

0V 

(7) 


gn 

rt 

fail 

OUTPUT 

(9) 

24V 

(2) 

(3) 

NC contact 

50V uc /0.05A 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Reset > 100 ms +24 V, falling edge ON 

Output 

Differential relay / signal contact A; only extra-low voltage! 


General data 

Operation temperature ) 


Status display LED red: Tripped 

Standards 

EMC standards 2, 4; EN 55011 

Sliding switch waiting - ON; on / off 

Approvals s 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Connection technology 


Tension clamp c. 

current 

(A) 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

time (ms) 

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 

Input 


1.6 A current 

Pulse > 100 ms +24 V, falling edge ON 

Output 

Break cont. elem. max. 50 V / 0.05 A; only extra-low voltage! 

3.5 ms typ. elay 

General data 

0 °C…+55 °C (fitted) 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 

LED green: OK, LED red: Tripped 

EN 50178 s 

EN 61000-6-1, 2, 4; EN 55011 

OFF - 10 sec. waiting - ON; on / off 

CE / cURus 

Screw connection Tension clamp c. 

2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

72.0 x 22.5 x 92.4 72.0 x 22.5 x 92.4 

Cyclical auto-reset not permitted; Tu=23°C, single module 


WGS 24Vdc 1.6A 1 8618890000 

WGZ 24Vdc 1.6A 1 8621040000 

Input 

current 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

(A) 


2 

0 


0 10 1520 253035 404550 5560 6570 


Output 

time (ms) 



General data 

0 °C…+55 °C (fitted) 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 


EN 50178 s 

EN 61000-6-1, 2, 4; EN 55011 


CE / cURus 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

72.0 x 22.5 x 92.4 72.0 x 22.5 x 92.4 



WGS 24Vdc 3.15A 1 8618910000 

WGZ 24Vdc 3.15A 1 8621030000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

H.24 




WAVEGUARD 

24VDC 6.3A 

24VDC 8A 


INPUT 

(8) 

24V 

(1) 

Reset 

0V 

(7) 


gn 

rt 

fail 

OUTPUT 

(9) 

24V 

(2) 

(3) 

NC contact 

50V uc /0.05A 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Reset > 100 ms +24 V, falling edge ON 

Output 

Differential relay / signal contact A; only extra-low voltage! 


General data 

Operation temperature ) 


Status display LED red: Tripped 

Standards 

EMC standards 2, 4; EN 55011 

Sliding switch waiting - ON; on / off 

Approvals s 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




current 

(A) 

26 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

time (ms) 

0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 

Input 


6.3 A current 


Output 



General data 

0 °C…+55 °C (fitted) 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 


EN 50178 s 

EN 61000-6-1, 2, 4; EN 55011 


CE / cURus 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

72.0 x 22.5 x 92.4 72.0 x 22.5 x 92.4 



WGS 24Vdc 6.3A 1 8618930000 

WGZ 24Vdc 6.3A 1 8621020000 

Input 


8 A ed current 

current 

(A) 

65 

60 

55 

50 

45 

40 

35 

30 

25 

20 

15 

10 

5 

time (ms) 

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 


Output 



General data 

0 °C…+55 °C (fitted) 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 


EN 50178 s 

EN 61000-6-1, 2, 4; EN 55011 


CE / cURus 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

72.0 x 22.5 x 92.4 72.0 x 22.5 x 92.4 



WGS 24Vdc 8.0A 1 8618940000 

WGZ 24VDC 8.0A 1 8621010000 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 




Connect power 

CP DCDC 50W 22-24Vdc 2A 

CP DCDC 50W 15Vdc 3A 


H 


Input 

Input voltage typ. 24 Vdc 

Input fuse 

Output 



Overload performance ff with automatic reset 

General data 

Operation temperature ll rate load 



Switching frequency 


W 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


H 

L 


Input 

18…30 Vdc, typ. 24 Vdc 

internal se 

Output 



Overvoltage switch-off with automatic reset 

General data 

0 °C…+40 °C max. full rate load 

-40 °C…+85 °C ture 


200.0kHz g frequency 



4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 


CP DCDC 50W 22-24V 2A 1 9919372424 

Input 

18…30 Vdc, typ. 24 Vdc 

internal se 

Output 




General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 





4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 


CP DCDC 50W 15V 3A 1 9919372415 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



H.26 




Connect power 





Input 

Input voltage ype 12 Vdc 

Input fuse 

Output 




General data 






W 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


H 

L 


Input 

9…16 Vdc, type 12 Vdc 

internal se 

Output 




General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 





4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 


CP DCDC 50W 12V 3A 1 9919371212 

Input 


internal se 

Output 




General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 





4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 


CP DCDC 50W 5V 8A 1 9919371205 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 






Connect power 

CP DCDC 50W 22-24Vdc 2A 



H 


Input 

Input voltage ype 12 Vdc 

Input fuse 

Output 




General data 






W 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


H 

L 


Input 


internal se 

Output 




General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 





4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 


CP DCDC 50W 22-24V 2A 1 9919371224 

Input 


internal se 

Output 




General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 





4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 


CP DCDC 50W 15V 3A 1 9919371215 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



H.28 




Connect power 





Input 

Input voltage typ. 24 Vdc 

Input fuse 

Output 




General data 






W 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


H 

L 


Input 

18…30 Vdc, typ. 24 Vdc 

internal se 

Output 




General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 





4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 


CP DCDC 50W 12V 3A 1 9919372412 

Input 

18…30 Vdc, typ. 24 Vdc 

internal se 

Output 




General data 


-40 °C…+85 °C ture 





4 / 0.10 / 4 

98.0 x 57.0 x 131.0 


CP DCDC 50W 5V 8A 1 9919372405 


H 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 






Battery Back Up Unit 

CP-BBU 115-230VAC / 12VDC 

CP-BBU 115-230VAC / 24VDC 


H 


W 

Input 

Input voltage 120…300 Vdc; typ. 115-230 Vac +/- 10 % 


Frequency 




Output 


Output current x 9.2 A for power supply 



Battery charging current 

Battery voltage 

Control at input voltage 

General data 



Status display l Charge): Battery voltage > 14.75 Vdc 

LED yellow (Battery Low): Battery voltage < 11 Vdc 

LED yellow (Chargin): BBU charges Battery 

LED red (Fault): no AC input voltage 

LED red (Batterie Reverse): Battery polarizing fault 

LED red (Battery open): no battery connected 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


H 

L 


Input 

115/230V 

50/60Hz 

NgL BBU 

+++ -- - 

- + + - 

NgL 

P/S 

+ + 

- - 

1 2 n 

Loads 

85…265 Vac; 120…300 Vdc; typ. 115-230 Vac +/- 10 % 

0.8 A @ 115 Vac; 0.5 A @ 230 Vac 

50/ 60 Hz 




Output 


max. 15 A / max 9.2 A for power supply 



2A ry charging current 

13.65 V voltage 

0.2 % ol at input voltage 

General data 

-20 °C…+50 °C rature 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 

LED green (Full Charge): Battery voltage > 14.75 Vdc 


LED yellow (Chargin): BBU charges Battery 


LED red (Battery Reverse): Battery polarizing f fault 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

161.0 x 72.5 x 127.5 


CP-BBU 115-230VAC / 12VDC 10 9916280012 

Input 

115/230V 

50/60Hz 

NgL BBU 

+++ -- - 

- + + - 

NgL 

P/S 

+ + 

- - 

1 2 n 

Loads 

85…265 Vac; 120…300 Vdc; typ. 115-230 Vac +/- 10 % 

1 A @ 115 Vac; 0.6 A @ 230 Vac ac 

50/ 60 Hz 




Output 


max. 15 A / max 9.0A for power supply y 



3A ry charging current 

27.3 V y voltage 

0.2 % ol at input voltage 

General data 

-20 °C…+50 °C rature 

-20 °C…+85 °C ture 

LED green (Full Charge): Battery voltage > 29.5 Vdc c 


LED yellow (Charging): BBU charges Battery 


LED red (Batterie Reverse): Battery polarizing fault 



EN 50178, EN 60950, IEC950 

EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2, 3 


4 / 0.10 / 4 

161.0 x 72.5 x 127.5 


CP-BBU 115-230VAC / 24VDC 10 9916280024 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



H.30 



Überspannungsschutz 




for energy distribution systems 

Class I with discharger I.2 - I.5 

Class I with high-power varistores I.6 - I.7 

Class II with varistors I.8 - I.17 

Class III with varistors I.18 - I.23 

Class III adapter plug (Schuko) I.24 - I.25 


for measurement and control engineering 

Overview I.26 - I.29 

3-step or 1-step protection, 

tension clamp connection I.30 - I.37 

3-step protection, screw connection I.38 - I.49 

1-step protection, pluggable circuit card I.50 - I.59 

Single components with arc suppression 

circuit I.60 - I.63 


for data interface 

Overview I.64 - I.65 

For telecommunication interface I.66 - I.67 

For data interface I.68 - I.71 

Line Filter 

Line Filter I.72 - I.74 


I 

I.1

Overvoltage protection for energy distribution systems 


I 

Overvoltage protection class I with discharger 

Weidmüller Übergabeelemente 

Lightning conductors with discharger 

for lightning protection equipotential bonding 

Overvoltage protection class I (B arrestor) 

According to the requirements of class B (DIN VDE 0675 part 

6 (draft 11.89)/A1:3/96) and class 1 acc. to IEC 61643-1 

(1/02), the lightning conductor at the transfer from interface 

0 to 1 (acc. to IEC 1312-1) is used as lightning protection 

equipotential bonding. In combination with several lightning 

protectors, the overvoltage protection is used in the mains 

form TN, TT and IT. 

When lightning strikes, the triggered air gap protector provides 

the necessary equipotential bonding between the buildings 

lightning protection and the earthing system, of the power 

supply. 

The use of an air gap protector complies with the requirements 

for verifiability of overvoltage protection devices in class 

B from the VDEW directive (1 st edition 1998). 

Electrical connection for building installation 

The lightning conductor PU 1 TSG 35 kA class I is connected 

between the outer conductors (L1, L2, L3) and the N/PE. The 

N-PE discharger is produced with a Pu 1 TS G 50 kA. The 

shortest possible leads should be used for this purpose. 

The triggered and sealed PU 1 TSGs are snapped onto a 

mounting rail TS35 in the switch cabinet or installation distributors. 

The maximum tolerable operating voltage Uc is 260 Vac. 

Decoupling from downstream arrestors of class II (C) is not 

necessary because triggered air gap protectors with low operating 

voltage are used. 

Please comply with the installation instructions. 

Electrical connection for industrial installations 

The lightning conductor PU 1 TSG+ 50 kA / 330 V or 440 V 

class I is connected between the outer conductors (L1, L2, 

L3) and the N/PE. The N-PE discharger is produced with a PU 

1 TS G 50 kA. The shortest possible leads should be used for 

this purpose. 

The triggered and sealed PU 1 TSG+ 50 kA units are snapped 

onto a mounting rail TS35 in the switch cabinet or installation 

distributors. There must be a safety distance of min. 10 cm to 

live parts because of the emissions caused when the air gap 

protector is triggered. 

The maximum tolerable operating voltage Uc is 330 or 440 

Vac. Decoupling from downstream arrestors of class II (C) for 

470 V is not necessary because triggered air gap protectors 

with low reaction voltage are used. 


Functional checks, maintenance and approval 

PU 1 TSG and PU 1 TSG+ overvoltage protection modules are 

checked by visual control. A function indicator which lights up 

when 120 Vac is reached reports failure of the electronic ignition 

component, as well as mains voltage failure. Frequent 

checks are advised during thunderstorm seasons. 

The triggered air gap protectors achieve a very low protection 

level of less than 1.5 kV for very high leakage currents. The 

arrestor PU1TSG is to be protected by fuses of max. 125 A gL 

depending on the conductor cross-section; max. 250 A gL for 

PU 1 TSG+. 

The connection is rated for the following cross-sections: 

– solid: 10...35 mm 2 , 

– stranded: 10...25 mm 2 . 

The operating temperature range is from – 40 °C ... +85 °C. 

The PU1TSG lightning conductors are certified to UL and 

KEMA so that they can be used worldwide. 

Dimensioned drawing 

PU 1 TSG+ 

Width 36 mm 

Accessories: 

QB 18-6 

BZ 18 

L1, L2, L3, N, PE 


PU 1 TSG+ 

Width 18 mm 

QB 18-4 

BZ 18 

PE, PE, PE, PE 


I.2



Class I with triggered spark gap 

Class I lightning arrester 


Technical specification 

Rated voltage Un (AC) 

Operating voltage Uc (ac), max. 

Requirement class acc. to IEC 61643-1 

lightening test voltage imp (10/350µs) 

Specific energy, per path 

Short-circuit current extinction without back-up fuse 

Short-circuit strength at max. back-up fuse 

Response time 


Protection level Up (typ.) 

Optical function indicator 

Colour 

Oper. temp. min./Oper. temp. max. 

Stor. temp. min./Storage temp., max. 

Approvals le E198315 

KEMA in preparation 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

PU 1TSG+ 50kA/0.9kV-330V 

for use in industrial networks 


330V d voltage Un (AC) 

L / N 

330V ating voltage Uc (ac), max. 

Trigger 

class I ment class acc. to IEC 61643-1 

50 kA by charging 25As e imp (10/350µs) 

625kJ/M rgy, per path 

50 kA / 50 Hz current extinction without back-up fuse 

25 kAeff. cuit strength at max. back-up fuse 

< 150 ns me 

250 A gl fuse, max. 

0.90kV tion level Up (typ.) 

LED green unction indicator 

black r 

-40°C/85°C . min./Oper. temp. max. 

-40°C/85°C . min./Storage temp., max. 

cURus, File E198315 


35 / 10 / 35 

150 x 35.0 x 80 


PU1 TSG Plus 330 VAC 0,9kV 1 8561220000 

PU 1 TSG+ 50kA/1.5kV-440V 

for use in industrial networks 



L / N 


Trigger 


50 kA by charging 25As e imp (10/350µs) 


50 kA / 50 Hz current extinction without back-up fuse 

25 kAeff. cuit strength at max. back-up fuse 

< 150 ns me 




black r 





35 / 10 / 35 

150 x 35.0 x 80 


PU1 TSG Plus 440 VAC 1,5kV 1 8561250000 


I 

Information 

Cross-connection QB 18-4 order no. 8619440000 




Accessories 

Information 

Designation 

BZ18, L1 L2 L3 N PE order no. 8619460000 

Designation 

BZ18, PE PE PE PE PE order no. 8619470000 


Delivery times see page X.2 I.3



I 

Class I with triggered spark gap 









Short-circuit current extinction without back-up fuse 

Short-circuit strength at max. back-up fuse 

Response time 




Colour 



Approvals le E198315 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

PU 1 TSG 35kA/0.9kV-260V 

for use in building networks 


230Vac voltage Un (AC) 

L / N 


Trigger 


35 kA by charging 17.5As imp (10/350µs) 


3 kA / 50 Hz t current extinction without back-up fuse 

25 kAeff rcuit strength at max. back-up fuse 

< 1 µs time 




grey ur 




KEMA 

35 / 10 / 35 

91 x 18.0 x 63 


PU 1 TSG 35kA / 0,9kV 1 8561260000 

PU 1 TSG 50kA/1.5kV-260V 

for use in building networks 


230Vac voltage Un (AC) 

L / N 


Trigger 


50 kA by charging 25As imp (10/350µs) 


500 A / 50 Hz current extinction without back-up fuse 

25 kAeff rcuit strength at max. back-up fuse 

< 1 µs time 




grey ur 




KEMA 

35 / 10 / 35 

91 x 18.0 x 63 


PU 1 TSG 50kA / 1,5kV 1 8561230000 


Information 


Cross-connection QB 18-6 order-no.8619450000 



Accessories 

Information 

Designation 

BZ18, L1 L2 L3 N PE order no. 8619460000 

Designation 

BZ18, PE PE PE PE PE Order No. 8619470000 

I.4 





Protection in the TN-S-system 

Protection in the TT system 

In contrast to normal air gap protectors, Weidmüller’s air gap 

protectors PU 1 TSG+ and PU 1 TSG work with electronic 

triggering. This triggers the air gap protector so early that the 

following arrestor is relieved (PucX). Decoupling to downstream 

arrestors in class II (C) is not necessary because triggered 

air gap protectors work with low operating voltage. 

One difference between PU 1 TSG+ and PU1 TSG is the follow 

current interruption. PU 1 TSG+ distributes the arc voltage 

to several chambers; as soon as the sum of the arc voltages 

of the different chambers is higher than the current mains voltage, 

the follow current is interrupted. In PU1 TSG, the follow 

current is interrupted in the next zero crossing of the mains 

voltage. 


I 

I.5



I 

Class I overvoltage protection 

with high-power varistors 

Lightning conductors with varistors for lightning protection 

equipotential bonding 

Class I overvoltage protection (B arrestors) 

Weidmüller’s PU B overvoltage protection is designed for use 

in lightning protection equipotential bonding systems to DIN 

VDE 0185 part 1 (11/82). PUB is a class I lightning conductors 

(B arrestor) acc. to DIN VDE 0675, part 6 (11/89), 

IEC 61643-1 (2/98), ENV 61024-1 (1/95) and IEC 1312-1 

(2/95). 

When lightning strikes, the plug-in high-power varistors 

provide the necessary equipotential bonding between the 

buildings lightening protection system, and the earthing 

system of the power supply. 

Electrical connection 

The lightning conductor PU B class I is connected between 

the outer conductors (L1, L2, L3) respectively the neutral 

conductor, the earth of the consumer installation and also the 

earthing rail of the distributor. The shortest possible leads 

should be used for this purpose. 

PU B is snapped onto a mounting rail TS35 in the switch cabinet 

or installation distributors. The maximum tolerable operating 

voltage Uc is 275 Vac. No inductors are required for 

decoupling from the downstream class II (C arrestors). 


Checking functions, maintenance and approval 

Users check the PUB overvoltage protection modules with a 

visual inspection. Frequent checks are advised during thunderstorm 

seasons. The visual check is easy because the varistor 

is fitted with a thermal disconnector. If this has been tripped, 

the colour in the display window changes from green to red. A 

tripped arrestor can be easily replaced by a qualified technician 

without having to disconnect any wiring. 

The top section of the varistor is coded according to voltage, 

and integrated in a black plastic housing (PA 6.6) to distinguish 

class II overvoltage arrestors (C arrestors). This means it is 

only possible to plug in the right replacement varistor. 

These pluggable high-power varistors achieve a very low protection 

level (less than 2 kV) with very high leakage currents. 

Depending on the conductor cross-section, the arrestor is to 

be protected with fuses of up to max. 160 A gl. The use of 

varistors prevents any kind of emissions from overvoltages. 

The connection is to be rated to IEC 947-7-1 for the following 

cross-sections: 

– solid: 6...10 mm 2 , 

– stranded: 16...25 mm 2 , 

– flexible: 10...25 mm 2 . 

The operating temperature range is –40 to +60°C. 

Weidmüller’s PU B lightning conductors are certified to UL so 

that they can be used worldwide. 

PU-B dimensions 

Width 

PU3B 54 mm 

PU3BR 72 mm 

PU4B 72 mm 

PU4BR 90 mm 


I.6



Class I with high-power varistors 









Leakage current, max. (8/20 µs) 

Response time 



Optical function indicator ace 

Monitoring contact 

Design lation housing 

Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

Without monit. contact 

With monit. contact 

PU 3 B/BR 

PU 3 B/BR 230/400Vac 

111214 

L1 L2 L3 

OK CHANGE OK CHANGE OK CHANGE 

U 

U 

U 





20 kA ening test voltage imp (10/350µs) 


100kA current, max. (8/20 µs) 

< 25 ns ime 


2000V on level Up (typ.) 

green=OK, red=faulty, replace 

250V max 1A 1CO act 

installation housing 

black r 



UL provals 

Without monit. contact With monit. contact 

10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 54.0 x 61 90 x 72.0 x 61 


PU 3 B 275 VAC 1 8381890000 

PU 3 BR 275 VAC 1 8381900000 

PU 4 B/BR 

PU 4 B/BR 230/400Vac 

L1 

L2 

11 12 14 L3 

OK CHANGE OK CHANGE OK CHANGE OK CHANGE 

U 

U 

U 

U 





25 kA ening test voltage imp (10/350µs) 



< 25 ns ime 






black r 



UL provals 


10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 72.0 x 61 90 x 90.0 x 61 


PU 4 B 275 VAC 1 8147020000 

PU 4 BR 275 VAC 1 8291640000 

N 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Pluggable spare arrester 275V PU 0 B 8381880000 






I 

Overvoltage protection class II with varistors 

Overvoltage protection for low voltage consumers and 

electronic devices 

Overvoltage protection class II (C arrestors) 

Weidmüller’s overvoltage protection type PU C protects low 

voltage consumers and electronic devices from overvoltage 

caused by atmospheric discharge (thunderstorms) or switching 

procedures (transients). PU C corresponds to the requirements 

of DIN VDE 06 part 6, class C, 11/89, draft, DIN VDE 

0675 part 6, A2 10/96, ÖVE SN 60 part 4 and part 1 and IEC 

61643-1 (2/98). 


PU C overvoltage is connected with the shortest possible 

leads between the outer conductors (L1, L2, L3) respectively 

neutral (N) and the earth of the consumer installation. Avoid 

routing unprotected leads (e.g. leads to the meter) parallel to 

protected leads. PU C arrestors are also available for “3+1” 

circuits. 

PU C overvoltage protection is available as compact module, 

3 or 4 pole, with up to 100 kV (8/20 µs), with the PE connections 

within the modules already connected. Versions are available 

with the following rated voltages: 

• 60 Vac, 

• 115/230 Vac, 

• 230/400 Vac, 

• 470/600 Vac, 

• and for “3+1” circuits and 

• special types for IT networks. 

Checking functions, maintenance and approval 

Users check the PU C overvoltage protection modules with a 

visual inspection. The visual check is easy because the varistor 

is fitted with a thermal disconnector. If this has been tripped, 

the colour in the display window changes from green to red. A 

tripped arrestor can be easily replaced by a qualified technician 

without having to disconnect any wiring. 

The top section of the varistor is coded according to voltage, 

and integrated in a pale grey plastic housing (PA 6.6) to distinguish 

it from class 1 overvoltage arrestors (B arrestors). This 

means it is only possible to plug in the right replacement varistor. 

The cross-section of the earth conductor must be min. 

10 mm 2 or half the outer conductor cross-section. The fuses 

for PU modules are chosen according to cross-section and 

type of routing. Maximum 125 A gl are allowed. 

Weidmüller’s PU C lightning conductors are certified to ÖVE 

SN 60 and UL so that they can be used worldwide. 

The connection is to be rated to IEC 947-7-1 for the following 

cross-sections: 

– solid: 6...10 mm 2 , 

– stranded: 16...25 mm 2 , 

– flexible: 10...25 mm 2 . 

The operating temperature range is –40 °C ... +60 °C. 

PU-C dimensions 

Width 

PU1C 

PU2C 

PU3C 

PU3CR, PU4C 

PU4CR 

18 mm 

36 mm 

54 mm 

72 mm 

90 mm 


Monitoring unit 

I.8



Class II with varistors 

Class II overvoltage arrester 






Rated leakage current (8/20µs) 

Limiting leakage current (8/20µs) 


Response time 



Optical function indicator faulty, replace 



Colour 



Approvals N 60, SABS 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 



PU 3 C+CR 230 V 

PU 3 C / PU 3 CR 230/400Vac 

11 12 14 

L1 L2 L3 


U 

U 

U 




class II ent class acc. to IEC 61643-1 

20 kA leakage current (8/20µs) 

40kA ting leakage current (8/20µs) 


< 25 ns ime 



green = OK; red = arrester faulty, replace 



grey ur 



UL, ÖVE SN 60, SABS 

Without monit. contact Without monit. contact 

10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 54.0 x 61 90 x 72.0 x 61 


PU 3 C 275 VAC 1 8021490000 

PU 3 CR 275 VAC 1 8021510000 

PU 4 C+CR 230 V 

PU 4 C / PU 4 CR 230/400Vac 

L1 

L2 

11 12 14 L3 


U 

U 

U 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 





10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 72.0 x 61 90 x 91.0 x 61 


PU 4 C 275 VAC 1 8021500000 

PU 4 CR 275 VAC 1 8021520000 

N 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 







I 











Response time 






Colour 



Approvals N 60, SABS 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 


PU 1 C 230 V 

PU 1 C 

L1 

OK CHANGE 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 





10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 18.0 x 61 


PU 1 C 275 VAC 1 8102610000 

PU 2 C 230 V 

PU 2 C 

L1 L2 

OK CHANGE OK CHANGE 

U 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 





10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 36.0 x 61 90 x 54.0 x 61 


PU 2 C 275 VAC 1 8098170000 

PU 2CR 230/400VAC 8425240000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



I.10 















Response time 






Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 



PU 3 C+CR 385 V 

PU 3 C / PU 3 CR (according to Ö-Norm 8001 

par. 18) 

11 12 14 

L1 




U 

L2 





< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 



Approvals 


L3 


U 


10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 54.0 x 61 90 x 72.0 x 61 


PU 3C 385VAC 1 8197930000 

PU 3 CR 385 VAC 1 8380730000 

U 

PU 4 C+CR 385 V 

PU 4 C / PU 4 CR (according to Ö-Norm 8001 

par. 18) 

11 12 14 

U 

L1 



L2 


U 

L3 






< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 



Approvals 


U 

N 

With monit. Contact 

10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 72.0 x 61 90 x 91.0 x 61 

U 

OK CHANGE 


PU 4 C 385 VAC 1 8601280000 

PU 4 CR 385 VAC 1 8494040000 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Pluggable spare arrester 385V PU 0 C 8328670000 






I 











Response time 



Optical function indicator ty, replace 



Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 



PU 3 C 115 V 

PU 3 C / PU 3 CR 115/230Vac 

11 12 14 

L1 L2 L3 


U 

U 

U 








< 25 ns ime 


800V ion level Up (typ.) 

LED green=OK, LED red=faulty, replace 



grey ur 



UL provals 


10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 54.0 x 61 90 x 72.0 x 61 


PU 3 C 130 VAC 1 8291660000 

PU 3 CR 130 VAC 1 8291680000 

PU 4 C 115 V 

PU 4 C / PU 4 CR 115/230Vac 

L1 

L2 

11 12 14 L3 


U 

U 

U 

U 








< 25 ns ime 



LED green=OK, LED red=Faulty, replace 

250V max1A 1CO tact 


grey ur 



UL provals 


10 / 6 / 50 10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 72.0 x 61 90 x 90.0 x 61 


PU 4 C 130 VAC 1 8291670000 

PU 4 CR 130 VAC 1 8291690000 

N 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



I.12 















Response time 






Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 


PU 1 C 115 V 

PU 1 C 

L1 

OK CHANGE 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 



UL provals 


10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 18.0 x 61 


PU 1 C 130 VAC 1 8215820000 

PU 2 C 115 V 

PU 2 C 

L1 L2 


U 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 



UL provals 


10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 36.0 x 61 


PU 2 C 130 VAC 1 8291650000 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 







I 











Response time 






Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 



PU 3 C 470 V 

PU 3 C / PU 3 CR 470/690Vac 

11 12 14 

L1 L2 L3 


U 

U 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 



UL provals 


10 / 6 / 10 10 / 6 / 10 

90 x 54.0 x 61 90 x 72.0 x 61 


PU 3 C 550 VAC 1 8451050000 

PU 3 CR 550 VAC 1 8451060000 

PU 4 C+CR 470 V 

PU 4 C / PU 4 CR 470/690Vac 

111214 

L1 L2 L3 N 


U 

U 

U 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 



UL provals 


100 / 6 / 50 100 / 6 / 50 

90 x 72.0 x 60 90 x 90.0 x 60 


PU 4 C 550 VAC 1 8291720000 

PU 4 CR 550 VAC 1 8451070000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



I.14 















Response time 






Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 


PU 1 C 470 V 

PU 1 C 

L1 

OK CHANGE 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 



UL provals 


10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 18.0 x 61 


PU 1 C 550 VAC 1 8291700000 

PU 2 C 470 V 

PU 2 C 

L1 L2 


U 

U 








< 25 ns ime 






grey ur 



UL provals 

Without telecomm. contact 

10 / 6 / 50 

90 x 36.0 x 61 


PU 2 C 550 VAC 1 8291710000 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 







I 











Response time 






Colour range 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 



PU 3+1 C 230 V 

PU 3+1 C/CR 230/400Vac 

L1 L2 L3 PE 


U 

U 

U 








< 1 µs time 






grey/orange 



Approvals 


16 / 6 / 50 16 / 6 / 50 

91 x 72.0 x 61 91 x 72.0 x 61 


PU 3+1 C 275 VAC 1 8416370000 

PU 3+1C R 230/400VAC 1 8576190000 

N 

PU 3+1 C 385 V 

PU 3+1 C 385Vac 

L1 L2 L3 PE 


U 

U 

U 

N 








< 1 µs time 






grey/orange 



Approvals 


10 / 6 / 50 

91 x 72.0 x 61 


PU 3+1 C 385 VAC 1 8616990000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



I.16 





I 

I.17



I 

Overvoltage protection class III 

Low voltage consumers, small distribution boards and 

electronic devices 

Overvoltage protection class III (D arrestors) 

Weidmüller overvoltage protection PU D protects low voltage 

consumers and electronic devices from overvoltage caused by 

atmospheric discharge (thunderstorms) or switching procedures 

(transients). PU D can be mounted in small or storey 

distribution boards. 

PU D corresponds to the requirements of DIN VDE 0675 part 

6 class C 11/89, part 6 A2 10/96 and IEC 61643-1 02/98. 


PU D overvoltage protection is installed after the PU C before 

the device or consumer being protected. It protects circuits up 

to 16 A, including monitors, for example. 

Type PO DS is suitable for installation in devices or cable conduits 

on site. 

Functional checks and maintenance 

Ageing of the varistors can cause high temperatures, with a 

risk of fire in low voltage systems. The integrated temperature 

monitoring automatically disconnects the varistor from the 

power supply. This is indicated by the activation of the glow 

lamp. Types PO DS and PU DS are also equipped with a 

switching contact to issue a corresponding warning. 

The back-up fuse depends on the conductor cross-section 

and type of routing. For PU D arrestors, the current carrying 

capacity is up to 16 A. 

The connection is rated to IEC 947-7-1 for the following crosssections: 

– solid: 0,5 ... 2,5 mm 2 , 

– flexible: 0,5 ... 2,5 mm 2 . 

The operating temperature range is –25°C … +55°C, 

the storage temperature range is –40°C to +60°C. 


PU D /PU 3 D 

Width 54 mm 


PU DS 

Width 18 mm 


PO DS 

Housing depth 18 mm 


I.18



Class III with varistors 

Class III overvoltage arrester 






Combined pulse Uoc 

Discharge current per path (8/20 µs) 


Response time 



Optical function indicator faulty 



Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

PU D 230Vac 16A 


L 

N 

PE 




OK 

class III nt class acc. to IEC 61643-1 

4kV ed pulse Uoc 

2.50kA rge current per path (8/20 µs) 

7kA e current, max. (8/20 µs) 

< 150 ns me 

16 A -up fuse, max. 


LED green = OK / LED red = faulty 

250V 1A ing contact 


grey ur 


U 

U 

FAULT 


Approvals 

screw connection 

2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

91 x 54.0 x 61 

L 

11 

12 

N 

PE 


PU D 230V 16A 1 8411930000 



L 

N 

PE 




OK 





< 150 ns me 



LED green = OK / LED red = faulty 



grey ur 


U 

U 

FAULT 


Approvals 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

91 x 54.0 x 61 

L 

11 

12 

N 

PE 


PU D 115Vac 16A 1 8472100000 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





I 











Response time t;100 ns 






Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

PU 3 D 230V/400Vac 16A 

PU 3 D 230V/400Vac 16A 

L1 

L2 

L3 

N 

PE 

L1 

L2 

L3 

FAULT FAULT FAULT 








< 150 ns













Response time 






Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

PU DS 230Vac 16A 

PU DS 230Vac 16A 








< 150 ns me 



LED green OK tion indicator 



grey ur 



Approvals 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

91 x 18.0 x 61 


PU DS 230VAC 16A 1 8523740000 

PU DS 115Vac/dc 16A 









< 150 ns me 






grey ur 



Approvals 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

91 x 18.0 x 61 


PU DS 115VAC 16A 1 8568650000 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





I 











Response time 






Colour 



Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




24V ed voltage Un (AC) 

30V rating voltage Uc (ac), max. 



1kA rge current per path (8/20 µs) 


< 150 ns me 






grey ur 



Approvals 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

91 x 18.0 x 61 


PU DS 24Vuc 16A 1 8682100000 










< 150 ns me 






grey ur 



Approvals 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

91 x 18.0 x 61 


PU DS 48VAC 16A 1 8670740000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

I.22 





I 

I.23

FAULT 230V~ 



I 

Class III adapter plug (Schuko) 





Operating current, Imax 

According to DIN VDE 0675-6 





Response time 

On output side sym, at Input 8/20µs, typical 

On output side usym., Input 8/20µs, typical 

Leakage current at Un 






General data 

Input voltage max. 

nominal current In, max. 

Norm Signal phone signal 


Total current 

Response time, type 

Resistance per path 

Cut-off frequency fg, 600 M-System 

Transistor output, positive-switching 

Residual voltage at output at input pulse of 1 kV/µs 

Residual voltage at output at 8/20µs and input pulse of 5kA 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

PU D ZS 230V 16A 

PU D ZS 230V 16A 

POWER 

L 

L 

FAULT 230V~ 

N 

N 

PE 

PE 



16A ing current, Imax 

requirement class D E 0675-6 





< 150 ns me 

600V ut side sym, at Input 8/20µs, typical 

1500V t side usym., Input 8/20µs, typical 

1µA e current at Un 

LED green = OK; LED red = faulty 



0°C/60°C mp. min./Oper. temp. max. 


General data 



analog telephone signal 


Total current 







110 x 62.0 x 48 


PU D ZS 230V 16A 1 8697580000 

PU D ZS analogue 

PU D ZS analog 230V 16A 

L 

POWER 

L 

N 

N 

PE 

PE 

PHONE 

Lb(+) 

Lb' 

LA(-) 

La' 









< 150 ns me 









General data 

190Vdc voltage max. 

0.45A al current In, max. 

analog telephone signal 

4 kA d leakage current (8/20µs) 

10kA l current 

FAULT 230V~ 



Class III adapter plug (Schuko) 






According to DIN VDE 0675-6 





Response time 









General data 



Norm Signal one signal 


Total current 







Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

PU D ZS So 

PU D ZS So 230V 16A 

POWER 

L 

L 

N 

N 

PE 

PE 

1a PHONE 1a' 

1b 

1b' 

2a 

2a' 

2b 

2b' 









< 150 ns me 









General data 

190V t voltage max. 

0.45A al current In, max. 

ISDN telephone signal 

4 kA d leakage current (8/20µs) 

10kA l current 

< 5ns nse time, type 

1.1M ance per path 

80.0Mhz frequency fg, 600 M-System 


a/b

Overvoltage protection for measurement and control engineering 


I 

Principles of overvoltage protection for 

measurement and control engineering 

electrical 

system 

power supply 

I/O-lines 

datainterfaces 

bus lines 

Basic classification 

The current standard and scope of 

automation technology brings with it a 

wide range of applications for overvoltage 

protection in the field of measurement and 

control engineering. One important prerequisite 

is the consistent use of coordinated 

overvoltage protection in all sections of the 

plant or building. In industry, measurement 

and control systems are an important area 

where breakdowns or malfunctions can 

result in high costs. As the standards covering 

the low control voltages do not 

specify many suitable parameters, the use 

of overvoltage protection, apart from lightning 

protection zoning concepts, remains 

to be classified according to type of signal, 

application circuit and type of interference 

voltage. 

Types of interference voltage 

The transient overvoltages coupled into a 

system via one or more coupling mechanisms 

occur as normal or common-mode 

interference. These are measured as longitudinal 

or transverse voltages and, 

depending on the circuit, designated as 

symmetrical or assymetrical voltages. (For 

further information, please see the chapter 

on “Principles”). 

Common-mode interference (asymmetrical 

interference): 

Common mode voltage between conductor 

and reference potential (earth). 

Mainly caused by capacitive coupling 

(electric field). 

Normal-mode interference (symmetrical 

interference): 

normal-mode voltage between supply and 

return conductor. 

Load and interference source connected 

in series, e.g. inductive (magnetic field) or 

electrical coupling (common impedance). 

Types of signal 

Binary signals 

These are two-core signals with a common 

reference potential, required for 

example by switches, PLC switch outputs, 

photo sensors, position sensors, 

solenoids, warning lamps, PLC inputs, 

etc. As a rule, these signals have a common 

reference potential that can be either 

connected or not connected to earth 

potential, depending on the type of protection. 

The coupled transient interference 

is primarily common-mode interference. 

Analogue signals 

Measuring circuits are normally designed 

as two-core current loops or voltage signals 

without a common reference potential, 

such as 0(4) to 20 mA current loop. 

The coupled transient interference is primarily 

normal-mode interference. 

For temperature measurements with the 

PT100 measuring resistors, the voltage 

drop in the three-core version is measured 

via the third core at the measuring 

resistor. This must be included in the protection. 

PT100 measurement is also available in a 

four-core version. The voltage drop is 

then measured via the two additional lines 

at the measuring resistor without additional 

power loss in the PT100 measuring circuit. 

The coupled transient normal-mode 

interference occurs between the various 

cores. 


I.26



Weidmüller interface elements 


Binary signals 

Two-core, usually with common reference 

potential, e.g. signals from binary sensors, 

actuators and indicators such as limit 

switches, probes, position sensors, photo 

sensors, contactors, solenoids, warning 

lamps, etc. 

Analogue signals 

Two-, three- and four-core versions 

without common reference 

potential 

Signals from current loops 

(analogue measurements 

from sensors over long distances) 

4 … 20 mA, 0 .. 20 

mA, etc. 

or level measurements – 

signals from voltage sensors 

(analogue measurements 

from sensors over short distances) 

0…10 V, PT100 and 

temperature measurement 

Protection for binary signals connected 

to earth potential 

Protection for binary signals not connected 

to earth 

potential 

Protection for two-, three- and four-core 

versions 

Type 

MCZovp symm. 2 signal paths 

MCZovp GDT, MOV, TAZ 1 signal path 

DKU 1 signal path 

EGU 1: 1 signal path 

EGU 2: 1 signal path 

EGU 4 symm: 2 signal paths 

PLU symm: 2 signal paths 

LPU non-earthed 

MCZ OVP CL 

DK5U 

DK6U 

EGU 3 for current loops 

EGU 4 for current loops 

PLU for current loops 

RSU 6 A 

RSU 10 A 


I 

I.27



I 

Narrow overvoltage protection terminals for measurement 

and control engineering 

Weidmüller MCZ ovp overvoltage protection terminals are 

characterised by their maximum protective function concentrated 

in a compact space of 6 mm. The tension clamp connection 

and direct earthing via the mounting rail contact saves 

time for users during installation. MCZ ovp terminals are 

designed for confined spaces in process, industrial and building 

services automation. 

The three-stage overvoltage protection terminals are fitted with 

gas charge eliminator, varistors, suppressor diodes (TAZ) and 

decoupling inductors. Individual protective components, such 

as varistors and suppressor diodes, round off the range. 

MCZ ovp overvoltage protection terminals are available for 

rated voltages of 24 V, 48 V, 115 V and 230 V. 

The earth contact is produced by clipping onto the earthed 

mounting rail. To guarantee safe energy discharge of up to 10 

kA (8/20 s) via these terminals, the TS 35 rail must be earthed. 

To ensure electromagnetic compatibility, the mounting rail must 

be screwed securely to an earthed mounting plate. Optimum 

protection is achieved when the PE contact is made via a tension 

clamp terminal every 60 cm. 

Models 

MCZ ovp CL is a three-stage protective combination with one 

suppression diode across the current paths. It limits overvoltage 

in analogue signal circuits, e.g. in a current loop. 

MCZ ovp SL is a three-stage protective combination with two 

suppressor diodes, each from the signal line to earth. It limits 

overvoltage in binary circuits, e.g. in actuators. 

MCZ ovp CL FG is a three-stage protective combination with 

one suppression diode across the current paths. It limits the 

overvoltage in analogue signal circuits. A high-resistance earth 

connection is achieved via the gas charge eliminator. 

MCZ ovp SL FG is a three-stage protective combination with 

two suppressor diodes, each from the signal line to earth. It 

limits the overvoltage in binary circuits, e.g. in actuators. A 

high-resistance earth connection is achieved via three gas 

charge eliminators. 

MCZ ovp filter terminals contain selected varistors, capacitors 

and direct-axis inductors. They form reliable noise filters. 

Coupled interference in the kHz range is safely discharged to 

earth. For example, the signal inputs of a PLC; which can be 

protected from interference voltages and HF interference. 


I.28



I 

I.29

Overvoltage protection for instrumentation and control 


I 

3-step or 1-step protection with tension 

clamp connection 

Slimline overvoltage protection terminal with tension 





Rated voltage (DC) 



Volume resistance 

Gas discharger 

Varistor 

Suppressor diodes 

Cut-off freq. (-3dB) at load impedance 


On output side,sym. 1kV/µs input, typical 


On the output side,unsymmetrical , Input 1kV/µs, typ. 


Design al 

Type of connection ction 



Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

MCZ OVP CL 24 Vuc 1.25A 

MCZ OVP CL 24Vuc 1.25A 

1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 



24V ed voltage (DC) 


1.25A ting current, Imax 

1M resistance 

Yes discharger 

Yes istor 

Yes pressor diodes 

500.0kHz 240M -3dB) at load impedance 


40V output side,sym. 1kV/µs input, typical 

65V put side sym, at Input 8/20µs, typical 

70V output side,unsymmetrical , Input 1kV/µs, typ. 

90V put side usym., Input 8/20µs, typical 

terminal 

tension clamp connection 




1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 

See derating-chart 


MCZ OVP CL 24VUC 1,25A 10 8448960000 

MCZ OVP SL 24 Vdc 0.5A 

MCZ OVP SL 24Vdc 0.5A 

1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 






2.50M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 



MCZ OVP SL 24VDC 0,5A 10 8448940000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

I.30 

















Varistor 








Design al 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

MCZ OVP SL 24 Vuc 1.25A 

MCZ OVP SL 24Vuc 1.25A 

1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 






1M resistance 


Yes istor 


500.0kHZ 240M -3dB) at load impedance 






terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 



MCZ OVP SL 24VUC 1,25A 10 8448970000 



1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 








Yes istor 







250V ut side usym., Input 8/20µs, typical 

terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 



MCZ OVP CL 48VUC 0,5A 10 8449000000 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





I 













Varistor 








Design al 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 



1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 








Yes istor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 



MCZ OVP SL 48VUC 0,5A 10 8449030000 



1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 






1M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 



MCZ OVP CL 48VUC 1,25A 10 8449040000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

I.32 







Narrow overvoltage protection terminal with tension 










Varistor 








Design al 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 



1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 






1M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 



MCZ OVP SL 48VUC 1,25A 10 8449050000 

MCZ OVP CL 115VUC 1.25 A 


1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 



115V d voltage (DC) 



1M resistance 


Yes istor 




220V utput side,sym. 1kV/µs input, typical 




terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 



MCZ OVP CL 115VUC1,25A 10 8449060000 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 



Overvoltage protection f 

I 














Varistor 








Design al 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

MCZ OVP SL 115Vuc 1.25 A 


1 4 

5 

TS 

2 3 






1M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 



MCZ OVP SL 115VUC 1,25A 10 8449070000 

MCZ OVP CL 230Vuc 1.25 A 

MCZ OVP CL 230Vuc1.25A 

1 

5 

TS 

2 

IN 






1M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 


4 

3 

OUT 


MCZ OVP CL 230VUC1,25A 10 8449080000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

I.34 







Narrow overvoltage protection terminal with tension 










Varistor 








Design al 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

MCZ OVP SL 230Vuc 1.25 A 


1 

5 

TS 

2 

IN 






1M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 


4 

3 

OUT 


MCZ OVP SL 230VUC 1,25A 10 8449090000 

MCZ OVP 24 V 0.5A 

MCZ OVP FILTER 24V 0.5A 

1 

5 

TS 

2 

IN 







No s discharger 

Yes istor 

No ppressor diodes 


500A current, max. (8/20 µs) 





terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 


4 

3 

OUT 


MCZ OVP FILTER 24V 0,5A 10 8449100000 


I 

Information 

See damping-chart 

Accessories 

Information 





I 













Varistor 








Design al 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

MCZ OVP 90V 

MCZ OVP Gas charge eliminator 90V 

1 

5 

TS 

2 

IN 







90V 10kA harger 

No ristor 






1400V utput side,unsymmetrical , Input 1kV/µs, typ. 


terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 


4 

3 

OUT 


MCZ OVP Gas charge eliminator 90V 10 8449130000 

MCZ OVP S14K30 

MCZ OVP VARISTOR S14K30 

1 

5 

TS 

2 

IN 








Yes istor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 


4 

3 

OUT 


MCZ OVP VARISTOR S10K30 10 8449140000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

I.36 

















Varistor 








Design al 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

MCZ OVP TAZ 24Vdc 

MCZ OVP TAZ DIODE24Vdc 

1 

5 

TS 

2 

IN 








No ristor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 


4 

3 

OUT 


MCZ OVP TAZ DIODE24VDC 10 8449150000 

MCZ OVP TAZ 24Vuc 

MCZ OVP TAZ DIODE24Vuc 

1 

5 

TS 

2 

IN 








No ristor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.50 


4 

3 

OUT 


MCZ OVP TAZ DIODE24VUC 10 8449160000 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





I 

Overvoltage protection: measurement and control engineering, 

DK series 

Narrow overvoltage protection terminals with 


The overvoltage protection terminals with the tried and tested 

screw connection of the DK series stand out because of their 

high protection capability concentrated in a minimum of 

space. They are predestined for smallest mounting spaces in 

the process, industrial and building services automation sectors. 

The three-stage overvoltage protection terminals work 

with gas charge eliminators, varistors, suppressor diodes (TAZ) 

or decoupling inductors. The gas charge eliminator reliably 

divert high currents. Varistors and suppressor diodes take up 

the residual voltage. The rated current is up to 300 mA for 

DK4U and DK5U, and up to 1A for D6U. The DKU series consists 

of DKU, DK4U, DK5U and DK6U, and measure 6.8 or 12 

mm wide. 

Models DK4U include individual components such as varistors, 

gas charge eliminator suppressor diodes. Two types are 

used as varistors (MOV): type S14 is ideal for smaller interference. 

It is suitable for use as an interference suppression 

device for solenoid valves and switching contacts. Type S20 is 

kept for higher power ranges. 

The fine differentiation of the voltage varistors means that they 

can be used for all common rated voltages. This results in a 

great deal of variety. Preferred types are varistors used in the 

rated voltages of 24V, 48V, 115V and 230V. 

Two types of gas charge eliminator are also available: gas 

charge eliminator (GDT) up to 10 kA are suitable for use in 

measurement and control engineering circuits, and those up to 

20 kA for higher signal and mains voltages. 

The suppressor diodes (transorb diodes) differ in their voltages 

and are suitable for small and fast transients. The tightening 

torque is 0.5 Nm acc. to IEC 947. 

RC combinations 

RC combination can be used as suppressor circuits of contactors 

and solenoid valves or to increase interference immunity in 

long lines carrying alternating currents. They have excellent 

properties in terms of limiting the switching overvoltage, reducing 

the speed in voltage changes and short switching times. 

Weidmüller’s RC combinations can be used both in direct current 

and alternating current circuits. 

RD combinations 

RD combinations can be used in equipment operating with 

direct current. The advantage of the resistor/diode combination 

compared to a diode circuit is that the return time lag is 

reduced by the resistor. RD combinations have very good 

interference suppression properties as the flow of current is 

limited by the resistor, therefore the switching times are 

reduced. In addition, they are more cost effective than RC 

combinations. 

If the length of the return time of the switched equipment is 

not important, then diode switching is preferable. If the reaction 

times of the equipment to be switched are to be affected 

to the least possible extent, interference suppression combinations 

with varistors or RC combinations are preferable. 

WPO 4 

Weidmüller’s terminal WP04 allows for retrofitting of electrical 

elements such as diodes, RC combinations, varistors or gas 

charge eliminator. The protection elements are simply plugged 

in to produce specific protective circuits at low cost on site. All 

components are just as easy to replace. 

DK 4 U 

Varistor gas charge eliminator 

DK 5 U 

DK 6 U 

50 

76,8 

88,4 

56,5 

60 

69 

73 

64 

DK 4 U 

with suppressor diodes 

42 

65 

57 

DKU 

with combination circuit 

42 

65 

57 


I.38



3-step protection with screw connection 

Slimline overvoltage protection terminal with 










Varistor 








Design al 

Type of connection 






mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

DKU DK5 24Vdc 

DKU DK5 24Vdc 0.3A 

3 1 

4 

U 

U 

5 2 






3M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 

screw connection ion 



2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

76.80 x 6.0 x 72 


DKU DK5 24VDC 0,3A 10 8238340000 

DKU 24Vdc 0.3A 

DKU 24Vdc 0.3A 

1 3 

U 

2 4 






3M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

65 x 6.0 x 60 


DKU 32 24VDC 0,3A 10 8015800000 

DKU 35 24VDC 0,3A 10 8015810000 


I 

Information 

DKU DK5 TS35 Height 68mm 

DKU 35 Height 57mm 

Accessories 

Information 





I 












Varistor 








Design al 







mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

DKU 48Vuc 0.3A 

DKU 32 48Vuc 0.3A 

1 3 

U 

2 4 






3M resistance 


Yes istor 


1000.0kHz 480M 3dB) at load impedance 






terminal 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

65 x 6.0 x 60 


DKU 35 48VUC 0,3A 10 8019290000 

DKU 32 48VUC 0,3A 10 8019280000 

DKU DK5 48Vuc 

DKU DK5 48Vuc 0.3A 

3 1 

4 

U 

U 

5 2 






3M resistance 


Yes istor 








terminal 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

76.80 x 6.0 x 72 


DKU DK5 48VUC 0,3A 10 8262470000 


Information 


DKU DK5 TS35 Height 68mm 

Accessories 

Information 

I.40 
















Varistor 








Design al 







mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



1 3 

U 

2 4 






3M resistance 


Yes istor 


1.0Mhz 50M . (-3dB) at load impedance 






terminal 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

65 x 6.0 x 60 


DKU 32 115VUC 0,3A 10 8019300000 

DKU 35 115VUC 0,3A 10 8019310000 



1 3 

U 

2 4 






3M resistance 


Yes istor 


1.0Mhz 2200M (-3dB) at load impedance 






terminal 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

65 x 12.0 x 60 


DKU 32 230VUC 0,3A 10 8019320000 

DKU 35 230VUC 0,3A 10 8019330000 


I 

Information 



Accessories 

Information 





I 



screw clamp 









Varistor 








Design al 







mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

DKU DK6 120Vuc 


4 1 

5 

6 

U 

U 

2 

3 








Yes istor 


22.0kHz 120M (-3dB) at load impedance 






terminal 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

88.40 x 8.0 x 73 


DKU DK6 120VAC 1,0A 10 8262480000 

DKU DK6 230Vuc 


4 1 

5 

6 

U 

U 

2 

3 








Yes istor 








terminal 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

88.40 x 8.0 x 73 


DKU DK6 230VAC 1,0A 10 8263760000 


Information 

DK6U TS35 Height 69mm 

DK6U TS35 Height 69mm 

Accessories 

Information 

I.42 





EGU 1 50 mA 

e.g. for binary signals 

Dimensions 

l x w x h = 58 x 63 x 20 mm 

Order data 


Voltage, Un 1.2: 

Voltage, Uc 1.2: 

Rated data of components Gas charge eliminator: 

Varistor: 

Cut-off frequency (-3dB/load impedance): 

Leakage current, Imax. (8/20µs) typical: 

Protection level on output side, symmetrical 

for 1 kV/µs pulse at input, typical 

for 8/20µs (rated leakage current), typical 

Level of protection on output side, asymmetrical 


for 8/20 µs (rated leakage current), typical 

EGU 2 50 mA 

e.g. for binary signals 

Dimensions 

l x w x h = 58 x 63 x 20 mm 

Order data 





Varistor: 

Suppression diode: 









EGU 2 1.5 A 

e.g. for power supply 

Dimensions 

l x w x h = 58 x 63 x 20 mm 

Order data 





Varistor: 

Suppression diode: 









Main line circuit diagram 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 1, 24 Vuc 0243960000 

24 Vuc 

30 Vac / 38 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

30 V 

20 kHz / 500 Ω 

6 kA 

55 V 

75 V 

55 V 

75 V 


Type 

Order no. 

EGU 2, 24 Vdc 0223060000 

24 Vdc 

28 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

30 V 

33 V 

10 kHz / 500 Ω 

6 kA 

35 V 

75 V 

55 V 

75 V 


Type 

Order no. 

EGU 2, 24 Vdc 9310830000 

24 Vdc 

28 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

30 V 

33 V 

500 kHz / 16 Ω 

6 kA 

35 V 

45 V 

55 V 

75 V 

Main line circuit diagram Data 

Current per path imax 

Resistance per path max 

Fuse 5x20 

Model, protection 


Type 

Order no. Type 

Order no. 

EGU 1, 48 Vuc 0244460000 EGU 1, 115 Vuc 0240560000 

48 Vuc 

60 Vac / 85 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

110 V 

40 kHz / 1000 Ω 

6 kA 

130 V 

190 V 

130 V 

190 V 

115 Vuc 

130 Vac / 170 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

130 V 

88 kHz / 2200 Ω 

6 kA 

180 V 

250 V 

180 V 

250 V 




Fuse 5x20 



Type 


Order no. 

EGU 2, 48 Vuc 0226560000 EGU 2, 115 Vuc 0226660000 

48 Vuc 

115 Vuc 

55 Vac / 88 Vdc 

130 Vac / 170 Vdc 

230 V 5kA 

230 V 5 kA 

150 V 

150 V 

86 V 

170 V 

20 kHz / 500 Ω 

88 kHz / 2200 Ω 

6 kA 

6 kA 

82 V 

230 V 

120 V 

350 V 

82 V 

230 V 

120 V 

350 V 




Fuse 5x20 



Type 


Order no. 

EGU 2, 48 Vuc 1170160000 EGU 2, 115 Vuc 9311520000 

48 Vuc 

55 Vac / 88 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

150 V 

86 V 

1 MHz / 32 Ω 

6 kA 

82 V 

120 V 

82 V 

120 V 

115 Vuc 

130 Vac / 170 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

150 V 

170 V 

1,5 MHz / 70 Ω 

6 kA 

230 V 

350 V 

230 V 

350 V 

50 mA 

28 Ω 

F 63 mA 

EG 2 IP20 

0,5 ... 6 mm 2 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 1, 230 Vuc 0245060000 

230 Vuc 

250 Vac / 320 Vdc 

600 V 20 kA 

275 V 

150 kHz / 4500 Ω 

24 kA 

300 V 

350 V 

300 V 

350 V 

50 mA 

28 Ω 

F 63 mA 

EG 2 IP20 

0,5 ... 6 mm 2 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 2, 230 Vuc 0223260000 

230 Vuc 

250 Vac / 320 Vdc 

600 V 20 KA 

275 V 

264 V 

150 kHz / 4500 Ω 

24 kA 

600 V 

820 V 

600 V 

820 V 

1,5 A 

0,2 Ω 

F 1,6 A 

EG 2 IP20 

0,5 ... 6 mm 2 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 2, 230 Vuc 9311530000 

230 Vuc 

250 Vac / 320 Vdc 

600 V 20 KA 

275 V 

264 V 

2 MHz / 150 Ω 

24 kA 

600 V 

820 V 

600 V 

820 V 


I 



I.43



I 

EGU 3 50 mA 

e.g. for circuit loops 

Dimensions: 

l x w x h = 58 x 95 x 22.5 mm 

Order data 





Varistor: 









EGU 3 1.5 A 


Dimensions: 

l x w x h = 58 x 95 x 22.5 mm 

Order data 





Varistor: 









EGU 4 0.1 A 

e.g. for circuit loops 

Dimensions: 

l x w x h = 58 x 95 x 22.5 mm 

Order data 





Varistor: 

Supressor diode: 










Type 

Order no. 

EGU 3, 24 Vuc 0250560000 

24 Vuc 

30 Vac / 38 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

30 V 

10 kHz / 500 Ω 

6 kA 

55 V 

75 V 

85 V 

105 V 


Type 

Order no. 

EGU 3, 24 Vuc 1186760000 

24 Vuc 

30 Vac / 38 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

30 V 

300 kHz / 16 Ω 

6 kA 

55 V 

75 V 

85 V 

105 V 


Type 

Order no. 

EGU 4, 24 Vdc 0459460000 

24 Vdc 

28 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

30 V 

33 V 

5 kHz / 240 Ω 

6 kA 

33 V 

45 V 

48 V 

90 V 


Current per path max 




Type 


Order no. 

EGU 3, 48 Vuc 0250660000 EGU 3, 115 Vuc 9311530000 

48 Vuc 

60 Vac / 85 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

65 V 

20 kHz / 1000 Ω 

6 kA 

130 V 

150 V 

150 V 

190 V 

115 Vuc 

130 Vac / 170 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

180 V 

44 kHz / 2200 Ω 

6 kA 

180 V 

220 V 

230 V 

290 V 






Type 


Order no. 

EGU 3, 48 Vuc 1186960000 EGU 3, 115 Vuc 1186860000 

48 Vuc 

115 Vuc 

60 Vac / 85 Vdc 

130 Vac / 170 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

230 V 5 kA 

65 V 

180 V 

400 kHz / 32 Ω 

550 kHz / 70 Ω 

6 kA 

6 kA 

130 V 

180 V 

150 V 

220 V 

150 V 

230 V 

190 V 

290 V 






Type 


Order no. 

EGU 4, 48 Vuc 0461860000 EGU 4, 115 Vuc 0461960000 

48 V uc 

55 Vac / 34 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

55 V 

48 V 

10 kHz / 240 Ω 

6 kA 

82 V 

130 V 

110 V 

150 V 

115 Vuc 

130 Vac / 170 Vdc 

150 V 5kA 

75 V 

120 V 

20 kHz / 1200 Ω 

6 kA 

200 V 

250 V 

310 V 

350 V 

50 mA 

18 Ω 

EG 3 IP20 

0,5 ... 4 mm 2 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 3, 230 Vuc 0250860000 

230 Vuc 

250 Vac / 320 Vdc 

600 V 20 kA 

275V 

75 kHz / 4500 Ω 

24 kA 

300 V 

350 V 

400 V 

430 V 

1,5 A 

0,1 Ω 

EG 3 IP20 

0,5 ... 4 mm 2 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 3, 230 Vuc 1187060000 

230 Vuc 

240 Vac / 315 Vdc 

600 V 20 kA 

275 V 

800 kHz / 150 Ω 

24 kA 

300 V 

350 V 

400 V 

430 V 

100 mA 

22 Ω 

EG 3 IP20 

0,5 ... 4 mm 2 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 4, 230 Vuc 0462060000 

230 Vuc 

250 Vac / 320 Vdc 

600 V 20 kA 

275 V 

240 V 

1 Mhz / 150 kΩ 

24 kA 

350 V 

420 V 

390 V 

480 V 


I.44 





EGU 4 1.5 A 


Dimensions: 

l x w x h = 58 x 95 x 22.5 mm 

Order data 





Varistor: 










EGU 4 0.1 A 

Z.B. für symmetrical loads 

Abmessungen: 

LxBxH = 58x95x22,5 mm 

Order data 





Varistor: 











Type 

Order no. 

EGU 4, 24 Vuc 1170960000 

24 Vuc 

34 Vac / 26,5 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

30 V 

33 V 

250 kHz / 16 Ω 

6 kA 

33 V 

45 V 

48 V 

90 V 


Type 

Order no. 

EGU 4, 24 Vdc 1170560000 

24 Vdc 

31 Vdc 

90 V 5 kA 

30 V 

33 V 

5 kHz / 240 Ω 

6 kA 

33 V 

45 V 

66 V 

110 V 






Type 


Order no. 

EGU 4, 48 Vuc 1171060000 EGU 4, 115 Vuc 1171160000 

48 Vuc 

53 Vac / 75 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

55 V 

48 V 

500 kHz / 32 Ω 

6 kA 

82 V 

130 V 

110 V 

150 V 

115 Vuc 

130 Vac / 170 Vdc 

230 V 5kA 

75 V 

120 V 

800 kHz / 70 kΩ 

6 kA 

200 V 

250 V 

310 V 

350 V 






Type 


Order no. 

EGU 4, 48 Vuc 1170660000 EGU 4, 115 Vuc 1170760000 

48 V uc 

55 Vac / 75 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

55 V 

48 V 

20 kHz / 480 Ω 

6 kA 

82 V 

130 V 

170 V 

190 V 

115 Vuc 

130 Vac / 170 Vdc 

230 V 5 kA 

75 V 

120 V 

40 kHz / 1200 Ω 

6 kA 

200 V 

250 V 

400 V 

480 V 

1,5 A 

0,1 Ω 

EG 3 IP20 

0,5 ... 4 mm 2 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 4, 230 Vuc 1171260000 

230 Vuc 

250 Vac / 320 Vdc 

600 V 20 kA 

275 V 

240 V 

1 Mhz / 150 kΩ 

24 kA 

400 V 

420 V 

390 V 

480 V 

100 mA 

12 Ω 

EG 3 IP20 

0,5 ... 4 mm 2 

Type 

Order no. 

EGU 4, 230 Vuc 1170860000 

230 Vuc 

250 Vac / 320 Vdc 

600 V 20 kA 

275 V 

240 V 

80 khz / 2,2 kΩ 

24 kA 

350 V 

420 V 

700 V 

880 V 


I 



I.45



I 


Overvoltage protection RSU for power supplies 









Varistor 








Design tion 







mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RSU 24Vuc 6A 

RSU 24Vuc 6A 

L 

L 

U 

U 

N 

N 





6A ting current, Imax 



Yes istor 


8.0kHz 4M q. (-3dB) at load impedance 






RS section 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87 x 81.0 x 89 


RSU 24VUC 6A LP 1 1171361001 

RSU 48Vuc 6A 

RSU 48Vuc 6A 

L 

L 

U 

U 

N 

N 








Yes istor 


10.0Khz 8M . (-3dB) at load impedance 






RS section 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87 x 81.0 x 89 


RSU 48VUC 6A 1 1171461001 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

I.46 















Varistor 








Design tion 







mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RSU 115Vuc 6A 

RSU 115Vuc 6A 

L 

L 

U 

U 

N 

N 








Yes istor 








RS section 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87 x 81.0 x 89 


RSU 115VUC 6A 1 1171561001 

RSU 230Vuc 6A 

RSU 230Vuc 6A 

L 

L 

U 

U 

N 

N 








Yes istor 


90.0KHz 40kM (-3dB) at load impedance 






RS section 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

87 x 81.0 x 89 


RSU 230VUC 6A 1 1171661001 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





I 











Varistor 








Design tion 







mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RSU 24Vuc 10A 

RSU 24Vuc 10A 

L 

L 

L 

L 

U 

U 

N 

N 

N 

N 

IN 

OUT 








Yes istor 


8.0kHz 4M q. (-3dB) at load impedance 






RS section 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

105 x 105.0 x 89 


RSU 24VUC 10A 1 8104201001 

RSU 48Vuc 10A 

RSU 48Vuc 10A 

L 

L 

L 

L 

U 

U 

N 

N 

N 

N 

IN 

OUT 








Yes istor 


10.0khz 8M . (-3dB) at load impedance 






RS section 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

105 x 105.0 x 89 


RSU 48VUC 10A 1 8025371001 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

I.48 















Varistor 








Design tion 







mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

RSU 115Vuc 10A 


L 

L 

L 

L 

U 

U 

N 

N 

N 

N 

IN 

OUT 








Yes istor 








RS section 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

105 x 105.0 x 89 


RSU 115VUC 10A 1 8104221001 



L 

L 

L 

L 

U 

U 

N 

N 

N 

N 

IN 

OUT 








Yes istor 


90.0kHz 40kM (-3dB) at load impedance 






RS section 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

105 x 105.0 x 89 


RSU 230VUC 10A LP 1 8093281001 


I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 





I 

Overvoltage protection for measurement and control 

engineering, pluggable protection 

Pluggable overvoltage protection 

Weidmüller’s LPU series consists of a module and an SEG-U 

integral housing, which must be ordered separately. These 

tried-and-tested protective components can be used in 

process, industrial and building services automation. The SEG- 

U housing can be connected in different ways to satisfy the 

user's requirements. The screw connection is standard, but 

screw/plug, thermipoint, core-wrap and spade connections 

are also possible. The plug-in module offers test functions if 

required: a visual check and electrical testing of the individual 

components is possible. The three-stage LPU boards work 

with gas charge eliminators, varistors, suppressor diodes (TAZ) 

and decoupling indicators. The LPU modules are characterised 

by a high protective function for currents up to 1.5 A. 

They are available in rated voltages of 24 V, 48 V, 115 V and 

230 V. 

Three different LPU modules are available. 

a) Two signal lines are isolated from against earth (suitable for 

binary signals). 

b) One analogue signal is protected against each other and 

against earth (0 .. 20 mA circuits) 

c) One potential free signal is given high-ohm protection 

against earth and each other (suitable for thermocouple 

signals). 

A test case is available for the electrical tests. The protective 

elements integrated in the PLU module, such as overvoltage 

protection terminal filled with gas, varistors and suppressor 

diodes, can be tested to check rated data and permissible tolerances. 

The integral inductors are also checked for continuity. 

Test results are displayed as red/green LEDs or printed ou on 

the integral printer. A self-test is performed after switching on 

the test case. The LPU module automatically undergoes electric 

testing when the LPU overvoltage protection is plugged in. 

SEG-U 

Width 20 mm 


flexible 0.5...2.5 mm 2 

flexible 0.5...4 mm 2 

Test case 


I.50



3-step protection on circuit card 

Pluggable overvoltage protection LPU 









Varistor 








Design ard 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

LPU 24Vdc 100mA 

LPU 24Vdc/0.1A 






12.50M esistance 


Yes istor 








plug card 

push-on connection n 



push-on connection 

96.60 x 20.0 x 117 

Height incl. housing SEG-U 


LPU 24VDC/100MA 1 8008300000 

LPU 48Vuc 100mA 

LPU 48Vuc/0.1A 








Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 48VUC/100MA 1 8008330000 


I 

Information 

Testable with the test case 


Accessories 

Information 

SEG-U 8007871001 

SEG-U 8007871001 





I 











Varistor 








Design ard 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 










Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 115VUC/100MA 1 8008350000 










Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 230VUC/100MA 1 8008380000 


Information 



Accessories 

Information 

SEG-U 8007871001 

SEG-U 8007871001 

I.52 















Varistor 








Design ard 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

LPU 24Vuc 1.5A 









Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 24VUC/1,5A 1 8008430000 










Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 48VUC/1,5A 1 8008440000 


I 

Information 



Accessories 

Information 

SEG-U 8007871001 

SEG-U 8007871001 





I 











Varistor 








Design ard 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 










Yes istor 


600.0kHz 70kM -3dB) at load impedance 






plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 115VUC/1,5A 1 8008450000 










Yes istor 


1.0MHz 150kM (-3dB) at load impedance 






plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 230VUC/1,5A 1 8008460000 


Information 



Accessories 

Information 

SEG-U 8007871001 

SEG-U 8007871001 

I.54 















Varistor 








Design ard 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

LPU 24Vdc 100mA SL 

LPU 24Vdc/0.1A 








Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 24VDC/100MA 1 8008230000 

LPU 48 Vuc 100mA SL 









Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 48VUC/100MA 1 8008250000 


I 

Information 



Accessories 

Information 

SEG-U 8007871001 

SEG-U 8007871001 





I 











Varistor 








Design ard 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

LPU 230Vuc 100mA SL 

LPU 230V/uc/0.1A 








Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 230VUC/100MA 1 8008280000 

LPU 115Vuc 100mA SL 









Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 115VUC/100MA 1 8008260000 


Information 



Accessories 

Information 

SEG-U 8007871001 

SEG-U 8007871001 

I.56 















Varistor 








Design ard 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

LPU 24Vdc/0,1A 

LPU 24Vdc 100mA floating 

1 4 

2 

3 

U 

U 

5 

6 








Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 24VDC/100MA 1 8008390000 

LPU 48Vuc/0,1A 

LPU 48Vuc 100mA floating 








Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 48VUC/100MA 1 8008400000 


I 

Information 



Accessories 

Information 

SEG-U 8007871001 

SEG-U 8007871001 





I 











Varistor 








Design ard 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 










Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 115VUC/100MA 1 8008410000 










Yes istor 








plug card 





96.60 x 20.0 x 117 



LPU 230VUC/100MA 1 8008420000 


Information 



Accessories 

Information 

SEG-U 8007871001 

SEG-U 8007871001 

I.58 





I 

I.59


I 


With varistor 

in terminal design 

Varistors 

Metal oxide varistors are used in the terminal 

design. They are approved for the 

maximum sinusoidal operating ac voltage 

indicated on the component. Any voltage 

exceeding the stated voltage is discharged 

safely. Varistors can be used for 

medium to large ratings. 

DK 4 U S 20 K 130 

max. max. max. energy and max. max. 

Rated data 

operating voltage energy and surge current surge current at 10000 varistor varistor 

DK 4 U 

at varistor at an impulse of 8/20 µs impulses after 8/20 µs voltage voltage 

at 10 A at 1 mA 

U eff U– Energy Surge Energy Surge Leak Capacity Order no. 

Type V V J current A J current A current V V pF TS 32 

TS 35 

S 14 11 14 1.6 1000 0.07 75 36 18 18000 on request 9401400000 

14 18 2.0 1000 0.08 75 42 22 15000 9401010000 on request 

17 22 2.7 1000 0.11 75 52 27 10000 9401020000 on request 

20 26 3.3 1000 0.13 75 65 33 7500 9401030000 9401430000 

25 31 3.7 1000 0.15 75 75 39 6500 9401040000 9401440000 

Preferred types 24 V 30 38 4.4 1000 0.17 75 90 47 5500 9401050000 9401450000 

35 45 5.2 1000 0.23 75 110 56 4500 on request on request 

40 56 6.8 1000 0.27 75 125 68 3300 9401070000 9401470000 

50 65 27.0 4500 0.6 150 135 82 2900 9401080000 9401480000 


75 100 38.0 4500 0.8 150 185 120 1900 9401100000 9401500000 




150 200 65.0 4500 1.5 150 350 240 900 on request 9401540000 


230 300 85.0 4500 2.1 150 560 360 550 on request 9401560000 

250 320 92.0 4500 2.4 150 610 390 500 on request 9401570000 


300 385 110.0 6500 2.6 190 740 470 400 9401190000 9401590000 

S 20 11 14 3.0 2000 0.12 125 32 18 37000 on request on request 


17 22 5.6 2000 0.19 125 48 27 22000 on request 9401620000 

20 26 6.6 2000 0.24 125 60 33 17000 on request 9401630000 

25 31 7.8 2000 0.28 125 70 39 15000 9401240000 9401640000 



40 56 14.0 2000 0.48 125 120 68 7000 9401270000 on request 

50 65 36.0 6500 0.5 190 120 82 5500 on request 9401680000 

Preferred types 48 V 60 85 45.0 6500 0.7 190 150 100 4800 on request 9401690000 




140 180 90.0 6500 1.5 190 320 220 2000 9401330000 9401730000 

150 200 95.0 6500 1.6 190 340 240 1800 on request 9401740000 


230 300 130.0 6500 2.4 190 550 360 1200 9401360000 9401760000 

250 320 140.0 6500 2.7 190 600 390 1000 9401370000 9401770000 


300 385 160.0 8000 3.0 300 700 470 900 on request 9401790000 

12 mm wide 


I.60 





DK 4 U 

with gas charge eliminator 

or suppression diode 

Impulse 

sparkover 

Rated DC trigger voltage voltage Max. rated voltage 

at 1 kV/µs 

Tolerance U eff U– Capacity Order no. 

Type V % V V V pF TS 32 TS 35 

10 kA (8/20 µs) Preferred types 24 V 90 – ±25 < 600 35 50 ≈ 2 9400200000 9400300000 

Preferred types 48 V 150 – ±15 < 600 60 90 ≈ 2 on request on request 

230 – ±20 < 600 95 135 ≈ 2 9400200000 9400200000 

Rated data 

DK 4 U 

20 kA (8/20 µs) 

Gas charge eliminator 

The gas charge eliminator consists of two 

electrodes spaced a defined distance 

apart, enclosed in a small glass or ceramic 

tube. Between the electrodes is an inert 

gas at a defined pressure. An interference 

voltage which has a rise time of 1 kV/µs 

and reaches a peak of 10 kV can be limited 

to approx. 600 … 700 V. The gas filled 

space changes from high ohm to low 

ohm. This process depends on the surge 

of the overvoltage and on the rated DC 

trigger voltage. 

The rated DC trigger voltage is printed on 

the side of the gas charge eliminator. 

Once the gas is ignited, a typical arcing 

voltage of 10 to 30 V is produced across 

the component. Ionisation of the gas 

causes the overvoltage protection terminal 

to become low resistive, allowing a high 

follow current to flow. Suitable measures 

must be taken to limit the follow current 

(e.g. fuses). 


Suppressor diodes work on a similar 

principle to conventional zener diodes. If 

the indicated breakdown voltage is 

exceeded, the diode conducts. 

Compared to zener diodes, suppressor 

diodes have a higher current carrying 

ability and faster response times in the 

ps-range. 

DK 4 U gas charge eliminator 5 kA, 

90 V 

Preferred types 24 V 90 – ±25 < 600 35 50 ≈ 2 9400400000 9400500000 

150 – ±15 < 600 60 90 ≈ 2 9400410000 9400510000 

Preferred types 48 V 230 – ±15 < 650 95 135 ≈ 2 9400420000 on request 

Preferred types 115 V 470 – ±15



I 

With electronic components 

(other versions on request) 

Dimension data DK4 / WDK 2.5 

Terminal width (+ fitting tolerance 0.2) 



Screw connection, flexible DK 4 

Screw connection, flexible WDK 2.5 

Conductor cross-section DK 4 

Conductor cross-section WDK 2.5 

Rated data to VDE 

Voltage 

Diode current 

Diode reverse voltage 

Current of through busbar 

Approvals 

Operating temperature range 

Diode 

Resistance 

Capacitor 

Varistor 

Gas charge eliminator 

Max. leakage current 

Order data 

Type 

Order no. 

Type 

Order no. 

Type 

Order no. 

Accessories 

Mounting rail (2 m long) 

End bracket (thickness in mm) 

End plate (thickness in mm) 

Small partition 

Socket for test plug 

Test plug (pole diameter) 

Cross connector (pre-assembled) 

Cover plate 

Fixing screws (plastic) 

Cross connection bridge 

Insulation profile 

(max. operating voltage) 

(rated DC sparkover voltage) 

(standard wage 8/20 µs) 

for TS 32 Y 

for TS 35 V 

for TS 35 V 

3-pole 

4-pole 

10-pole 

2-pole 

3-pole 

4-pole 

75 pole 

DK 4 RC 

Arc suppression circuit for contactors and solenoids (AC), 

suppressor module for optocoupler inputs 

18 mm 

9 mm 

0.5…4 mm 2 

– 

AWG 22…12 

– 

250 V~/300 V– 

– 

10 A 

– 

220 Ω 

0.22 µF 

– 

– 

– 

DK 4 RC 

0692160000 

DK 4 RC/35 

0053160000 

WDK 2.5 RC 

8065910000 

Type order no. Qty 

TS 32 0122800000 – 

TS 35 0383400000 – 

EWK 1 (8.5) 0206160000 50 

EW 35 (8.5) 0383560000 50 

AP PA (1.5) 0359260000 20 

TSch 4 0363360000 100 

StB 8.5 0215700000 50 

PS (ø 2.3) 0180400000 20 

Q 4 0336600000 50 

Q 10 0368600000 20 

BSK M 2.5 x 18 0303300000 100 

QB 2 1 ) 0482700000 100 

QB 3 1 ) 0482800000 50 

QB 4 1 ) 0482900000 50 

QB 75 blank 0526400000 10 

IP 0526700000 – 

StB 8.5 0215700000 50 

DK 4 RC-VRS 

Arc suppression circuit for contactors and solenoids (AV) 

18 mm 

9 mm 

0.5…4 mm 2 

– 

AWG 22…12 

– 

24 V~ 

– – 

– – 

10 A 10 A 

– – 

47 Ω 47 Ω 

0.22 µF 0.22 µF 

S 14 S 14 

50 V 250 V 

– – 

DK 4 RC-VRS 

DK 4 RC-VRS 

9401860000 9401960000 

DK 4 RC-VRS/35 

DK 4 RC-VRS/35 

9402260000 9402360000 

Type Order no. Qty 

TS 32 0122800000 – 

TS 35 0383400000 – 

EWK 1 (8.5) 0206160000 50 

EW 35 (8.5) 0383560000 50 

AP PA (1.5) 0359260000 20 

TSch 4 0363360000 100 

StB 8.5 0215700000 50 

PS (ø 2.3) 0180400000 20 

Q 4 0336600000 50 

Q 10 0368600000 20 

BSK M 2.5 x 18 0303300000 100 

QB 2 1 ) 0482700000 100 

QB 3 1 ) 0482800000 50 

QB 4 1 ) 0482900000 50 

QB 75 blank 0526400000 10 

IP 0526700000 – 


1 ) when using QB conductor connection max. 2.5 mm 2 

I.62 





DK 4 RD 

Arc suppression circuit for contactors and solenoids (DC) 

12 mm 

9 mm 

0.5…4 mm 2 

– 

AWG 22…12 

– 

3 A 

1300 V 

10 A 

BY 255 

22 Ohm (4 W) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

DK 4 RD 

0150260000 

DK 4 RD/35 

0059160000 


TS 32 0122800000 – 

TS 35 0383400000 – 

EWK 1 (8.5) 0206160000 50 

EW 35 (8.5) 0383560000 50 

for retrofitting electrical components 

Dimensions 

Width/length/height (mm) 

Width/length/height (mm) 

Stripping length/clamping screw 

Rated data 

Rated voltage/current/cross-section 

Rated impulse voltage VDE 0110/1.89/Pollution severity 

with TS 32 Y – 

with TS 35x7,5 V 6/60/47 

9 mm/M 3 

Further technical data 

Tightening torque range 

Nm 0.5...1.0 

Torque setting with DMS2 electric screwdriver 

2 

Clampable conductors 

“e” solid HO7V-U mm 2 0,5…4 

“m” stranded HO7V-R mm 2 1,5…4 

“f” flexible HO7V-K mm 2 0,5…4 

“f” flexible HO7V-K and AEH DIN 46228/1 mm 2 0,5…4 

“f” flexible HO7V-K and AEH with plastic collar mm 2 0,5…4 

Plug gauge acc. to 947-1 

size A 3 

Continuous output current of terminal for conductor size 32 A/4 mm 2 

Core diameter of electrical components 

UL/CSA rated data 

Voltage/current/conductor size 

Order data 

Intermediate frame 

thickness 1.5 mm 

Busbar 

Varistors 

for 24 V 

for 230 V 

Gas charge eliminators 

for 90 V 

for 600 V 

mm 0,8...1,0 mm 

AP PA (1.5) 0359260000 20 

TSch 4 

StB 8.5 

PS (ø 2.3) 

Q 3 

Q 4 

Q 10 

AD 4 (4 terminals) 

BSK M 2.5 x 18 

QB 2 1 ) 

QB 3 1 ) 

QB 4 1 ) 

QB 75 blank 

IP 

0363360000 

0215700000 

0180400000 

0336500000 

0336600000 

0368600000 

0303400000 

0303300000 

0482700000 

0482800000 

0482900000 

0526400000 

0526700000 

100 

50 

20 

50 

50 

20 

50 

100 

100 

50 

50 

10 

– 

WOP 4 mit einstecktem Varistor 

Weidmüller varistor terminals allow for electronic components to 

be retrofitted, e.g. varistors, diodes, gas charge eliminators, etc. 

These “electronic terminals” no longer have to be designed prior 

to installation and subsequently delivered with soldered components 

which can no longer be distinguished. 

The great advantages of this new design include: 

• Cost savings 

• Components can be changed quickly on site 

• Service limited to visual inspection 

• Clarity 

• Components are easy to distinguish 

• Flexibility 

• Components can be modified immediately 

to changed conditions. 

Overvoltages in a three-phase supply discharged to earth via 

WPE with the aid of varistors and a gas discharge tube. 

UL 

CSA 

Type 

Wemid 

WPO 4 

250 V/32 A/4 mm 2 

4 kV/3 

Order no. 

Qty 

1036000000 50 


ZR 1071100000 20 

SSch 7.3x1.2 1071200000 1m 

S14k30 4127830000 

S14k275 4011070000 

90 V 20 kA 4233030000 

600 V 20 kA 4140810000 


I 

Marking tabs 

Printing 

consecutive horizontal FW 6 046866.... 

consecutive vertical FS 6 047356.... 



Overvoltage protection for data interface 


I 

Principles of data transmission 

electrical 

system 

power supply 

I/O-lines 

datainterfaces 

bus lines 

Data transmission refers to the sending of 

characters, numbers, statuses, measurements 

etc. between various remote units. 

Remote units include controllers, computers, 

measurement transducers, actuators 

etc. One unit transmits while the other 

receives. This is the simplest form of data 

transmission. 

However, it is frequently necessary for one 

unit to receive something and then send 

an “answer” back to the other unit. To do 

this, we need two data lines that run backto-back, 

or we combine the data lines by 

providing a transceiver at each end of the 

data line. 

Structure and properties of networks 

There are various options for networking 

data terminal equipment. We distinguish 

between star type, ring, point-to-point and 

bus networks. 

Star-type networks 

The main unit is located in the centre. The 

individual data lines then radiate out from 

this centre to the individual terminal units. 

In other words, in star-type networks all 

data terminals are connected to the central 

terminal via their own cable. 

Ring networks 

The computers or data terminals are all 

connected to each other like a chain by 

means of a coaxial cable, for example. In 

this case the data are passed on from one 

data terminal to the next. The entire ring is 

therefore always under load. Advantage of 

the ring network: it can cover a larger area 

than a star-type network, because the 

transmission distance between 2 adjacent 

terminals is defined as the transmission 

path. 

Point-to-point networks 

These are basically networks between to 

data terminals that are connected directly 

with each other, e.g. an RS 232 or RS 

422 link. 

Bus systems 

These are networks based on the parallel 

connection of modules. All components 

operate on one and the same line. 

Therefore only two/four cores are 

required for the data bus. If bus cabling 

includes branches, then we call this a 

tree structure. Every bus system includes 

a bus controller that issues transmission 

permission to the individual terminals. 

Transmission media 

Data lines are necessary to transmit data: 

Two/three core systems 

Two-core systems are used for data 

transmission requiring relatively low 

transmission rates. For example, an ISDN 

system acting as an exchange line in a 

building only needs two cores. Other 

types of bus system also only use two or 

three cores. 

Four core systems 

This is the current standard for the 

majority of corporate data networks. Two 

cores are used for transmitting data and 

two for receiving. The cables are well 

shielded and can transmit data with frequencies 

of up to 500 MHz over distances 

of up to 100 m. 

Coaxial cable 

The technique of sending data via coaxial 

cables is relatively old and rarely used, 

given the slow speed and lack of flexibility 

of the networks. Transmission rates of 

12 Mbit/s today are no longer adequate. 

Over longer distances, fibre-optic cables 

are replacing coaxial cables; these can 

transmit several hundred Mbit/s. 

Serial interface 

A serial interface operates with 8 data bits 

(1 byte). A start bit (low bit) is always sent 

before the output of a byte, and one or 

two stop bits (high bit) are added to the 

end of the byte. This encryption is important 

for the data receiver as it can then 

detect where each data byte begins and 

ends. Serial interfaces frequently operate 

with +5V (logic 1) and 0V (logic 0). 

Advantage: less cabling (only 3 cores). 

Disadvantage: slow data transmission. 

RS232 

Serial interface for point-to-point connections 

of up to 20 kbit/s. 

Voltage signals to earth: 

logic 1 (mark) –15V to –3V 

logic 0 (space) +3V to +15V 

max. signal level +/- 15V 

Lines up to 20 m long depending on transmission 

rate 

RS422 

Serial unidirectional high-speed interface 

for up to 10 parallel receivers. 

Differential voltage signal: 

logic 1 (mark) A-B < -0.3V 

logic 0 (space) A-B > +0.3V 

max. signal level +/- 12 V 

Lines up to 1200 m long 

max. data rate 10 Mbit/s 

RS485 

Serial bidirectional high-speed interface for 

up to 32 subscribers 

2 or 4 core system 

Differential voltage signal: 

logic 1 (mark) A-B –0.3V 

logic 0 (space) A-B > +0.3V 

max. signal level –7V to +12V 

Lines up to 1200 m long 

max. data rate 10 Mbit/s 

LON (twisted pair) 

Series bus with TP/XF –78 (old) 

Series bus with TP7XF-1250 

Series bus or free topology with TP/FT 10 

Series bus or free topology with LPT-10 

EIB (European Installation Bus) 

Twisted pair or power line 

Series, star-type or tree bus (also combinations 

thereof) 9600 Bit/s 

Building services automation 


I.64



Protective module in 

adapter plug housing 

RS232-8 B/S25 8570500000 

RS232-8 S/B25 8570510000 


housing for fitting on mounting rail 

EGU4 EG3 RS232 1170460000 



LPU RS422 / RS485 9454930000 


aluminium housing 

RS 485 K21 8008501001 



LPU RS422 / RS485 9454930000 


aluminium housing 

RS 485 K21 8008501001 



MCZ ovp LON-Bus 8473470000 

DIALOC EG8 OVP 8283060000 

LON TM termination 

DIALOC BUS TERMINATION 

8496110000 



MCZ ovp Gasabl. 90 V 8449130000 


I 



I.65



I 

For telecommunication 

interface 

Overvoltage protection for telecommunication 

interfaces 







Response time 








General data 


Norm Signal phone signal Uko 


Total current 





Residual voltage at output at input pulse of 1 

kV/µs 

Residual voltage at output at 8/20µs and input 

pulse of 5kA 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

TAE ovp analog 

TAE ovp analog 








For telecommunication 

interface 

Overvoltage protection for telecommunication 

interfaces 







Response time 








General data 


Norm Signal one signals Uko interface 


Total current 





Residual voltage at output at input pulse of 1 

kV/µs 

Residual voltage at output at 8/20µs and input 

pulse of 5kA 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

TAE ovp ISDN 

TAE ovp ISDN 








I 

RS232 







Baud rate 00 Bd 

Response time 


Varistor 








Design al housing 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

RS232 

EGU 4 RS232 

1 4 

2 

5 

3 

6 








RS485/422 







Baud rate 0 Bd 

Response time 


Varistor 








Design laneous 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

RS485 

RS485/RS422 Overvoltage protection 

x-1 

x-1 

GND 

GND 

x+1 x+1 

x+2 x+2 

GND 

GND 

x-2 x-2 

optional 








I 

LON TM 







Baud rate 

Response time 


Varistor 








Design al 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

LON FTT / TP78 

Overvoltage protection - LonWorks 

1 

5 

TS 

2 

IN 






Baud rate 

< 100 ps me 


No ristor 








terminal 





1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91 x 6.0 x 63.20 

4 

3 

OUT 


MCZ OVP LON-Bus 10 8473470000 

Dialoc Termination 

Overvoltage protection - LonWorks 

1 J1 

3 

J2 

J3 

7 5 






Baud rate 

Response time 


No ristor 








terminal 

screw connection nnection 




2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

65 x 12.0 x 57 


DIALOC BUS TERMINATION Abschluss 5 8496110000 


Information 

LON is a TM of Echolon 

Select LPT/FTT/TP78 via jumper 

Accessories 

Information 

I.70 





I 

I.71

, 

, 

, 

, 

, 

Line Filter 


I 

Overvoltage protection WAVEFILTER 

WAVEFILTERS for simple radio interference suppression 

in the switch cabinet 

The WAVEFILTER series eliminates the time-consuming need 

to screw in a rectifier. The filters are simply clipped on to TS35 

and connected to the device needing suppression. The twostage 

WAVEFILTER with an overall width of 22.5 mm rated for 

1 A, 3 A, 6 A and 10 A offers high attenuation. 

WAVEFILTER with current compensating choke is ideal for 

applications in controller and automation technology, e.g. for 

suppressing continuous interference types such as "noise" or 

“ripple” from interfering radiation from other systems, or interference 

from frequency converters and switchmode power 

supplies. A short low resistive mass connection is required for 

the WAVEFILTER to function properly. It is advisable for all 

devices to be earthed directly with the largest possible crosssection 

to a central earthing point in the switch cabinet. 

Interference signals 

We differentiate between two types of induced transient and 

continuous interference signals: symmetrical (differential mode) 

and asymmetrical (common mode). The symmetrical interference 

signals generate voltage between the signal lines of the 

system. Asymmetrical interference voltages occur between the 

signal lines and earth. 

WAVEFILTER is ideal for attenuating both kinds of interference 

signal. In addition, WAVEFILTER 10A also has an earthing conductor 

choke. This earthing conductor choke supports both 

attenuation on the earthing conductor for the filter and additional 

attenuation of asymmetrical interference voltages. 

, 


I.72

Line Filter 


Line filter with screw clamp connectors 



Rated voltage (AC/DC) 

Rated current 

Capacity Cx 22nF Cy 

Inductance L and L1 


Test voltage P/N-PE 

Test voltage P-N 


Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

WAVEFILTER 1A 

Wavefilter 1 A 250V 

LINE 

LOAD 

L 

L' 

Cx 

N 

N' 

Cy Cy 


250V d voltage (AC/DC) 

1A current 

33nF Cx 22nF Cy 

10mH nce L and L1 

190µA current at Un 

2000Vac ge P/N-PE 

1700Vdc ge P-N 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

90 x 22.5 x 73.40 



WAVEFILTER 1A 1 8614790000 

WAVEFILTER 6A 

Wavefilter 6A 250V 

LINE 

LOAD 

L 

L' 

Cx 

N 

N' 

Cy Cy 



6A current 

33nF Cx 22nF Cy 

0.80mH ance L and L1 





2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

90 x 22.5 x 73.40 





I 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 



Line Filter 


I 

Line filter with srew clamp connection 



Rated voltage (AC/DC) 

Rated current 

Capacity Cx 4,7nF Cy 

Inductance L and L1 


Test voltage P/N-PE 

Test voltage P-N 


Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Version 

WAVEFILTER 3A 


LINE 

LOAD 

L 

L' 

Cx 

N 

N' 

Cy Cy 



3A current 

33nF F Cx 4,7nF Cy 

2mH ance L and L1 





2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

90 x 22.5 x 73.40 




WAVEFILTER 10A 


LINE 

LOAD 

L 

L' 

Cx 

N 

N' 

Cy Cy 



10A current 

470nF Cx 4,7nF Cy 

0.80mH ance L and L1 





2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

90 x 22.5 x 73.40 



WAVEFILTER 10A 1 8614770000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

I.74 




Analogue Signal Processing 

Signal converter 

Interface converter 

Logic modules 

Monitoring modules 


Overview J.2 - J.5 

DC/DC passive isolator 

Input current loop-feed J.6 - J.7 

Output current loop-feed J.8 

Loop splitter J.9 

DC/DC 2-way isolator 

Power supply on the output side J.10 

Double sided power supply J.11 - J.12 


10 Hz Cut-off frequency J.13 - J.15 

20 kHz Cut-off frequency J.16 - J.19 

Configurable J.20 - J.21 

Supply isolator 

Without / with HART J.22 - J.23 

PT100 / RTD – Signal isolator / converter 

PT100, Conductor converter J.24 - J.26 

PT100, Conductor disconnector converter J.27 - J.28 

RTD Signal disconnector converter J.29 - J.31 

Thermo element Signal isolator / converter 

Thermo disconnector converter J.32 - J.35 

Frequency Signal isolator / converter 

DC/f disconnector converter J.36 - J.37 

f/DC disconnector converter J.38 - J.39 

Bridge measuring converter 

Configurable J.40 - J.41 

Serial interface converter 

J.42 - J.43 

AD-/DA-Converter 

AD-Converter 8-bit J.44 - J.45 

DA-Converter 8-bit J.46 - J.47 

AD-Converter 12-bit J.48 - J.49 

DA-Converter 12-bit J.50 - J.51 

Preprocessing logic 

J.52 - J.58 

Current and voltage monitoring 

Overview J.59 

Relay output J.60 

Analogue output J.61 - J.64 

Voltage monitoring 

Analogue output J.65 


J 

Treshold monitoring 

Relay output / Transistor output J.66 - J.67 

Accessories 

Accessories 

J.68 - J.70 

J.1


J 


Analogue signal processing 

Problems 

The real environment can be measured in many different 

forms, for example in terms of temperature, humidity or air 

pressure. The values of these physical variables change constantly. 

Elements which monitor the statuses and status 

changes of a given environment and supply an indication of 

this changed environment must be able to portray the continuous 

change. 

In industrial monitoring tasks, sensors are responsible for registering 

ambient statuses. Sensors provide signals which allow 

detailed conclusions for downstream evaluation and monitoring 

systems with detailed conclusions about the statuses or 

status changes, for example in a production process. Sensor 

signals monitor continuous changes in the monitored field. 

They occur in digital and analogue form. As a rule, they supply 

an electrical voltage or current value which corresponds proportionally 

to the physical variables being monitored. 

If automation processes are expected to reach certain statuses 

or keep them Constant, then analogue signal processing is 

required. It is also important in areas where this is has already 

been part of long established practice, for example process 

engineering or the chemicals industry. 

In process engineering, standardised electrical signals are normally 

used. Currents from 0… 20 mA, 4… 20 mA or voltages 

from 0..10 V have become established as the output variable 

for sensors of various different physical parameters. 

Weidmüller takes account of the continuing trend to automate 

– including and in particular with analogue signal processing – 

and offers a wide range of products tailor-made to the requirements 

involved in handling sensor signals. Units for the common 

signals (0..20 mA, 4..20 mA, 0..10 V) generate an output 

signal as proportional values of the variable input signal. 

“Protective separation” e.g. of the sensor circuit from the evaluation 

circuit is also taken into account. “Protective separation” 

prevents mutual interference of several sensor circuits, for 

example as in the case of earth ground circuits in linked measuring 

circuits. 

The wide range of products completely covers the functions 

involved in signal conversion, signal separation and signal 

monitoring. The products thus satisfy nearly all applications in 

industrial measuring technology, and safeguard elementary 

functions between field signals and further processing systems. 

The mechanical properties of the products are built up 

around a continuous concept. 

The product programme contains the following functions: 

• dc/dc converters 

• Current converters 

• Voltage converters 

• Temperature transformers for resistance thermometers and 

thermoelements 

• Frequency converters 

• Potentiometer transducers 

• ac transducers 

• Bridge transducers (strain gauges) 

• Threshold monitoring modules 

• AD/DA converters 

The stated products are available as pure signal conversion, 

2-way isolation, 3-way isolation and passive disconnectors – 

depending on the production functions in each case. 


Signal converters can be used with other Weidmüller products 

and combined with each other. They are designed from an 

electrical and mechanical point of view so as to entail a minimum 

wiring workload and maintenance. 

J.2




2-way isolation separates the signals and decouples the measuring circuits. 

Potential differences, caused by long line leads and joint reference 

points, are eliminated. Signal isolation also protects from destruction by 

overvoltage together with inductive and capacitive gaps. 

3-way isolation also separates the supply voltage to the input and output 

circuit and allows for operation with only one operating voltage. 

Passive isolators have another crucial advantage: they do not need any 

additional power supply. The power supply for the module comes from the 

input or output circuit and is transferred to the input/output. The outstanding 

feature of this current loop feed is its very low own consumption. 

There is a wide range of products for measuring temperature. PT100 signals 

are converted in 2, 3 and 4-conductor system to standardised signals 

0-20 mA, 4-20 mA and 0-10 V. 

The modules for connecting to commercially available thermocouples 

have cold joint compensation as a standard feature. In addition, they 

amplify and linearise the voltage signal issued by the thermocouple. This 

guarantees exact conditioning of the analogue signal, eliminating interference 

or fault sources. 

Frequency converters convert frequency into analogue standard signals 

so that subsequent controllers can directly process pulse sequences for 

speed or velocity measurement. 

No kind of automation is conceivable without AD or DA converters. To 

bring together the analogue signals which portray the environment with 

the digital processing of the process monitoring system, analogue signals 

have to be converted into digital ones. Weidmüller also offers these modules 

for the common input and output signals 0 … 20 mA, 4 … 20 mA 

and 0 … 10 V, with 8 bit or 12 bit available on the digital side. All modules 

have an additional input for freezing the current measured value. 

Current monitoring modules control the current values up to 60 A for 

dc or ac current. If the values fall below or above the setting, then the 

switch output is triggered. Modules with analogue outputs monitor the 

current flow continuously using subsequent controllers. 

Voltage monitoring modules are used to monitor dc and ac voltage. 

The freely adjustable switching threshold can be used to detect and report 

fluctuations in voltage as a result of switching procedures or mains overload. 


J 

J.3


J 

Advantages of the WAVESERIES 

The concept 

The modules in the WAVESERIES are 

ideal when users need analogue separating 

transducers. Weidmüller’s 

WAVESEREIS combines the compact, 

space-saving design of the 

enclosure type (WAVEBOX) with 

many different functions. The product 

family offers a wide range of signal 

transducers. 

• Independent connection technology 

– screw or spring with pluggable 

socket connector 

• Assembly without tools 

• Fast commissioning – pluggable 

spare boards 

• Standardised current and voltage 

signals 

• Cross connectors for low wiring 

workload 

• Highly functional 

• Clear type designations for simple 

selection 

• Ideal size – for more space in the 

switchgear cabinet 

• Cost-saving 

Enclosure (WAVEBOX) 

The WAVEBOX is an ideal combination 

of technology, design and functionality. 

The enclosure consists of recyclable 

plastic and comes in four different 

widths. It needs practically no tools for 

assembly and fulfils the EMC requirements. 

Ventilation slots allow good heat 

dissipation. 

Replacement 

The PCB can be removed from the 

enclosure without any tools. Simple 

press in the locking hook at the top section 

and pull out the upper part with 

connection level and PCB. 

Coding 

The coding elements can be used to 

code the module for screw and also 

tension clamp connections without loss 

of poles. In this way, it is not possible 

to confuse the plugs. 

Connecting 

Screw connection BLZ and the tension 

clamp system BLZF offer the greatest 

possible flexibility in the wiring stage (up 

to 2.5 mm 2 ). 

Cross connection 

Cross connectors are 

used to connect up 

enclosures in the 

same family to 

bridge and 

transmit the 

power supply from 

one module to the next. 

Safety 

“Protective separation” has to be guaranteed 

as per EN 50178. WAVESERIES 

complies with this requirement to the full 

with analogue signal transmission with 

potential separation. 


J.4


Advantages of the MICROSERIES and MCZ SERIES 

Connecting 

Screw connection BLZ and the tension 

clamp system BLZF offer the greatest 

possible flexibility in the wiring stage (up 

to 2.5 mm 2 ). 

Connecting 

Tension spring connection 

Width 

Just 6 mm wide (without cover plate), 

the MCZ SERIES offers enough space 

for electronic circuits. 


The supply voltage can be 

bridged from one module 

to the next. 

Width 

MICROANALOGUE sets standards for analogue 

signal processing. With a width of 

just 6 mm, MICROSERIES is highly 

functional with a completely closed 

enclosure. 


The power supply and another potential 

can be cross connected 


J 

J.5


Input current loop-fed 

MCZ CCC 


J 

Passive isolator for electrical isolation of standard 

0/4…20 mA signals. It is fed by the measuring 

signal and does not need any auxiliary power 

supply. Special features of this component are its 

low power consumption and the operating current 

of


Input current loop-fed 

CCC LP 

CCC LP 


• Galvanic isolation 

• Very low power consumption 

• Secure disconnection 

U E [V] 


14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 

R L 

Input 

Input voltage/Input current 

Max. voltage/Max. current 

Operating current 

Voltage drop 

Output 

Output voltage/Output current 

Load resistance voltage/Current 

Accuracy 

Temperature coefficient 

Influence of load impedance 


Chopper frequency 

General data 



Approvals 

Insulation coordinates 

Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 

Impulse withstand voltage 

Isolation voltage Input, output 



Clearance & creepage path 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




(1-channel) 

/0(4)…20 mA current loop 

18 V/50 mA 

< 100 µA 

approx. 3V at RL=0 M; approx. 13V at RL=500 M;(Iin=20mA) 

/0(4)…20 mA 

/< = 500 M 

< 0.1 % of final value 

< 50 ppm/K of final value 

< 0.1 % of measurement value/100 M load resistance 

< 20 mVeff 

approx. 170 kHz 

-25 °C…+70 °C 

-40 °C…+80 °C 

CSA / GL / UL/UR / CE / ESD 

EN 50178 (safe separation) 

EN 50081, EN50082, EN55011 

300 V 

6 kV 

4 kVeff / 1 s 

III 

2 

>= 5.5 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 

Tu=23°C, single module 


WAS5 CCC LP 0-20/0-20mA 1 8444950000 

WAZ5 CCC LP 0-20/0-20mA 1 8444960000 

(2-channel) 

/0(4)…20 mA current loop 

18 V/50 mA 

< 100 µA 

approx. 3V at RL=0 M; approx. 13V at RL=500 M;(Iin=20mA) 

/0(4)…20 mA 

/< = 500 M 



< 0.1 % of measurement value/100 M load resistance 

< 20 mVeff 

approx. 170 kHz 

-25 °C…+70 °C 

-40 °C…+80 °C 

CSA / GL / UL/UR / CE / ESD 

EN 50178 (safe separation) 

EN 50081, EN50082, EN55011 

300 V 

6 kV 

4 kVeff / 1 s 

III 

2 

>= 5.5 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 



WAS5 CCC LP 0-20/0-20mA 1 8463580000 

WAZ5 CCC LP 0-20/0-20mA 1 8463590000 


J 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 


Delivery times see page X.2 J.7


Output current loop-fed 

OLP 


J 



• Input range selected via DIP switch 

• Calibration not necessary 


Input 

Input voltage 

Max. voltage 

Input resistance voltage/Current 

Input current 

Max. current 

Output 


Output signal limit 


Accuracy 



Step response time 

Cut-off freq. (-3dB) 

General data 

Supply voltage 



Default settings 

Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




0…(5)10 V 

30 Vdc 

0…5V: 210 kM; 0…10V: 430 kM/51 M 

0(4)…20 mA 

40 mA 

4…20 mA (current loop) 

approx. 24 mA 

/RL=(Ub-12V) / 20 mA e.g. 600 M at 24V 

0.2 % of measuring range final value 

= 5.5 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 



WAS5 OLP 1 8543720000 

WAZ5 OLP 1 8543730000 

Switch position/setting options 

SW 1 

Input 1 2 3 4 

0…20 mA 

4…20 mA 

0…5 V 

0…10 V 

Transmission frequency 

10 Hz 

100 Hz 

= on 

= off 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

J.8 




Loop splitter 

2OLP 



• Input and output current loop feed 




Input 

Input current 

Max. current 

Voltage drop 

Output 

Output current/ 



Accuracy 




General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 


Isolation voltage Input, output/ 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 





40 mA 

3.8 V 

2 x 4…20 mA (current loop)/ 

approx. 31 mA 

/RL=(Ub-12V) / 20 mA e.g. 600 M at 24V 

typical 0.1%, max. 0.2% 

= 5.5 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 



WAS5 CCC 2OLP 1 8581160000 

WAZ5 CCC 2OLP 1 8581170000 

24Vd 

Sensor 

~ 

4 ... 20mA 

1 

2 

3 

230 Vac 

24 Vdc 

WAVEANALOG 

2OLP 

8581160000/8581170000 

SPS 

RL1 

4 ... 20mA 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

4 ... 20mA 

RL2 


J 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 




Power supply on the 

output side 

4…20mA/4…20mA 

4…20mA/0…20mA 

4…20mA/0…10V 


J 

• Signal conversion 

• Galvanic isolation between 

input/output signal 

• Power supply can be crossconnected 

via plug-in jumpers 


Input 


Max. voltage 

Max. current 

Output 



Accuracy 




General data 


Current consumption 

Current-carrying cap. of cross-connect. 



Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




/4…20 mA (current loop) 

7 V 

25 mA 

/4…20 mA 

/< = 500 M 

+/- 0.2% of final value 


Double sided power 

supply 

0…20mA/0…20mA 

0…20mA/4…20mA 

0…20mA/0…10V 








Input 




Output 



Accuracy 




General data 


Current consumption input 

Current consumption output 




Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



/0…20 mA 

/25 mA 

/50 M 

/0…20 mA 

/< = 500 M 



Double sided power 

supply 

0…10V/0…20mA 

0…10V/4…20mA 

0…10V/0…10V 


J 







Input 




Output 



Accuracy 




General data 


Current consumption input 

Current consumption output 




Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




0…10 V/ 

15 V/ 

500 kM/ 

/0…20 mA 

/< = 500 M 



10Hz Cut-off frequency 

0…(4)20mA/0…(4)20mA 

0…20mA/4…20mA 

0…20mA/0…10V 








Input 


Max. voltage 

Max. current 

Output 



Accuracy 




General data 


Power consumption 




Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



/0(4)…20 mA 

25 mA 

/0(4)…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 

0.2 % 

+/- 250 ppm/K 



4…20mA/0…20mA 

4…20mA/0…10V 


J 







Input 


Max. voltage 

Max. current 

Output 



Accuracy 




General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




/4…20 mA 

25 mA 

/0…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 

0.2 % 

+/- 250 ppm/K 

= 1 kM/ 

0.2 % 

+/- 250 ppm/K 



0…10V/0…20mA 

0…10V/4…20mA 

0…10V/0…10V 








Input 


Max. voltage 

Max. current 

Output 



Accuracy 




General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



0…10 V/ 

15 V 

/0…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 

0.2 % 

+/- 250 ppm/K 


20kHz Cut-off frequency 

0(4)…20mA/0(4)…20mA 

0…20mA/4…20mA 

0…20mA/0…10V 


J 







Input 




Output 



Accuracy 




General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 



Coupling cap. in- resp. output/power supply 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




/0…20 mA 

/50 mA 

/50 M 

/0…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 




4…20mA/0…20mA 

4…20mA/0…10V 








Input 




Output 



Accuracy 




General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 







Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



/4…20 mA 

/50 mA 

/50 M 

/0…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 


= 2 kM/< = 600 M 




0…10V/0…20mA 

0…10V/4…20mA 


J 







Input 




Output 



Accuracy 




General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 







Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




0…10 V/ 

15 V/ 

500 kM/ 

/0…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 




0…10V/0…10V 

-10V…+10V/-10V…+10V 








Input 




Output 



Accuracy 




General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 







Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



0…10 V/ 

15 V/ 

500 kM/ 

0…10 V/ 

>= 2 kM/ 


= 2 kM/ 

+/- 0.2 % of measuring range 


Configurable 

PRO DC/DC 


J 

• Universal adjustable via DIP-switch 

• Service tool WAVETOOL via internet 

• Voltage supply 20…230 V ac/dc 

• Low power loss 

• Adjustable transmission frequency 


Input 



Max. current 

Output 



Accuracy 



Offset 

Adjustment range, zero point 

Adjustment range, amplification 

Displacement 

General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




+/- 20 mV…+/- 200 V/+/-0.1mA…+/- 100 mA 

ca. 1 MM/< 5 mA: ca. 100 M; >5 mA: ca. 5 M 

Iin < 5mA: < 100mA, Iin > 5mA < 300mA 

0…+/- 10 V/0…+/- 20 mA 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 


< 60 ppm/K of end value 

> 10 kHz/ < 10 Hz 

20 µA resp. 10 mV 

+25 % of measuring range of the chosen output range 

0.33…3.30 x final value of the chosen output range 

-100%, -50%, 0%, 50%, 100% of measuring range 

22…230 Vac/dc +10 %/ 48…62 Hz 

approx. 1 W 

-10 °C…+70 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

0…10V / 0…10V / 10Hz 

GL / CE / cURus 

EN 50178 

DIN EN 61326. EN 61326/A1, EN 50081-2, EN 61000-6-2 

600 V 

5 kV, 1.2/50 µs (IEC 255-4) 

4 kVeff/ 

III 

2 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 



WAS4 PRO DC/DC 1 8560740000 

WAZ4 PRO DC/DC 1 8560750000 


Switch 

Input S1 S2 

Input range 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 

0 … ±60 mV 

0 … ±100 mV 

0 … ±150 mV 

0 … ±300 mV 

0 … ±500 mV 

0 … ±1 V 

0 … ±5 V 

0 … ±10 V 

0 … ±100 V 

0 … ± ~0.3 mA 

0 … ±1 mA 

0 … ±5 mA 

0 … ±10 mA 

0 … ±20 mA 

0 … ±50 mA 

4 … ±20 mA* 

*Offset conversion not calibrated 

Switch S2 4 

calibratet ranges 

 

Span-pot. activated: input x 0.33 ... x 3.30 

Switch 

Output S1 S3 

Output range 5 6 7 1 2 

0 … ±10 V 

2 … 10 V 

0 … ±5 V 

1 … 5 V 

0 … ±20 mA 

4 … 20 mA 

Offset S1 S2 

(in % of output voltage) 8 9 10 5 

0 % 

-100 % 

-50 % 

+50 % 

+100 % 

Zero pot. activated: additional ±25 % 

Switch S3 3 

Bandwidth 10 kHz 

 

Bandwidth 10 Hz 

 

Set range can be documented on side of housing. 

= on 

= off 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Information accessories 

J.20 




Configurable 

DC/DC select 


• 3-way isolation 

• DIP-switch 

• Power supply can be cross connected 

• Low power loss 


Input 



Voltage drop 

Output 



Accuracy 



General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



0…10 V/0(4)…20 mA 

100 kM/ 

< 0.1 V at Iin=20 mA (Current Input) 

0…10 V/0(4)…20 mA 

>= 10 kM/< = 600 M 

< 0.5% of final value 


> 100 Hz 

24 Vdc +/- 15 % 

approx. 0.6 W 


Without HART 

MAS RPS 


J 

• 2-conductor technology 


• Voltage supply cross-connection 


Input 

Input current 

Sensor 

Feed voltage 

Output 




Accuracy 

Offset current 



General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



2 

V 

+ 1 I 

0V 

3 

cc 

PS 

Current 

Loop 

4…20 mA (sensor circuit) 

2-conductor 

16.5 V / constant for 3…22 mA 

4…20 mA 

22…25 mA 

/< = 600 M 

< 0.1 % 

< 30 µA 


With HART 

MAS RPSH 




• With Hart transmission 

• Output switchable 


Input 

Input current 

Sensor 

Feed voltage 

Output 





Accuracy 




General data 



Communication 




Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 




Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



2 

V 

+ 1 I 

cc 

0V 

3 

PS 

Current 

Loop 

4…20 mA (sensor circuit) 

2-conductor 

16.5 V / constant for 3…22 mA 

0(4)…20 mA 

0…10 V 

22…25 mA resp. 11…12.5 V 

>= 10 kM/< = 600 M 

Iout: < 0.1 % / Uout: < 0.2% 

< 30 µA 

PT100 / RTD - signal isolator/converter 

PT100, 2-Conductor converter 

PT100/2 0(4)…20mA 

PT100/2 0…10V 


J 


• Adjustable temperature range 

– 200 °C … + 800 °C 

• Power supply can be cross connected via 

plug-in jumper 


Input 

Sensor 

Feed current 

Output 



Accuracy 

General data 

Supply voltage/Current consumption 

Operation temperature/Storage temperature 

Approvals 

Standards 

EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Temperature input range 


Adjustable -200…+800 °C 


Adjustable -200…+800 °C Tension clamp c. 

Special adjusment 



Tension clamp connection 

0…100 °C Screw connection 

0…100 °C Tension clamp connection 



Information 

Application 

PT100/2-conductor 

1.45 mA 

/0(4)…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 

+/-0.5% of measuring range 

24 Vdc +/- 20 %/< 48 mA at Iout = 20 mA 

0 °C…+55 °C/-20 °C…+85 °C 

CSA / UL/UR / CE / ESD 

EN 50178, EN 60751, IEC751 

EN 50081, EN50082, EN55011 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 



WTS4 PT100/2 C 0/4-20mA 1 8432210000 

WTZ4 PT100/2 C 0/4-20mA 1 8432220000 

WTS4 PT100/2 C 0/4-20mA variable 1 8432219999 

WTZ4 PT100/2 C 0/4-20mA variable 1 8432229999 

WTS4 PT100/2 C 0-20mA 0…100C 1 8432210001 

WTZ4 PT100/2 C 0-20mA 0…100C 1 8432220001 

WTS4 PT100/2 C 4-20mA 0…100C 1 8432210011 

WTZ4 PT100/2 C 4-20mA 0…100C 1 8432220011 

Specify temperature range by special calibrations. 


1.45 mA 

0…10 V/ 

>= 1 kM/ 



0 °C…+55 °C/-20 °C…+85 °C 


EN 50178, EN 60751, IEC751 

EN 50081, EN50082, EN55011 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 



WTS4 PT100/2 V 0-10V 1 8432180000 

WTZ4 PT100/2 V 0-10V 1 8432190000 

WTS4 PT100/2 V 0-10V variable 1 8432189999 

WTZ4 PT100/2 Vn 0-10V variable 1 8432199999 

WTS4 PT100/2 V 0-10V 0…100C 1 8432180001 

WTZ4 PT100/2 V 0-10V 0…100C 1 8432190001 



J.24 





PT100/3 0(4)…20mA 

PT100/3 0…10V 




– 200 °C …+ 800 °C 




Input 

Sensor 

Feed current 

Output 



Accuracy 

General data 



Approvals 

Standards 

EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 














Information 

Application 


1.45 mA 

/0(4)…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 



0 °C…+55 °C/-20 °C…+85 °C 


EN 50178, EN 60751, IEC751 

EN 50081, EN50082, EN55011 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 



WTS4 PT100/3 C 0/4-20mA 1 8432150000 

WTZ4 PT100/3 C 0/4-20mA 1 8432160000 

WTS4 PT100/3 C 0/4-20mA variable 1 8432159999 

WTZ4 PT100/3 C 0/4-20mA variable 1 8432169999 

WTS4 PT100/3 C 0-20mA 0…100C 1 8432150001 

WTZ4 PT100/3 C 0-20mA 0…100C 1 8432160001 

WTS4 PT100/3 C 4-20mA 0…100C 1 8432150011 

WTZ4 PT100/3 C 4-20mA 0…100C 1 8432160011 



1.45 mA 

0…10 V/ 

>= 1 kM/ 



0 °C…+55 °C/-20 °C…+85 °C 


EN 50178, EN 60751, IEC751 

EN 50081, EN50082, EN55011 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 



WTS4 PT100/3 V 0-10V 1 8432090000 

WTZ4 PT100/3 V 0-10V 1 8432130000 

WTS4 PT100/3 V 0-10V variabel 1 8432099999 

WTZ4 PT100/3 V 0-10V variabel 1 8432139999 

WTS4 PT100/3 V 0-10V 0…100C 1 8432090001 

WTZ4 PT100/3 V 0-10V 0…100C 1 8432130001 



J 





PT100/4 0(4)…20mA 

PT100/4 0…10V 


J 



– 200 °C … + 800 °C 

• Power supply can be cross connected via plugin 

jumper 


Input 

Sensor 

Feed current 

Output 



Accuracy 

General data 



Approvals 

Standards 

EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 














Information 

Application 


1.45 mA 

/0(4)…20 mA 

/< = 600 M 

100K= 1 kM/ 

100K


PT100, 2-/3-Conductor disconnector 

converter 

MCZ PT100/3 CLP 


• For 2- or 3-conductor PT100 sensors 

• Loop-fed output current 

• High accuracy and linearity 


Input 

Sensor 

Feed current 

Output 



Accuracy/Influence of cable resistance 

Response time 

General data 


Approvals 

Standards 

EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



0…100 °C Tension clamp c. 





-50…+150 °C Tension clamp c. 

-40…+100 °C Tension clamp c. 

Information 

Application 

PT100/2-/3-conductor 

0.8 mA 


/< = 600 M 

typical 0.2%, max. 0.5% of FSR/max. 06 K/M 

10 ms 

0 °C…+50 °C/-20 °C…+85 °C 

CSA;UL/UR;CE;ESD; 

EN 50178, EN 60751, IEC751 

EMVG, EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91.0 x 6.0 x 63.2 



MCZ PT100/3 CLP 0…100C 10 8425720000 

MCZ PT100/3 CLP 0…120C 10 8483680000 

MCZ PT100/3 CLP 0…150C 10 8604420000 

MCZ PT100/3 CLP 0…200C 10 8473010000 

MCZ PT100/3 CLP 0…300C 10 8473020000 

MCZ PT100/3 CLP -50C…+150C 10 8473000000 

MCZ PT100/3 CLP -40C…100C 10 8604430000 


J 





J 

PT100, 2-/3-Conductor disconnector 

converter 

• 2-way isolation between input/output and 

power supply 

• PT100 2-/ 3-conductor 

• Output can be switched calibrated via 

DIP-switch 


Input 

Sensor 

Feed current 


Output 



Accuracy 



General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




PT100 Output select 

PT100/2-/3-conductor 

0.8 mA 

0…100 °C 

0…10V / 0…5V/0(4)…20 mA 

>= 10 kM/< = 600 M 

< 0.5 % out of measuring range 


RTD, signal disconnector converter 

PRO RTD 

PRO RTD 1000 


• Universal adjustable via DIP-switch 


• Linearization 




Input 

Sensor 


Output 

Output current/Output voltage 

Offset current/Offset voltage 



Line resistance in measuring circuit 

Influence of cable resistance 

Wire break detection 

Fine adjustment 

Status indicator 

General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



PT100/2-/3-/4-cond.; Ni100/2-/3-/4-cond.; potentiometer: 

min. 0…100M, max. 0…100kM; resitance: 0…450M 

configurable 

0(4)…20 mA/0…10 V 

max. 100 µA/max. 0.05 V 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

fast: 1.2 s/ slow: 2.2 s 

50 M 

max. + 0.25°C at 50 M cond. resistance 

LED flashes (output value > 20mA, > 10V) 

>=+/-5%, Version 1:>=12.5% / Poti:12.5%…25% 

active: LED on/cond. broken: LED flashing/Error: LED off 

24 Vdc +/- 25 % 

830…880…980mW at Iout=20mA 

= 3 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 



WAS5 PRO RTD 1 8560700000 

PT1000/2-/3-/4-cond.; Ni1000/2-/3-/4-cond.; potentiometer: 

min. 0-1kM, max. 0-100kM; resitance: 0-4,5kM 

configurable 

0(4)…20 mA/0…10 V 

max. 100 µA/max. 0.05 V 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

fast/slow:2-/3-/4-cond.: 1.2s/2.3s; Poti: 0.5s/1.2s 

50 M for 3- and 4-conductor 

max. + 0.25°C at 50 M cond. resistance 


>= +/- 12.5%; Poti: +/- 12.5% … +/-25% 


24 Vdc +/- 25 % 

830…880…980mW at Iout=20mA 

= 3 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 



WAS5 PRO RTD 1000 1 8679490000 


J 


WAZ5 PRO RTD 1 8560710000 

WAZ5 PRO RTD 1000 1 on demand 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Voltage supply 24V and 0V with ZQV 2.5N/2 

cross-connection 





DC/DC signal converter – configurable 

WAVEANALOG PRO RTD 

WAVEANALOG PRO RTD 1000 


J 

Switch positions/possible settings 

Input 

Selection of input 

Switch 1 

1 2 3 

PT100 2-conductor 



R 2-conductor 

NI100 2-conductor 



Potentiometer 

= on 

= off 

Selection of minimum input size 

Switch 1 

min R min Poti min 4 5 6 7 

0°C 0 Ω 0% 

-10°C 10 Ω 10% 

-20°C 20 Ω 20% 

-25°C 20 Ω 25% 

-30°C 30 Ω 30% 

-40°C 40 Ω 40% 

-50°C 50 Ω 50% 

-60°C 60 Ω 60% 

-70°C 70 Ω 70% 

-80°C 80 Ω 80% 

-90°C 90 Ω 

-100°C 100 Ω 

-150°C 150 Ω 

-200°C 200 Ω 

Special range 

Choice of measuring range 

T R Potentiometer 

Switch 2 

1 2 3 4 5 

40K 20Ω 20% 

50K 25Ω 25% 

60K 30Ω 30% 

70K 35Ω 35% 

80K 40Ω 40% 

90K 45Ω 45% 

100K 50Ω 50% 

110K 55Ω 55% v 

120K 60Ω 60% 

125K 62,5Ω 62,5% 

130K 65Ω 65% 

140K 70Ω 70% 

150K 75Ω 75% 

160K 80Ω 80% 

170K 85Ω 85% 

180K 90Ω 90% 

190K 95Ω 95% 

200K 100Ω 100% 

250K 125Ω --- 

300K 150Ω --- 

350K 175Ω --- 

400K 200Ω --- 

450K 225Ω --- 

500K 250Ω --- 

550K 275Ω --- 

600K 300Ω --- 

650K 325Ω --- 

700K 350Ω --- 

750K 375Ω --- 

800K 400Ω --- 

Switch positions/possible settings 

Input 

Selection of input 

Switch 1 

1 2 3 




R 2-conductor 




Potentiometer 

= on 

= off 

Selection of minimum input size 

Switch 1 

min R min Poti min 4 5 6 7 

0°C 0 Ω 0% 

-10°C 100 Ω 10% 

-20°C 200 Ω 20% 

-25°C 200 Ω 25% 

-30°C 300 Ω 30% 

-40°C 400 Ω 40% 

-50°C 500 Ω 50% 

-60°C 600 Ω 60% 

-70°C 700 Ω 70% 

-80°C 800 Ω 80% 

-90°C 900 Ω 

-100°C 1000 Ω 

-150°C 1500 Ω 

-200°C 2000 Ω 


Choice of measuring range 

T R Potentiometer 

Switch 2 

1 2 3 4 5 

40K 200Ω 20% 

50K 250Ω 25% 

60K 300Ω 30% 

70K 350Ω 35% 

80K 400Ω 40% 

90K 450Ω 45% 

100K 500Ω 50% 

110K 550Ω 55% v 

120K 600Ω 60% 

125K 625Ω 62,5% 

130K 650Ω 65% 

140K 700Ω 70% 

150K 750Ω 75% 

160K 800Ω 80% 

170K 850Ω 85% 

180K 900Ω 90% 

190K 950Ω 95% 

200K 1000Ω 100% 

250K 1250Ω --- 

300K 1500Ω --- 

350K 1750Ω --- 

400K 2000Ω --- 

450K 2250Ω --- 

500K 2500Ω --- 

550K 2750Ω --- 

600K 3000Ω --- 

650K 3250Ω --- 

700K 3500Ω --- 

750K 3750Ω --- 

800K 4000Ω --- 

Selection of output 

Switch 2 

Output 6 7 

0...10V 

0...20mA 

4...20mA 

Selection of the 

step response 

S.2 

step response 8 

slow 

fast 

Accuracy, slow/fast step response 

Examples for setting zero and range 

Temperature setting: 

Output 

 

 

Switching on the 

manual adjustment 

4…20 mA 

manual S.1 

adjustment 8 

off 

on 

PT 100, Ni100: 0.3% of measuring range 0.8% 

Measuring range: 

Potentiometer: 0.2% of final value / 0.3% 

Resistance: 0.2% of final value / 0.3% 


Measuring range ≥ 200 K ≤ 200 ppm / °C 

100 K ≤ Measuring range < 200 K ≤ 250 ppm / °C 

40 K ≤ Measuring range < 100 K ≤ 400 ppm / °C 

DIP switch -10 °C…+110 °C 

Range 75…110 °C 

Range 120 °C 

Range adjustment ± 12,5 % 

Zero 

-25 ° C 

95 ° C 

-10 ° C 110 ° C 

5 ° C 

125 ° C 

Range 

110 ° C 

5 ° C 125 ° C 

140 ° C 

Setting aid WAVETOOL 

The service tool is used for fast, uncomplicated 

configuration of WAVEANALOGUE PRO. 

Download from the internet: 

http: //www.weidmueller.com 

 

 


850K 425Ω --- 

850K 4250Ω --- 

900K 450Ω --- 

900K 4500Ω --- 

J.30


RTD, signal disconnector converter 

PRO RTD Cu 


• Universally adjustable via DIP-switch 




jumper 


Input 

Sensor 


Output 






Influence of cable resistance 




General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




Cu 10, Cu 25, Cu 50, Cu 100; 3-/4-cond. 

adjustable -200…+260 °C 

0(4)…20 mA/0…10 V 

max. 100 µA/max. 0.05 V 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

fast: 1.2 s/ slow: 2.2 s 

5 M Cu 10; 15 M Cu 25; 25 M Cu 50; 50 M Cu 100 

max. + 0.25°C at max. cond. resistance 


>= +/- 12.5 % 


24 Vdc +/- 25 % 

880…980…1030mW at Iout=20mA 

= 3 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 



WAS5 PRO RTD Cu 1 8638950000 

WAZ5 PRO RTD Cu 1 on demand 

Selection of connection 

Switch 1 

Connection 1 

3-wire 

4-wire 

 

 

Selection of senor 

Type 

Switch 1 

2 3 

Cu 10 

Cu 25 

Cu 50 

Cu 100 

Selection of minimun input values 

Switch 1 

min 4 5 6 7 

- 0 °C 

-10 °C 

-20 °C 

-25 °C 

-30 °C 

-40 °C 

-50 °C 

-60 °C 

-70 °C 

-80 °C 

-90 °C 

-100 °C 

-150 °C 

-200 °C 

special range 

Span 

Selection of the measurement range 

Switch 2 

1 2 3 4 5 

40 K 

50 K 

60 K 

70 K 

80 K 

90 K 

100 K 

110 K 

120 K 

125 K 

130 K 

140 K 

150 K 

160 K 

170 K 

180 K 

190 K 

200 K 

210 K 

220 K 

230 K 

240 K 

250 K 

260 K 

270 K 

280 K 

290 K 

300 K 

350 K 

400 K 

450 K 

460 K 

Selection of Output 

Switch 2 

Output 6 7 

0...10 V 

0...20 mA 

4...20 mA 


manual fine adjustment 

Switch 1 

man. adj. 8 

off 

on 

 

 


J 

Information 

Selection of 

step set time 

Time of Schalter 2 

Accessories 

Information 



step response 8 

slow 

fast 

 

 

= on 

= off 



Thermo element, signal isolator/converter 


J 

Thermo disconnector converter Type: 

K, J, T, E, N, R, S, B 


• Cold-junction compensation 

• Output signal selectable 


jumper 


Input 

Sensor 


Output 






General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



Thermo Select 

thermo-elements (IEC 584) type: K,J,T,E,N,R,S,B 

-200…+1820 °C 

0…10 V/0(4)…20 mA 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

+/- (200 ppm from span + 0.075 K)/K 

with filter: 1.1 s; without filter: 6 s 


24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

< 38 mA at Iout = 20 mA 



Thermo disconnector converter type: 

K 


voltage supply 



• Output can be switched calib. via DIP-switch 


Input 

Sensor 


Output 



Accuracy 





General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




Thermo K Output Select 

thermo-elements according IEC 584, type: K 

0…1000 °C 

0…10V / 0…5V/0(4)…20 mA 

>= 10 kM/< = 600 M 

< 0.6 % of measuring range 

20 mA, > 10 V 

< 20 mVeff 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

approx. 0.6 W 

= 1.5mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

88.0 x 6.1 x 97.8 92.0 x 6.1 x 97.8 



MAS Thermo-K 0…1000°C Output select1 8594830000 

MAZ Thermo-K 0…1000°C Output select1 8594860000 

Connection 

- 

2 

3 

- 

ϑ 

PS 

V/I 

IN 

OUT 

1 6 

+ + 

+ 

4 

5 

- 

Switch 

Output 1 2 3 4 

0 … 10 V 

0 … 20 mA 

4 … 20 mA 

0 … 5 V 

= on 

= off 

mA 

V 


J 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Voltage supply 24V and 0V with ZQV 4N/x 






J 

Thermo disconnector converter type: 

J 


voltage supply 



• Output can be switched calib. via DIP-switch 


Input 

Sensor 


Output 



Accuracy 





General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




Thermo J Output Select 

thermo-elements according IEC 584, type: J 

0…700 °C 

0…10V / 0…5V/0(4)…20 mA 

>= 10 kM/< = 600 M 

< 0.7 % of measuring range 

20 mA, > 10 V 

< 20 mVeff 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

approx. 0.6 W 

= 1.5mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

88.0 x 6.1 x 97.8 92.0 x 6.1 x 97.8 



MAS Thermo-J 0…700°C Output select 1 8615210000 

MAZ Thermo-J 0…700°C Output select 1 8615240000 

Connection 

- 

2 

3 

- 

ϑ 

PS 

V/I 

IN 

OUT 

1 6 

+ + 

+ 

4 

5 

- 

Switch 


0 … 10 V 

0 … 20 mA 

4 … 20 mA 

0 … 5 V 

= on 

= off 

mA 

V 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Voltage supply 24V and 0V with ZQV 4N/x 


J.34 





Thermo disconnector converter Type: 

K, J, T, E, N, R, S, B 




• Output signal selectable 

• Power sup. can be cross-conn. by jumper 


Input 

Sensor 


Output 









General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



PRO Thermo 

thermo-elements (IEC 584) type: K,J,T,E,N,R,S,B 

-200…+1820 °C 

0…10 V/0(4)…20 mA 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

max. 100 µA/max. 0.05 V 

max. 1.4 s; with filter: max. 7.5 ms 

50 M 


>= +/- 5 % (switchable) 


24 Vdc +/- 25 % 

800…850…950 mW at Iout= 20 mA 

= 3 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 

TU=23°C, single module 


WAS5 PRO Thermo 1 8560720000 

WAZ5 PRO Thermo 1 8560730000 



Select of 

thermocoupler 

SW1 

Typ 1 2 3 

K 

J 

T 

E 

N 

R 

S 

B 

Selection of 

temperature span 

SW2 

Span 1 2 3 4 5 

100°C 

150°C 

200°C 

250°C 

300°C 

350°C 

400°C 

450°C 

500°C 

550°C 

600°C 

650°C 

700°C 

750°C 

800°C 

850°C 

900°C 

950°C 

1000°C 

1050°C 

1100°C 

1150°C 

1200°C 

1250°C 

1300°C 

1350°C 

1400°C 

1450°C 

1500°C 

1600°C 

1700°C 

1800°C 

Selection of minimum 

temperature 

SW1 

min 4 5 6 7 

0°C 

-10°C 

-20°C 

-30°C 

-40°C 

-50°C 

-100°C 

-150°C 

-200°C 

+50°C 

+100°C 

+150°C 

+200°C 

+250°C 

500°C 


= on 

= off 

Selection of 

output 

SW2 

Output 6 7 

0...10V 

0...20mA 

4...20mA 


manual fine adjustment 

SW1 

man. adjust. 8 

off 

on 


filter function 

 

 

SW2 

Filter 8 

off 

on 


K -200°C ...-150°C ± (5K + 0,1% of set range) 

-150°C...1200°C ± (3K + 0,1% of set range) 

1200°C...1372°C ± (4K + 0,1% of set range) 

J -200°C ...-150°C ± (4K + 0,1% of set range) 


T -200°C ...-150°C ± (5K + 0,1% of set range) 

-150°C ...400°C ± (3K + 0,1% of set range) 

E -200°C ...-150°C ± (4K + 0,1% of set range) 


N -200°C ...-150°C ± (6K + 0,1% of set range) 


R -50°C ...200°C ± (10K + 0,1% of set range) 


S -50°C ...200°C ± (10K + 0,1% of set range) 


B 50°C ...250°C ± (25K + 0,1% of set range) 

250°C ...500°C ± (10K + 0,1% of set range) 


 

 


J 



Frequenzy signal isolator/converter 


J 

DC/f disconnector 

converter 

By the conversion of analog signals 

to frequency it is possible to read in 

analog signals out of the array via 

the counter-inputs of the controller. 


Input 




Voltage drop 

Output 

Output frequency/ 

Output level 



Accuracy 



General data 






Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



MCZ VFC 

Vcc 

4 

+24V 

Output 

5 

f 

f f / 2 f / 4 f / 16 

Input 

1 

0...10V 

OV 

f 

2 

U 

16kHz 

3 GND 

0…10 V/ 

30 V/ 

100 kM/ 

0…1/ 4/ 8/ 16 kHz/ 

PNP, Ub-0.7 V 

max. 20 mA 

+/- 10 %, internal 

0.2% of FSR 



J 

J.37

Frequenzy signal isolator/converter 

f/DC disconnector converter 

PRO Frequency 


J 


• Max. input frequency 100 kHz 

• Input and output adjustable via DIP-switch 


• Special partitions can be programmed 


Input 

Sensor/ 

Rated input level 

Resolution 

Output 




Accuracy 




General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






/ 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




2-, 3-wire PNP/NPN, namur initiator, push-pull step/ 

threshold / hysterese: namur: ca 1.7 mA/ca 0.2 mA; 

NPN: ca 6.5 V/ca 0.2V; PNP: ca 6.7V/ca 0.5V 

0.1 mHz resp. 5 ppm of measurement value 

0…10 V/0(4)…20 mA 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

max. 100 µA/max. 0.05 V 

0.2 % of output range 

max. 200 ppm/K of output range 

360 ms + 2-fold period time of input frequency 

LED green 

24 Vdc +/- 25 % 

max. 1.6 W at Iout= 20 mA 

= 5.5 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 12.5 x 112.4 



WAS4 PRO Freq 1 8581180000 

WAZ4 PRO Freq 1 8581190000 

Selecting the 

operting mode 

Switch 2 

Operating mode 3 4 

0…fmax 

fmin…fmax 

saving 

fmin 

f= (A+B) x C 

Selecting 

the frequency 

Switch 1 

A 1 2 3 4 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

= ein 

= aus 

Selecting the output 

Selecting 

the frequency 

Selecting 

the frequency 

Switch 2 

Switch 1 

B 5 6 7 8 

0 

0,1 

0,2 

0,3 

0,4 

0,5 

0,6 

0,7 

0,8 

0,9 

Switch 2 

C 1 2 

x1 

x10 

x100 

x1000 


0...10 V 

0...20 mA 

4...20 mA 

0…5 V 

Special range (frequency generator is required) 

Switch 2 

Funktion 1 2 3 4 

save min. frequency 

save max. frequency 

select special range 

Application 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 



J.38 



Frequency signal transformer 

WAVEANALOGUE PRO Frequency 


Connection configuration 

of the sensors 

3-wire initiator with PNP output 

3-wire initiator with NPN output 

2-wire initiator 

(residual current < 1 mA) 

Push pull output cascade 

U=24V 

(1) +15V 

(2) PNP 

(3) NPN / Namur 

(4) GND 

(1) +15V 

(2) PNP 


(4) GND 

(1) +15V 

(2) PNP 


(4) GND 

(1) +15V 

(2) PNP 


(4) GND 

3-wire initiator with PNP output and external supply 

U=24V 

(1) +15V 

(2) PNP 


(4) GND 

3-wire initiator with NPN output and external supply 

U=24V 

Namur initiator 

N+ 

N- 

(1) +15V 

(2) PNP 


(4) GND 

(1) +15V 

(2) PNP 


(4) GND 

Setting help for any 

input and output values 

Setting the input range using the DIP 

switches (no frequency generator 

required): 

There are 2 different cases: 

1. Lower measuring frequency = 0 Hz 

– Choose operating mode “= … fmax” S2.3 = 0 

and S2.4 = 0 

– Set the upper measuring frequency using DIP 

switches S1 and S2.1, S2.2 (see table) 

– That's all 

2. Lower measuring frequency ≠ 0 Hz 

– First the lower measuring frequency 

must be saved. 

Select mode “save fmin”. 

S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 0. 

Set the frequency using DIP switches S1 and 

S2.1, S2.2 (see table) 

To save the frequency, briefly connect the module 

to the power supply. 

– Select mode “fmin…fmax” 

S2.3 = 0 and S2.4 = 1 

– Set the upper measuring frequency using DIP 

switches S1 and S2.1, S2.2 (see table). 

– That's all. 

Adjusting the input range using 

a frequency generator 

– Select the switch setting for saving the frequency: 

S2.1 = 0, S2.2 = 1, S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 1 

– Apply min. frequency to the module 

– Connect the module to the power supply 

– The LED lights up when the input frequency is 

being measured. If the LED goes off, the frequency 

has been saved and the module can be disconnected 

from the power supply again. 

– Repeat with max. frequency: 

S2.1 = 1, S2.2 = 0, S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 1 

– Select special range: 

S2.1 = 1, S2.2 = 1, S2.3 = 1 and S2.4 = 1 


J 

J.39

Bridge measuring converter 

Configurable 

PRO BRIDGE 


J 


• Input and output selectable via DIP-switch 


• Inverse output signal 


Input 

Input voltage/ 

Input resistance voltage 

Output 




Accuracy 





Bridge supply voltage 

General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


Information 



-500mV…+500mV/ 

> 1 MM 

0…5 V, 5…0 V, 10…0 V, 0…10 V/ 

0…20 mA, 20…0 mA, 4…20 mA, 20…4 mA 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

max. 100 µA/max. 0.05 V 

0.3 % of output range 

+/- 250 ppm/K of output range 

typ. < 200 ms 

LED green 

output: 0 V resp. 0/4 mA 

+10 V, +5 V, 4.8…10.2 V; offset adjustable; max. 40mA 

24 Vdc +/- 25 % 

max. 1.9 W at Iout= 20 mA 

= 3 mm 


2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 92.4 x 17.5 x 112.4 



WAS5 PRO Bridge 1 8581200000 

WAZ5 PRO Bridge 1 8581210000 

F 

R1 

(DMS) 

R2 

Power supply + 

U 

R3 

R4 

~ 

Bridge 

Bridge 

Power supply - 

Measuring bridge 

- 

230 Vac 

24 Vdc 

10 11 12 

7 8 9 

WAVEANALOG 

PRO Bridge 

8581200000/8581210000 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 

SW 1 

Input voltage 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

0…10 mV 

0…20 mV 

0...50 mV 

0...100 mV 

0...200 mV 

0...500 mV 

-10 mV...10 mV 

- 20 mV...20 mV 

- 50 mV...50 mV 

- 100 mV...100 mV 

- 200 mV...200 mV 

- 500 mV...500 mV 

Ausgang 

0...+10 V 

0...+5 V 

0...20 mA 

4...20 mA 


+10V 

+5V 

+4,8...+10,2V adjustable 

+4,8...+10,2V adjustable 

man. adjustment and 

offset possible 

Transmission method 

standard output signal 

inverse output signal 

= on 

= off 

Status LED 

LED on 

LED off 

LED blinks slow 

LED blinks fast 

Application 


 

 

normal operating 

Example for bridge supply voltage 

Temperature adjustment: 

Input voltage 

Output 


Bridge excitation 

0...5V 

PLC 

 

 

Error 

measurement range undershoot 

Uin < Umax + 10% 

measurement range overshoot 

Uin < Umax - 10 % 

0…10 mA 

0…10 V 

+4,8…10,2 V 

1 mV/V 

(Declaration frommanufacturer) 

Exitation voltage 

+4,8V 10,2V 

10V 

Offset range 10% 


Accessories 

Information 



0V 

Offset (Output) 

0V 1V 9V 10V 11V 

J.40 





J 

J.41



J 

RS232/RS485/422 


• RS232 connection via SUB-D 9 

• RS485/422, TTY shield connection via KLBÜ 

• DTE or DCE assignment selectable 

• Bidirectional communication 


RS232 

Connection/Input current 

Assignment 

RS485/422 

Terminating resistors 

Connection 

Bit distortion 

Bit delay 

Control of data direction/ 

Shield connection 


Max. bit rate 

Transmission channels 

Transmission distance 

General data 





Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS232/RS485/422 

5 T+ R+ 2 

6 T- R- 3 

RS232 

TTY 

2 R+ 

T+ 5 

RS232 

TTY 3 R- T- 6 

SHLD 

VCC 

VCC 

WDS2 RS232/TTY WDS2 RS232/TTY 

SUB-D9 (pin)/ 

DTE/DCE switchable via DIP-Switch 

pull down/ pull up via DIP-switch 

BLZ screw connection 

< 1.5% 



RS232/TTY 


• RS232 connection via SUB-D 9 

• RS485/422, TTY shield connection via KLBÜ 

• DTE or DCE assignment selectable 

• Bidirectional communication 


RS232 

Connection/Input current 

Assignment 

TTY 

Connection 

Bit distortion 

Bit delay 

Burden 

Shield connection/ 


Max. bit rate 

Transmission channels 

Transmission distance 

General data 





Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS232/TTY 

5 T+ R+ 2 

6 T- R- 3 

RS232 

TTY 

2 R+ 

T+ 5 

RS232 

TTY 3 R- T- 6 

SHLD 

VCC 

VCC 

WDS2 RS232/TTY WDS2 RS232/TTY 

SUB-D9 (pin)/ 

DTE/DCE switchable via DIP-Switch 

BLZ screw terminal 

< 1.5% 



J 

AD-Converter 8-Bit 

Terminal 

PIN 

MSB 

LSB 

E8 E7 E6 E5 E4 E3 E2 E1 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 


Input 




Resolution 

Output 

Number of outputs 

Output level 

Signs 


Accuracy 


Conversion time 

General data 





Approvals 


EMC standards 

Digital 

volue 

Analog 

voltage 

0 V 

+10 V 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS I-D8 0…20mA 

Ie 

24V + 

A 

D 

0V 

0V 

12345678 HE 

/0…20 mA 

3.5 V/25 mA 

/>= 51 M 

78 µA = 1 LSB 

8Bit (1 Bit sign) 

17 V = H, 0 V = L 




Terminal 

PIN 

LSB 

E8 E7 E6 E5 E4 E3 E2 E1 

0 0 

0 

- 

- - - - 

1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 

1 1 


Input 




Resolution 

Output 


Output level 

Signs 


Accuracy 



General data 





Approvals 


EMC standards 

Digital 

volue 

Analog 

current 

0 V 

+10 V 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS U-D8 +/-10V 

Ue 

A 

24V + 

D 

0V 

0V 

12345678 HE 

-10…+10 V/ 

/< = 55 µA 

>= 200 kM/ 

78 mV = 1 LSB 

8Bit (1 Bit sign) 

17 V = H, 0 V = L 

MSB: H = positive; L = negative 



J 

DA-Converter 8-Bit 


Input 

Input/Output 

Max. voltage 

Max. current 


Signs 

Resolution 

Output 




Accuracy 


General data 





Approvals 


EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS D8-I 0…20mA 

12345678 H0V 

+ 24V 

Ia 

D 

A 

- 0V 

0V 

8 Bit / Analogue 

max. 30 V 

5…24 V/ 

78 µA = 1 LSB 

/0…20 mA (as source) 

max. 0.08 mA/ 

/< = 600 M 

+/- 1 LSB 





Input 

Input/Output 

Max. voltage 

Max. current 


Signs 

Resolution 

Output 




Accuracy 


General data 





Approvals 


EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS D8-U +/-10V 

12345678 H0V 

+ 24V 

D 

A 

Ua 

- 0V 

0V 

8 Bit / Analogue 

max. 30 V 

2.5 mA 

5…24 V/ 


78 mV = 1 LSB 

-10…+10 V/



J 


Terminal 

PIN 

MSB 

LSB 

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 


Input 




Resolution 

Output 


Output level 

Signs 


Accuracy 


General data 





Approvals 


EMC standards 

Digital 

volue 

Analog 

current 

4 mA 

20 mA 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS I-D12 0…20mA 

/0…20 mA 

/30 mA 

/500 M 

4.9 µA = 1 LSB 

12Bit 

24 V = H, 0 V = L 




Terminal 

PIN 

MSB 

LSB 

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 


Input 




Resolution 

Output 


Output level 

Signs 


Accuracy 


General data 





Approvals 


EMC standards 

Digital 

volue 

Analog 

current 

4 mA 

20 mA 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS U-D12 +/-10V 

-10…+10 V/ 

+/- 15 V/ 

100 kM/ 

4.88 mV = 1 LSB 

12Bit 

24 V = H, 0 V = L 




J 



Input 

Input/Output 

Max. voltage 

Max. current 


Signs 

Resolution 

Output 




Accuracy 


General data 





Approvals 


EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS D12-I 0…20mA 

HOV123456789101112 

+ 24V 

Ua 

D 

A 

- 0V 

0V 

12 Bit / analogue 

24 Vdc +/- 20 %/4.2 mA 

4.9 µA = 1 LSB 

/0…20 mA (as source) 

/ 

/< = 600 M 

+/- 1 LSB 





Input 

Input/Output 

Max. voltage 

Max. current 


Signs 

Resolution 

Output 




Accuracy 


General data 





Approvals 


EMC standards 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



RS D12-U +/-10V 

HOV123456789101112 

+ 24V 

Ua 

D 

A 

- 0V 

0V 

12 Bit / analogue 

24 Vdc +/- 20 %/4.2 mA 


4.88 mV = 1 LSB 

-10…+10 V/= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

+/- 1 LSB 



DKPL 

Logic modules 

J 

• Logic function and time function can be combined 

• Individually programmable (further functions on 

request) 


Input 

Rated input level/ 

Input current 

Max. voltage 

Pulse duration/ 

Output 

Output level/ 


Switching thresholds/ 

General data 





Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



In 

Out 

1 

2 

7 

+24...30V 

3 

4 

Out 

6 

5 

8 

OV 

24 Vdc = high, 0 V = low/ 

approx. 1.5 mA each input (24V) 

30 Vdc 

> 1 ms/ 

PNP, Ub-1 V/ 

max. 20 mA/ 

high > 18 V, low < 7 V/ 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

< 10 mA 

0 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE / ESD 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 57.0 


DKPL 35 24VDC 5 8248340000 


Information 

not programmed - functions see following page 

Accessories 

Information 

J.52 




Remarks: 

The module is programmed specifically to customer requirements. Up to 5 inputs can 

be linked with various logic and time functions, e.g. AND, OR, EXOR, NAND, NOR, 

EXNOR, delay links, etc. 

The output is either low- or high-active. 

824834 0001 DKPL 

A = (E1 OR E2) AND (E3 OR E4) AND E5 

Status Input Output 

5 4 3 2 1 6 

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 

2 0 0 0 0 1 0 

3 0 0 0 1 0 0 

4 0 0 0 1 1 0 

5 0 0 1 0 0 0 

6 0 0 1 0 1 0 

7 0 0 1 1 0 0 

8 0 0 1 1 1 0 

9 0 1 0 0 0 0 

10 0 1 0 0 1 0 

11 0 1 0 1 0 0 

12 0 1 0 1 1 0 

13 0 1 1 0 0 0 

14 0 1 1 0 1 0 

15 0 1 1 1 0 0 

16 0 1 1 1 1 0 

17 1 0 0 0 0 0 

18 1 0 0 0 1 0 

19 1 0 0 1 0 0 

20 1 0 0 1 1 0 

21 1 0 1 0 0 0 

22 1 0 1 0 1 1 

23 1 0 1 1 0 1 

24 1 0 1 1 1 1 

25 1 1 0 0 0 0 

26 1 1 0 0 1 1 

27 1 1 0 1 0 1 

28 1 1 0 1 1 1 

29 1 1 1 0 0 0 

30 1 1 1 0 1 1 

31 1 1 1 1 0 1 

32 1 1 1 1 1 1 

824834 0002 DKPL 

Inputs 1 and 2 have the function of an RS FLIP-FLOP 

Inputs 3, 4 and 5 have no function 

Input 

Output 

2 1 6 

0 0 0 (is saved) 

0 1 no change to the saved status 

1 0 no change to the saved status 

1 1 1 (is saved) 

Inputs 3, 

no change to the saved status 

4 and 5 without 

function 

824834 0003 DKPL Frequency divider 

Inputs 1 - 5 determine the division factor 

Input 1 = division factor 1: F OUT = F IN 1 

Input 2 = division factor 2: F OUT =F IN 2 

Input 5 = division factor 5: F OUT = F IN 5; F IN max. = 12 kHz 

Input 

Output 

6 

1 f out = f in 

2 f out = f in / 2 

3 f out = f in / 3 

4 f out = f in / 4 

5 f out = f in / 5 

Remarks: a new division factor can only be 

used after the operating voltage has been 

switched off. f in max. = 12 kHz 

824834 0004 DKPL 

Input 1: signal A from an incremental transducer 

Input 2: signal B90 offset 

Input 3: enable high active 

Input 4: output signal inverted high active 

Input 5: no function 

Output: the output is set for 20 – 30 Us at every edge 

of signal A or B 

(i.e.: F OUT = 4xF IN ) 

F IN max. 1 kHz 

Connection 

Descritpion 

1 A Signal A 90 ° leading F max = 1 kHz 

2 B Signal B 90 ° trailing F max = 1 kHz 

3 enable enable output 

4 invert invert output signal 

5 no function 

6 f out = 4 x f A/B (max. 4 kHz) 

824834 0005 DKPL 

Input pulse length between 80 and 100 ms 

Output pulse length 100 ms, only 2 pulses 

Pulse/pause ratio 1:1. 

The positive edge of the input signal must be evaluated. 

Only input E1 is used. 

824834 0006 DKPL 

Input 1: F OUT = F IN 

Input 2: F OUT =F IN 10 

Input 

Output 

6 

1 f out = f in 

2 f out = f in / 10 

3 f out = f in / 50 

4 f out = f in / 100 

5 f out = f in / 1000 

Remarks: a new division factor can only be 

used after the operating voltage has been 

switched off. f in max. = 3 kHz 

824834 007 DKPL 

Input 

Output 

1 2 3 4 5 Out 

L L X X X no function 

H L X X X f = 1 Hz 

L H X X X f = 10 Hz 

H H X X X f = 1 Hz 

L -> 0 V or connection open 

H -> +24 …30 Vdc 

X -> no influence on the output function, L or H 

824834 0008 DKPL 

Input 

Output 

1 2 

H H H 

L H L 

824834 0010 DKPL 

RS FLIP-FLOP with superimposed S-input (connection 2) 

Inputs connections 3, 4 and 5 must be at 0V 

or remain open! 

Connection1 logic Connection2 logic Connection6 logic 

R-input S-input Output 

0 V or open L 0 V or open L previous 

status is 

saved 

+24 Vdc H 0 V or open L 0 V L 

0 V or open L +24 Vdc H +24 Vdc H 

+24 Vdc H +24 Vdc H +24 Vdc H 

824834 0501 DKPL 

The component allows for division of the input frequency at 

connection 1 (0 .. max. 50 kHz) with 2 fixed division factors. 

Depending on connection 2, the output frequency is issued at 

the output connection 6. 

Connections 3, 4 and 5 have no function 

Logic modules 

J 

Connection2 logic Factor Input frequency Output frequency 

Connection 1 Connection 2 

0 V or open L 75 0…30 kHz 0…400 Hz 

24 Vdc H 27 0…10.8 kHz 0…400 Hz 

J.53



AND 

• Logic functions 

Logic modules 

J 


• PLC load reduction 


Input 


Input current 

Max. voltage 


Output 

Output level/ 



General data 





Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



In 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 



30 Vdc 

> 50 µs/ 

PNP, Ub-1.8 V/ 

max. 20 mA/ 

high



NAND 






Input 


Input current 

Max. voltage 


Output 

Output level/ 



General data 





Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



In 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 



30 Vdc 

> 50 µs/ 


max. 20 mA/ 

high



OR 


Logic modules 

J 




Input 


Input current 

Max. voltage 


Output 

Output level/ 



General data 





Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



In 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


< – 1 


30 Vdc 

> 50 µs/ 


max. 20 mA/ 

high



NOR 






Input 


Input current 

Max. voltage 


Output 

Output level/ 



General data 





Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



In 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


< – 1 


30 Vdc 

> 50 µs/ 


max. 20 mA/ 

high

Logic modules 

J 


J.58



Current and voltage monitoring 

The monitoring of current and voltage allows constant control 

of individual systems or installation parts. Deviations or interruptions 

occurring in the electric circuits can be evaluated as 

operation interruptions. Specific measures can be taken to 

remedy the problem. 

Products for monitoring current convert sinus or non-sinus ac 

and dc current up to 60 A into analogue standard signals. The 

measuring procedures are based on two principles. On the 

one hand, ac current up to 10 A and 50/60 Hz are measured 

using the transforming method. The module is looped 

directly into the measuring circuit. From 10 A ac/dc, the Hall 

sensor is used. 

The conductor is pushed through the module free of potential 

and allows current measurements up to 60 A ac/dc. Often 

there are high-frequency signal parts on the line being measured. 

To take account of the signal parts, so-called TRMS 

converters (true root mean square) are connected up in 

series. They allow measurements up to 2 kHz regardless of 

the curve shape. Available outputs are standard signals 0..20 

mA, 4..20 mA, 4 ..20 mA current loop feed, 0..10 V or a 

switch output. 

Modules for voltage monitoring measure the mains voltage up 

to max. 450 V ac. The unit provides isolated qualitative information 

in the form of a standard signal (0..20 mA, 4..20 mA, 

0..10 V). Extreme loads or load relief on the power supply can 

cause short-term voltage fluctuations with a negative influence 

on the process. The WAVECONTROL module VMA transmits the 

relevant information to the control so that suitable process 

safety measures can be taken. 

L1 

L2 

L3 

M 

3~ 

Hall sensor 

internal 

~ 

230 Vac 

24 Vdc 

U 

10 11 12 

7 

1 

8 9 

WAVECONTROL 

VMA Vac 

8581220000/85811230000 

2 3 

4 5 6 

0…20 mA 

SPS 


J 

J.59

Current monitoring 


J 

Relay output 

• Current range adjustable via DIP-switch 

• Switchable hysteresis 

• Operating current or closed current principle 


Input 

Input current 

Input frequency 

Max. current 

Max. voltage 

Sensor 

Diameter of bushing 

Output 

Switching thresholds 

Hysteresis 

Switching voltage max./Switching voltage min. 

Switching current max./Switching current min. 




General data 







Approvals 

Contact arrangement 


Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




1/5/10A ac 

1 

4+ 24V 

2 

3 

NC0V 

5 CC 

6 

IN 

CC 

K1 

0…1 Aac/ 0…5 Aac/ 0…10 Aac 

50…60 Hz 

100 A for 1s 

250 Vac 

Transforming (internally) 

10…100 % by front poten. 

5 % or 10 % of threshold value 

60 Vdc/ 250 Vac/6 Vdc/ac 

7 A/100 mA 

typ. 700 ms 

400V ac depends on wire insulation 

hall sensor (internal) 

8 mm 

10…100 % by front poten. 

5 % or 10 % of threshold value 

60 Vdc/ 250 Vac/6 Vdc/ac 

7 A/100 mA 

typ. 700 ms 



Analogue output 




Input 

Input current 


Max. current 

Voltage of measuring circuit 

Sensor 


Output 






Accuracy 



General data 






Approvals 


Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



1/5/10A ac 

1 

+ 24V 7 

NC 

2 

I 

CC Output 8 

IN 

3 

CC 

0V 9 

U/I 

0…1 Aac/ 0…5 Aac/ 0…10 Aac 

50…60 Hz 

100 A for 1s 

250 Vac 

Transforming (internally) 

0(4)…20 mA/0…10 V 

max. 100 µA 

approx. 13 V resp. 24 mA 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

typ. 700 ms 

0.5% FSR 



J 





Input 

Input current 


Max. current 


Sensor 


Output 






Accuracy 



General data 






Approvals 


Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




5/10A ac/dc 

IN OUT 

WIRE 

~ 1 

IN + 

2 CC I 

- 

3CC 

OUT~ 

OV 

0…5 Aac/dc/ 0…10 Aac/dc 

0…2 kHz (true RMS to DC converter) 

dependent on conductor cross-section 

0...10V 

7 

0/4...20mA 8 

U/I OV 9 

400 Vac, >400V ac depends on conductor insulation 


8 mm 

0(4)…20 mA/0…10 V 

max. 150 µA 


>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

typ. 700 ms 

0.5% FSR 

400V ac depends on conductor insulation 


8 mm 

0(4)…20 mA/0…10 V 

max. 150 µA 


>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

typ. 700 ms 

0.5% FSR 







Input 

Input current 


Max. current 


Sensor 


Output 






Accuracy 



General data 






Approvals 


Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




40/50/60A ac/dc 

IN OUT 

WIRE 

~ 1 

IN + 

2 CC I 

- 

3CC 

OUT~ 

OV 

0...10V 

7 

0/4...20mA 8 

U/I OV 9 

0…40 Aac/dc/ 0…50 Aac/dc/ 0…60 Aac/dc 

0…2 kHz (true RMS to DC converter) 

dependent on conductor cross-section 

400 Vac, >400V ac depends on conductor insulation 


8 mm 

0(4)…20 mA/0…10 V 

max. 150 µA 


>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

typ. 700 ms 

0.5% FSR 



J 


• Max. conductor diameter 35mm 

• Can be added sidewise 

• Mounting on mounting-rail TS35 


Input 

Input current 


Max. current 



Output 



Accuracy 

General data 


Approvals 



Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 


Screw connection (secondary) 

CMA 100/5A 

100 Aac 

Class 1: 50…60Hz / Class 1.5: 16…400Hz 

thermal current Ith >3 kA 

600 V eff (unfinished conductor) 

35 mm 

5 Aac 

/< = 600 M 

class 1 / 1.5; residual current factor < 5 

-5 °C…+40 °C/-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE / cURus 

4 kVeff / 1 min. 


50.0 x 78.0 x 90.5 


CMA 100/5A 8662140000 

CMA 250/5A 

250 Aac 

Class 1: 50…60Hz / Class 1.5: 16…400Hz 



35 mm 

5 Aac 

/< = 600 M 


-5 °C…+40 °C/-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE / cURus 



50.0 x 78.0 x 90.5 


CMA 250/5A 8664570000 

CMA 500/5A 

500 Aac 

Class 1: 50…60 Hz / Class 1.5: 16…400 Hz 



35 mm 

5 Aac 

/< = 600 M 


-5 °C…+40 °C/-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE / cURus 



50.0 x 78.0 x 90.5 


CMA 500/5A 8664580000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

J.64 



Voltage monitoring 



• 3-way disconnection 

• Max. measuring-voltage 450 Vaceff 

• Output selectable via DIP-switch 



Input 

Input voltage 


Input voltage 

Max. voltage 

Output 


Offset voltage/Offset current 


Accuracy 




General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



VMA Vac 

0…30Vac/ 0…70Vac/ 0…130Vac/ 0…250Vac/ 0…450Vac 

40…40 Hz sinus 

0…30Vac/ 0…70Vac/ 0…130Vac/ 0…250Vac/ 0…450Vac 

45 Vac / 100 Vac / 180 Vac / 270 Vac / 475 Vac (short time) 

0…10 V/0(4)…20 mA 

max. 0.02 V/max. 40 µA 

>= 1 kM/< = 600 M 

1.3 % (40…60 Hz) typ. 1 %/ 2 % (70…400 Hz) typ. 1.5 % 

Threshold monitoring 


J 

Relay output 

• 3-way disconnection 

• Low trip / high trip 

• FAILSAFE / NON FAILSAFE 

• 2 Relay outputs 250Vac/3A 


Input 

Input voltage 

Input current 


Output 

Contact arrangement 



Hysteresis 

Switching voltage max./Switching voltage min. 

Continuous current 

Function 



General data 







Approvals 


Standards 

EMC standards 

Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




DC/Alarm 

0…10 V 

0(4)…20 mA 

>= 100 kM/< = 110 M 

2 change-over contacts 

AgNi 90/10 

1…90 % (independently for channel 1 and channel 2) 

1…90 % (independently for channel 1 and channel 2) 

253 Vac/ 

3 A 

failsafe / non failsafe 

Threshold monitoring 


Transistor output 

• 2 digital outputs 

• Monitoring of upper and lower level 


Input 



Voltage drop 

Output 

Contact arrangement/ 

Function 


Hysteresis 

Switching current max. 




General data 





Approvals 

Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



MCZ SC 0…10V 

5 

4 

Output1 

max.50mA 

Output2 

max.50mA 

0…10 V/ 

60 kM/ 

3 Vcc 

+24V 

2 

OV 

P1 Th1 

P2 

Input 

0...20mA 

Th2 

S1 S2 Uth 1 

off x 300mV...10V 

on off 30mV...1V 

on off 10mV...100mV 

double switch output PNP/ 

Uin < Uth1: Output 1 active / Uin > Uth2: 

Output 2 active 

via 2 potentiometers (12 turns) 

1% of adjusted final value 

50 mA - per channel (voltage drop at output 

transistor: < 1.2 V at 50 mA) 

< 250 µs (switch threshold at 90% of the 

max. input signal; Rl Ith2: Output 

2 active 

via 2 potentiometers (12 turns) 

1% of final value 

50 mA - per channel (voltage drop at output 

transistor: < 1.2 V at 50 mA) 

< 250 µs (switch threshold at 90% of the 

max. input signal; Rl

Accessories 

MICROANALOG 

Srew connection 


Accessories 

J 

97,8 6,1 

Accessories 

Cross connection, 2-poles, red 





Cross connection, 2-poles, blue 





Terminalmarker 

MCZ 

88 

91 

TS-Contact 

Accessories 

Cross connection, 2-poles, yellow 









56 

63,2 

90 

92 

90 

97,8 6,1 


ZQV 4N/2 rt 1793950000 60 

ZQV 4N/3 rt 1793980000 60 

ZQV 4N/4 rt 1794010000 60 

ZQV 4N/10 rt 1794040000 20 

ZQV 4N/41 rt 1794070000 10 

ZQV 4N/2 bl 1793960000 60 

ZQV 4N/3 bl 1793990000 60 

ZQV 4N/4 bl 1794020000 60 

ZQV 4N/10 bl 1794050000 20 

ZQV 4N/41 bl 1794080000 10 

WS10/6 1060960000 200 


ZQV 4N/2 ge 1608950000 20 

ZQV 4N/3 ge 1608960000 20 

ZQV 4N/4 ge 1608970000 20 

ZQV 4N/5 ge 1608980000 20 

ZQV 4N/6 ge 1608990000 20 

ZQV 4N/7 ge 1609000000 20 

ZQV 4N/8 ge 1609010000 20 

ZQV 4N/9 ge 1609020000 20 

ZQV 4N/10 ge 1609030000 20 


Terminalmarker 

WS10/6 1060960000 200 

J.68 



Accessories 

WAVEBOX S 22,5 

WAVEBOX L 22,5 


WAVEBOX 12,5 

Accessories 

Cross connection ZQV 2,5N/2 black 

Cross connection ZQV 2,5N/2 red 

Cross connection ZQV 2,5N/2 blue 

Cross connection ZQV 2,5N/2 yellow 

WAVEBOX 17,5 


ZQV 2,5N/2 sw 1718080000 60 

ZQV 2,5N/2 rt 1717900000 60 

ZQV 2,5N/2 bl 1717990000 60 

ZQV 2,5N/2 ge 1693800000 60 

Accessories 

J 

Terminalmarkers 

WS 10/5 Multicard 

WS 10/5 Neutral 

WS 10/5 1635010000 144 

WS 10/5 Neutral 1060860000 200 



J.69

Accessories 

J 


J.70

Digital signal processing 


Relay coupler 

Optocoupler 

Time relays 

Function modules 

Relay coupler 

Overview K.2 - K.7 

PLUGSERIES K.8 - K.15 

PLUGINDUSTRIE K.16 - K.19 

MICROSERIES K.20 - K.23 

WAVESERIES K.24 - K.29 

RS-SERIES K.30 - K.39 

MCZ-SERIES K.40 - K.41 

DK-SERIES K.42 - K.45 

EG-SERIES K.46 - K.47 

Optocoupler 


PLUGSERIES K.54 - K.59 

MICROSERIES K.60 - K.63 

WAVESERIES K.64 - K.71 

MCZ-SERIES K.72 - K.75 


EG-SERIES K.82 - K.85 

Time relays 

BT-SERIES K.86 - K.91 


MCZ-SERIES K.95 



Alarm and command modules K.98 

Rectifier modules K.99 

Diode array K.100 

equipping modules K.101 

Logic modules K.102 - K.103 

Digital signal processing 

K 

K.1

Relay coupler – overview 

Relay coupler 

K 

Weidmüller relay modules have a universal foot structure so 

that they can be fitted in rows on the TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5 and 

TX 35 x 15 mounting rails acc. to EN 50 035 and EN 50 022. 

In the coil circuit of the relay modules, an LED status indication 

shows the switching state of the relay. 

Our highlight: 

MICROSERIES 

Marking 

The tab surfaces enable equipment to be clearly 

marked using a WS marker. 

Relay and optocoupler module 

Plug-in relay and optocoupler modules allow for 

individual adjustment of the module functions. 

Relay couplers are available with different power 

outputs with either AgSnO and gold contacts. 

Coupler modules in terminal format 

The slot-in width of 6.1 mm allows for space-saving installation of the 

MICROSERIES relays in a wide range of applications. The MICROSERIES is particularly 

suitable for the modification and extension of installations and machinery. In 

such cases, it helps to make optimum use of the limited space available in switchgear 

cabinets. 


Most of our relay couplers are available with 

screw or tension clamp connections. 

Holding and ejecting mechanism 

The innovative holding and eject mechanism clips 

the assembled module securely onto the basic 

terminal. With the reliable eject function, the 

coupler can be removed quickly and simply from 

the base. 

Pluggable cross-connectors 

The ZQV 4N plug-in cross-connectors are 

available in various colours and with different 

numbers of poles. They allow for reliable and 

distinct cross-connections between the four 

input and output potentials. 


K.2


Contact types Protective circuits for the contacts Switching small and large capacities 


Several contact types and combinations 

are available ex stock: 

1 NCC (EGR EG7, RS 30) 

1 NOC (EGR RG7, DKR, RS 30) 

1 NCC and 

1 NOC (WRS) 

2 NOCs (WRS) 

3 NOCs (WRS) 

1 change-over contact 

(EGR/RST EG7, WRS, 

DKR, PRS/PRZ MCZ R, 

RS 30, RS 31) 


(WRS, RS 32, PRS/PRZ) 

4/8/16 change-over contacts 

(RSM) 


The relay modules are suitable for universal 

use, with the choice of contact material 

the crucial criterion. The contact is 

used for safe transmission of control signals 

and also for switching power contactors. 

Gold-plated or gold-flashed AgNi contacts 

are used for most applications. Hard 

gold plated contacts with gold plating 

exceeding 2 µm in thickness allow even 

extremely small capacities (up to 40 µW) 

to be switched. AgSnO2 or AgCdO contacts 

are used for switching higher capacities 

(RS 31). 

The switching of inductive or capacitive 

loads produces switching sparks which 

can influence the electrical service life of 

the relays. 

The following protective circuits for the 

contacts reduce contact wear: 

Diode 

– 

Diode and Z-diode 

– 

RC combination 

– 

(~) 

Varistor 

+ 

Load 

Advantage: 

Disadvantage: 

– 

(~) 

+ 

Load 

+ 

(~) 

Load 

+ 

(~) 

Load 

R 

C 

VDR 

U D 

U ZD 

U RC 

U VDR 

U S 

1 2 t 

Can be used for all capacities, 

low overvoltage, minimum 

space required, low price 

Very large release delay 

U S 

1 2 t 

Advantage: Low overvoltage (defined by 

Z-diode), low release delay 

Disadvantage: Cannot be used for large 

capacities 

U S 

1 2 t 

Advantage: Low overvoltage, low release 

delay 

Disadvantage: High current load on the contacts 

when switching on; 

more complicated and expensive 

at greater capacities 

Advantage: 

Disadvantage: 

U S Voltage progression 

1 Closing 

2 Opening 

U S 

1 2 t 

Low release delay, low price 

Cannot be used for all operating 

voltages and capacities 

For automation technology, the EGR EG7 

relay coupler is ideal for switching 

extremely small capacities (up to 40 µw) 

under ohmic load. The signals are reliably 

transmitted to the controllers. The switching 

of large capacities for energy and 

supply technology is achieved by the 

RS31 relay coupler, with a guaranteed 

switching capacity of 3.5 kVA under 

ohmic load. 

Switching times of the relay modules 

Typical pick-up delay < 10 ms 

Typical release delay < 12 ms 

Contact service life under ohmic load 

DC load-limit curve under ohmic load 

Reduction factor F 

Number of operations 

Direct current (A) 

Single contact 

Switching capacity (kVA) 

Direct voltage (V) 

Power factor (cos ) 

Reduction factor under inductive load 

cos ¥ < 1 

No. of cycles eff. = No. of cycles at (cos ¥ = 1) 

x red. factor F 

Relay coupler 

K 

K.3


Relay coupler with plugged relay Derating curve Notes on application 

Relay coupler 

K 

Relay couplers with plugged relay have 

only limited suitability for use in a highly 

oscillating environment. Preference should 

be given to relay couplers with soldered 

relays. 

The transition resistance of the relay contacts 

is a key factor contributing to temperature 

increase inside the relay modules. 

This relationship is illustrated by a 

derating curve, defined as the function of 

the permissible current plotted against the 

ambient temperature. 

The permissible current (Curve a) is determined 

for the following operating conditions: 

– Continuous operation 

– Rated input voltage + 10 percent 

– Several relay modules working under 

load, mounted horizontally in rows on 

mounting rail, without any spacing 

If the modules are mounted with a spacing 

> 20 mm, this results in a higher current 

load (Curve b). Curve b also shows 

the maximum values for switching or 

short-time operation in horizontally 

mounted state. 

The key data of the triggering device must 

be precisely adhered to when using UC 

versions in DC circuits. As a result of their 

pre-circuitry, UC versions take up larger 

quantities of current. The internal current 

limit of standard initiators can mean that 

the triggered relay couplers are not 

switched through. 

Relay couplers with 24 V AC/DC input are 

not suitable for triggering by initiators; 

purely DC versions are recommended for 

these applications. 

RC combination 

Long leads are subject to greater electrical 

and electromechanical influences. This 

may cause malfunctions and even failure 

of the relay modules. One possible remedy 

is to insert an RC combination to filter 

out the interference. RC combinations are 

available for all common relay couplers, 

as pluggable (PLUGSERIES) solutions or 

WDU 12C and DKU 12C terminals. 


K.4


Definition of the technical data 


Protective separation 

All equipment guaranteeing “protective 

separation” is to be designed so that any 

faults (e.g. mechanical faults) cannot 

affect the insulation. If a mechanical fault 

occurs in a relay (bent soldering post, 

broken winding wire or broken spring), 

“protective separation” must also be guaranteed 

in such cases. 

Relays are specified and tested to 

IEC 255 and VDE 0435. Neither standard 

makes reference to EN 50 178 (electronic 

equipment for use in high current installations), 

nor do they contain a definition of 

“protective separation”. Furthermore, 

other measuring conditions are used as 

the basis for the test voltages stated for 

the relays. So the test voltages cannot be 

transferred to EN 50 178 or 

DIN VDE 0106 part 101. In view of the 

fact that users are increasingly turning to 

equipment which guarantees “protective 

separation”, many relay manufacturers 

now refer to DIN VDE 0106 and test their 

products accordingly. The stated values 

then correspond with “protective separation”. 

Standards 

The following standards are fulfilled: 

• EN 50 178: 

Electronic equipment for use in high 

current installations 

• DIN VDE 01206 part 101: 

Protection from dangerous body currents, 

basic requirements for “protective 

separation” in electrical equipment 

• IEC 255, DIN VDE 0109: 

Insulation coordination for equipment 

within low-voltage systems, including 

clearance and creepage distances for 

configured printed circuit boards 

• DIN VDE 0435: 

Electrical relays, switching relays 

Input curcuit 

Rated voltage [V] 

Rated current [mA] 

Nominal consumption [W/VA] 

Operating voltage [V] 

Pull-in current [mA] 

Response power [W/VA] 

Drop-out voltage [V] 

Release current [mA] 

Output circuit 

Max. switching voltage [V] 

Switch-on current [A] 

Continuous current [A] 

Switching power [W/VA] 

Min. switching power [µW] 

Service life 

Response time [ms] 

Release time [ms] 

Switching frequency [Hz] 

Voltage strength [kV] 

Reference voltage at which the relay coupler works 

Typical input voltage 

=> 5 Vdc, 12, 24, 48, 60, 115, 230 ac/dc 

Quotient of input voltage and input resistance 

Input resistance => coil resistance + resistance of the triggering 

device (R; LED; GL, …) 

Input voltage x input current dc/ac 

with tolerance +/-10% or +5/-15% 

typical range for relay coupler 

250 mW > Pv > 1 W 0.4 VA > Pv > 1.2 VA 

Smallest input current needed for the relay coupler to respond 

(Tu = 293 K) 

Smallest input current at which the relay switches from idle to 

working position 

(Tu = 293 K) 

Product of operating voltage and pull-incurrent 

Voltage at which the relay reliably drops away 

Input current at which the relay reliably drops away 

Max. voltage allowed at the relay contact 

Current allowed to flow for max. 4 seconds after the relay contact 

closes 

Current allowed to flow constantly after the contact closes 

Product of output voltage and switch-on current, under ohmic, 

inductive or capacitive load 

Smallest power to be switched via the contact 

No. of switching cycles until the contact fails 

– mechanical => without electric load 

– electrical => under ohmic or inductive ac/dc load 

Time from closing the exciter voltage until the contact 

closes/opens 

Time from opening the exciter voltage until the contact 

closes/opens 

Switching circuits/sec. in pulse duty factor 1:2 (ton = toff) 

Max. test voltage between input and output circuit which does 

not cause a discharge 

Protective separation Relay coupler acc. to EN 50178 or VDE 0106 part 101 

Light arc 

Flow of current on opening contacts, caused by ionisation 

Contact wear 

The switching of inductivity causes extensive material migration 

Results: 

=> Scratches and tip formation on contact surfaces 

=> Failure caused by contacts interlocking 

Spark extinction 

Limitation of transient overvoltage by switching 

the inductive load: 

=> RC combinations 

=> Z-diodes / suppressor diodes 

=> varistors 

Reduction factor 

Factor by which the service life is reduced when switching inductive 

loads 

Relay coupler 

K 

K.5


Enclosure types for relay couplers 

Relay coupler 

K 

PLUGSERIES 

The modular component system represents 

a new generation of pluggable relay 

couplers. The key element is an innovative 

relay base designated PXS (screw 

clamp) or PXZ (tension clamp). Both 

products reflect the functionality of relays 

and terminals, and experience gained 

from their commercial use. PLUGRELAY 

is the ideal connection system between 

the relay and the application. 

Modular principle 

The new PLUGSERIES is extremely easy 

to handle. Commercially available relays 

are simply plugged in, retaining clips provide 

a firm hold, and LED displays with a 

freewheel diode can be plugged in. 

• Relays simply plugged in: suitable for 

miniature circuit of both standard and 

RT designs 

• Independent connection technology: 

screw connection or tension spring 

technology, nominal cross-sectional 

area 0.5 … 2.5 mm 2 

• Robust design of the retaining clip 

• One or two change-over contacts; 

max. switching current 16 A 

• Minimum wiring workload thanks to 

ZQV 2.5N pluggable cross-connectors 

• Modular system makes for easy handling: 

– Relay base, LED display, retaining 

hook and relay 

– Clips on to TS 35 

– Marking with WS tabs on retaining 

hook 

• Pluggable LED with freewheel diode. 

MICROSERIES 

Relay and optocoupler versions in the 

MICROSERIES are used in industrial 

automation applications for separating 

and coupling digital input and output signals. 

The compact design makes them 

perfectly suited for use in sub-distributors 

or switch cabinets. With its compact 

shape, MICROSERIES combines the 

functions of the classical coupling level 

with the terminal level. 

• Slot-in width 6.1 mm 

• Pluggable cross-connection for four 

input and output potentials 

• Tried and tested ZQV 4N 

cross-connection system 

• Wide range of input voltage 

from 5 .. 230 V 

• LED status display, reverse polarity 

protection diode, recovery diode 

• Enclosure material WEMID (combustibility 

V0 acc. to UL 94) 

• Innovative holding and ejecting 

mechanism 

• Marking surface to take standard 

marking WS 12/6 

CE marking 

Weidmüller's relay couplers carry the CE 

mark and comply with the requirements 

laid down by EN 50 081 part 1 and 

EN 50 082 part 2. They can be used in 

both in a wide range of applications and 

industries 

Suitable ESD measures must be taken 

during installation. Overvoltage protection 

must be provided for long leads as protection 

from lightning. 

WAVESERIES 

Innovative electronic components require 

an enclosure or housing which reflects 

their specific functions. It must allow for 

adjusting and control functions and support 

technical requirements, such as heat 

dissipation or electromagnetic compatibility. 

A compact design saves space in the 

switch cabinet and reduces assembly 

costs. Ergonomic design is increasingly 

important for top quality relay coupler 

interfaces. 

The WAVEBOX fulfils all these criteria, 

with outstanding features including: 


• Pluggable circuit board 

• ZQV 2.5V pluggable cross-connector 

• Hinged transparent cover 

• Marking with WS tabs 

• Clips onto TS 35 

Connection systems 

The user can choose between BLZ screw plug-in 

connectors and BLZF tension clamp plug-in systems, 

up to 2.5 mm 2 and finely stranded, for the 

greatest possible flexibility when wiring up the circuits. 

Printed circuit board 

If the lateral locking hook is squeezed on the head 

end, it can be pulled out of the enclosure together 

with the connection level and the circuit board. 

The circuit board can only be pulled out without 

current voltage. 

Cross-connector 

The ZQV 2.5 N/2 cross-connectors can be used 

to connect rows of Wavebox housings in the lower 

part of the enclosure. The cross-connector can 

take up to 8 A of current. It can be used for bridging 

the supply voltage from one electronic module 

to another. The voltage at the cross-connector 

must not exceed 50 V. 

Ventilation slits 

Diagonal ventilation slits ventilate the lower parts 

of the enclosures and keep temperatures moderate. 


K.6




RS SERIES 

Clip-in bases with relay RS 30, 31, 32 

have a width of 11.2 mm to 25 mm, 

depending on the type. The open snap-in 

profile means that relay couplers can be 

designed for plugging in. The modules on 

the snap-in base have screw clamp units 

or flat plug-in connections for connection 

to the conductor. The following conductors 

can be connected: 

• Solid: 0.5…4 mm 2 , 

• Flexible: 0.5…2.5 mm 2 . 

Snap-in base with multiple interface 

RSM multiple interfaces are assembled 

with a choice of 4, 8 or 16 relays. 

Versions with a joint plus or minus potential 

are available to save wiring on the 

input side. LP connection elements are 

equipped screw connections and are suitable 

for connecting the following conductor 

cross-sectional areas: 

• Solid: 0.5…4 mm 2 , 

• Flexible: 0.5…2.5 mm 2 . 

Variations on the RSM coupler have prefabricated 

male connectors acc. to 

IEC 603-1/DIN 41 651. 

DK SERIES 

All components in the DKR mini-coupler 

are extremely narrow: use of advanced 

surface-mounted parts (SMD) allows the 

width to be kept to just 6 mm. The range 

includes 4 or 5 screw connections for 

conductor cross-sectional areas of 

0.5 … 4 mm 2 . The mini couplers offer a 

wide range of applications for coupling 

digital sensor/actuator signals with 

automation devices and the process field. 

DKR relay couplers can be used to pick 

up and standardise signals from the field 

with different voltages. 

MCZ SERIES 

The MCZ enclosure is only 6 mm wide 

and one of the narrowest of its kind. Its 

outstanding technical features include: 

• Tension clamp connection to reduce 

assembly costs 

• Integrated input/output cross-connection 

to reduce wiring workload 

MCZR mini-conditioners (relay couplers) 

have 4 or 5 tension clamp connections. 

The cross-sectional area of the clamping 

conductor is 0.5 … 1.5 mm 2 . 

EG SERIES 

The EG7 integral enclosure has a special 

status because it is only suited for the 

installation of 10 mm narrow relay couplers. 

EG7 clip-in base can be mounted 

on either the TS 32 or TS 35. An RS EG7 

snap-in base is also available for the RST 

plug-in relay couplers. 

The closed EG 7 enclosures are equipped 

with screw connections. 

Conductors with the following cross-sectional 

areas can be connected: 

• Integral enclosure EG 7: 

0.5 … 1.5 mm 2 

• Change-over contact RST: 

0.5 … 2.5 mm 2 . 

Relay coupler 

K 

K.7

PLUGSERIES 


Construction kit consists of 

Relay coupler 

K 

• Relay-socket for mounting-rail 

• LED-indicator / RC-combination 

• Retaining bracket 

• Pluggable relay 

Cross-connection of the coil connections 

and change-over contacts of the relay with 

pluggable cross-connection ZQV 2.5N 

DC version 

A 1 

A2 

AC version 

A 1 

A2 

Applications 

DC voltage [Vdc] 

Operations 

14 12 

14 

12 

Max. DC load breaking capacity 

. . . 

Electricial life 

resistive Load 

DC current [A] 

250Vac 

resistive load 

12/16A 

DC-coile 

Output 

Max. switching voltage AC/Continuous current 

Min. switching power 


250V/10A 

10V/100mA 

5.8ms/6.9ms 

Contact base material AgNi 90/10 

Mechanical endurance 

30x10^6 switching cycles 


0.1Hz 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED green/Yes/not available 

Ambient temp., fitted w. distance -25 °C…+50 °C 

Storage temperature -40 °C…+50 °C 

Climate 

40°C/93% rel. humidity without condensation 

Approvals 

CE, cURus 


Standards EN 50178 

Rated voltage 

250V 


6 kV 

Creepage and clearance path input - output 

>8mm 


III 

Pollution severity 2 

Secure separation acc. to VDE 0106 Part 101 Yes 

Dimensions Screw connection Tension clamp connection 

Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) mm 2 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 2.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 

Length x width x height mm 92.0 / 15.3 / 95.0 92.0 / 15.3 / 87.0 

Information 

Coil voltage (U/Un) 


Coil operating range DC 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. Un nominal coil voltage 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. 

Ambient temperature [°C] 

Coil operating range AC 


AC-coile 

. 

. 

Un nominal coil voltage 

. 

. 



K.8 



PLUGSERIES 



Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current AC 


Power rating 

Oper.-/drop-out volt. AC-coil 


Pull-in curr./release curr. AC-coil 


Ordering data 

Complete module 

Screw connection Type 

Order No. 

Tension clamp connection Type 

Order No. 

Ordering data 

Spare relay, pluggable 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


12VDC 1CO 

12 Vdc +/- 20 % 

33mA 

400mW 

8.4V/1.2V 

PRS 12Vdc LD 1CO 

8536471001 

PRZ 12Vdc LD 1CO 

8536571001 

RCL 314012 12Vdc-Rel1U 

4058470000 

120VAC 1CO 

120 Vac +/- 10 % 

6.6mA 

0.75VA 

86.3V/17.3V 

PRS 120Vac LD 1CO 

8530641001 

PRZ 120Vac LD 1CO 

8530710000 

24VDC 1CO 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

16mA 

400mW 

16.8 V / 2.4 V 


8530621001 


8530691001 


4058480000 

230VAC 1CO 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

3.2mA 

0.75VA 

171 V / 34 V 


8530671001 


8530731001 

115VDC 1CO 

115 Vdc +/- 10 % 

3.5mA 

400mW 

76 V / 11 V 


8536510000 


8536610000 


4058500000 

24VAC 1CO 

24 Vac +/- 10 % 

32mA 

0.75VA 

17V/3.6V 


8536530000 


8536651001 

RCL 315524 24Vac-Rel1U 

4058510000 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 



Order No. 

4058520000 

4058540000 

Information 


Delivery times see page X.2 K.9

PLUGSERIES 



Relay coupler 

K 








DC version 

A 1 

A2 

AC version 

A 1 

A2 

Applications 


Operations 

14 

14 

12 

11 

12 

11 


. . . 

1 contact 

Electrical life 

2-pole 


24 

24 

2 contacts in series 


250Vac 


21 

21 

22 

22 

Output 

Max. switching voltage AC/Continuous current 250V/10A 


10V/100mA 


9ms/45ms 





0.1Hz 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED green/No/ 



Climate 


Approvals 

CE, cURus 



Rated voltage 

250V 


6 kV 


>8mm 


III 






Information 


. 



. 

. 

. 

. 

. Un nominal coil voltage 

. 

Ambient temperature [C°] 

Coil operating range AC 

. 

. 

. 

. 

. 


DC-coil 

AC-coil 


. 

. 

. 

. 

Un nominal coil voltage 


K.10 



PLUGSERIES 



Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


12VDC 2CO 

12 Vdc +/- 20 % 

33mA 

400mW 

8.4 V / 1.2 V 


8536501001 


8536591001 


4058560000 

120VAC 2CO 

120 Vac +/- 10 % 

6.6mA 

0.75VA 

86.3V/17.3V 


8530661001 


8530720000 

24VDC 2CO 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

16mA 

400mW 

16.8 V / 2.4 V 


8530631001 


8530701001 


4058570000 

230VAC 2CO 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

3.2mA 

0.75VA 

172.5V/34.5V 


8530681001 


8530741001 

115VDC 2CO 

115 Vdc +/- 10 % 

3.5mA 

400mW 

76 V / 11 V 


8536520000 


8536630000 


4058590000 

24VAC 2CO 

24 Vac +/- 10 % 

32mA 

0.75VA 

17V/3.6V 


8536560000 


8536681001 


4058600000 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 



Order No. 

4058610000 

4058630000 

Information 



PLUGSERIES 

2 change-over contacts with gold-plated contacts 

Relay coupler 

K 









DC version 

A 1 

A2 

AC version 

A 1 

A2 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


14 

14 

12 

11 

12 

11 

24 

24 

21 

21 

22 

22 

24VDC 2CO AU 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

16mA 

400mW 

16.8 V / 2.4 V 

PRS 24VDC LD 2COAU 

8561760000 

PRZ 24Vdc LD 2CO AU 

8552440000 

Output 



5 V / 10 mA 


9ms/45ms 





0.1Hz 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED green/No/ 



Climate 


Approvals 

CE, cURus 



Rated voltage 

250V 


6 kV 


>8mm 


III 






Information 

120VAC 2CO AU 230VAC 2CO AU 

120 Vac +/- 10 % 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

6.6mA 

3.2mA 

0.75VA 

0.75VA 

86.3V/17.3V 

172.5V/34.5V 

PRS 120VAC LD 2CO AU 

PRS 230VAC LD 2CO AU 

8595960000 

8595990000 

PRZ 120VAC LD 2COAU 

PRZ 230VAC LD 2COAU 

8575940000 

8575950000 


Type 




Order No. 

4058580000 

4058620000 

4058640000 

Information 

K.12 




Relay coupler 

K 

K.13

PLUGSERIES 

Accessories 

Schrack RP3SL 

Relay for high switch-on current 

Relay coupler 

K 


Empty base 

Rated current 

Rated voltage 

Voltage resistance coil / contacts 

Protection 

Nominal cross-sectional area 


Ambient temperature 

Flammability acc. to UL 94 

Order data 

Empty base for assembly on mounting rail TS 35 



Retaining clip 

LED display with freewheel diode 

6 ... 24 Vdc 

LED red, 6 ... 24 Vdc 

48 ... 60 Vdc 

115 Vdc 

12 ... 24 Vac 

115 Vac 

230 Vac 

LED red, 230 Vac 

RC combination 120...230 VAC/DC 

Plug-in cross-connectors 

2-pole 



87 (PXZ35) 

87 

95 (PXS35) Cross-connection channel 

A1 / A2 

Black 

Red 

Blue 

16 A 

250 V 

> 4 kV 

IP 20 

2,5 mm 2 

8 mm 

10 mm 

–40°C ... +60°C 

V-0 

92 

Marking field 


Type Qty Order no. 

PXS35 10 8533771001 

PXZ35 10 8536691001 

PRC 100 8536700000 

PLED 24 Vdc 20 8536710000 

PLED 24 Vdc rot 20 8611010000 

PLED 48 Vdc 20 8536720000 

PLED 115 Vdc 20 8536730000 

PLED 24 Vac 20 8536750000 

PLED 120 Vac 20 8536760000 

PLED 230 Vac 20 8536780000 

PLED 230 Vac rot 20 8611000000 

PLRC 200 nF/200Ω 20 8566530000 

ZQV 2.5N/4-2SW 60 1784270000 

ZQV 2.5N/4-2RT 60 1784280000 

ZQV 2.5N/4-2BL 60 1784290000 

Cross-connection channel 

11 / 21 

Tension clamp 

connection 

15.3 

15,3 

22 12 22 

(NC) 

21 11 21 

(COM) 

24 14 24 

(NO) 

A2 

A1 

(COIL) 

A2 

Operating control display 

DC version 

A1 

A2 

AC version 

A1 

* 

14 

14 

11 

Screw 

connection 

12 

12 

24 

24 

15.3 

21 

22 

22 

12 

(NC) 

11 

(COM) 

14 

(NO) 

A1 

(COIL) 

free wheel 

* diode 


Marking 

10 x 5 mm 

15 x 5 mm 

WS 10/5 200 1060860000 

WS 15/5 96 1609880000 

A2 

11 

21 

K.14 



PLUGSERIES 

Relay on plug-in base 

Schrack RP3SL 


• For high switch-on current 


No. and type of contacts 


Switching current 

Peak switch-on current 


Switching power 

Min. switching current / switching power 

Nominal consumption 

Voltage strength / contact 

Operating voltage / release time: 

DC coil 

Bounce time NCC / NOC 


DC coil 

Other data 



DC coil 

Weight 

Approvals 

Contact service life 

Load 

12 A, 250 V~, cosϕ=1 

TV 8 

2500 W, 230 V~, Halogen lamps 

1000 W, 250 V~, Neon lamps 

3000 W, 250 V~, Neon lamps 

1500 VA, Fluorescent tubes 163 µF 

Order data 

Pluggable relay 

24 Vdc 1 NOC 

1 NOC 

AgSnO 2 

25 A 

120 A / 20 ms 

250 V 

4 kVA 

500 mW 

4 kV 

typ. 8 / 2 ms 

typ. 2 ms 

30 x 10 6 switching cycles 

IP 40 

–40°C ... +70°C 

18 g 

SEV, UL, CSA, VDE 

Switching cycles 

3x10 5 

Regulation 

25x10 3 UL 508 

>10 4 

2.3x10 5 

3.6x10 4 

10 4 


RP3SL 24 Vdc 1NO 20 8588510000 

Relay coupler 

K 



K.15

PLUGINDUSTRY 

Base for industrial relays 

PXZ4 

PXS4 

Relay coupler 

K 

• Screw or tension clamp technology 

• For connecting cross-sectional areas 

up to 1.5 mm 2 

• For double and quadruple change-over 

contact relays 

• Insulation in accordance with VDE 0110 

• Tension clamp connection 

– Minimum wiring workload 

– Double wiring of all terminals 

– Connections can be cross-connected 

– Separate arrangement of coil and contact 

connections 

Wiring method for tension clamp connection 

Place the specified screwdriver in the round tool opening 

next to the square wire opening 

Rated current 

Rated voltage 

Wire opening 

Voltage strength coil / contacts 

Creepage and clearance path input / output 


Nominal cross-sectional area 


Tool opening 



Combustibility acc. to UL 94 

Approvals 

Order data 

Empty base for mounting rail assembly TS 35 

Accessories 


Relay, type: MY4 

Relay, type: PT5 

Marking 

for PXZ4-PIRC only 

Cross-connector 

2-pole 

41 31 21 11 

Blue 

Red 

Tension clamp 

5 A bei 70 °C with MY4 relay 

250 Vac 

2000 Vac 

2000 Vac 

IP 20 

0.2...1.5 mm 2 (doubled) 

8 mm 

max. 70 °C 

V-1 

m a r % 


PXZ4 10 8598710000 


PXZ4-PIRC 50 8598610000 

PT 28802 25 8572170000 

WS PXZ4 100 8598630000 

ZQV PXZ4-bl 50 8611090000 

ZQV PXZ4-rt 50 8611100000 


5 A bei 70 °C with MY4 relay 

250 Vac 

2000 Vac 

2000 Vac 

IP 20 

0.2...1.5 mm 2 

8 mm 

max. 70 °C 

V-1 

a r % 


PXS4 10 8614350000 


PXS4-PIRC 100 8633920000 


Screwdriver 

SD 1 9009030000 

K.16 



PLUGINDUSTRY 

Miniature power relay MY4 

MY4 IN / MY4 IN1 


• Relay with 4 change-over contacts 

• With DC or AC voltage coil 

• Mechanical operating display 

• Integrated LED for optical 

operating display 

• Test button 

(blue = DC coil, red = AC coil) 

• Cadmium-free contacts with 

3 µm gold plating 

• For plugging onto Weidmüller base 

PXZ4 and PXS4 


Coil data 

Rated voltage 

Rated power 

Operating voltage/release voltage 

Contact data 

No. of contacts 


Rated current 

Switching voltage max. 

DC coil / AC coil 

Max. switching power AC 


Recommended min. load 

General data 

Flammability class acc. to UL 94 




Response/release time 

Duration of bounce 

Weight 

Dimensions (width x height x length) 

Insulation 

Voltage strength coil-contact 

Insulation acc. to IEC 664 / VDE 0110 (1/89) 

Rated voltage / pollution severity / overvoltage category 

Insulation acc. to VDE 0110b (2/79) 

Insulation group/reference voltage 

Order data 

DC coil 

AC coil 

12 Vdc 

24 Vdc 

110 Vdc 

24 Vac 

120 Vac 

230 Vac 

DC coil 

AC coil 

12 / 24 / 110 V- 24 / 120 / 230 V~ 

Typically 0.9 W 

Typically 1.0 VA 

80 / 10 (% rated voltage) 80 / 30 (% rated voltage) 


AgNi with 3µm Au plating 

4 x 5 A 

125 V- / 250 V~ 

1250 VA 

4 x 5 A 

5 Vdc, 10 mA 

V-2 

–55...+70 °C 

>10x10 7 / >50x10 6 

20 / 20 ms 

max. 20 ms 

35 g 

21.5 x 36 x 28 mm 

2000 Vac 

240 V / 2 / II 

A250 / B125 


MY4 IN1-12 10 8598660000 

MY4 IN1-24 10 8598700000 

MY4 IN1-110 10 8598640000 

MY4 IN-24 10 8598690000 

MY4 IN-120 10 8598650000 

MY4 IN-230 10 8598670000 

Breaking capacity 

Switching current (A) 

100 

50 

30 

10 

5 

3 

1 

0,5 

0,3 

0,1 

1 

DC induktive load 

(L/R= 7 ms) 

AC resistive load 

AC inductive load 

(cos φ=0,4) 

DC resistive load 

3 5 10 30 50 100 250 500 

Switching voltage (V) 

Lifetime (inductive load) 

Lifetime (x10 4 operations) 

1000 

500 

300 

100 

50 

30 

10 

5 

3 

250 VAC 

30 VDC 

250 VAC 

30 VDC 

1 

0 0,5 1 1,5 2 


Lifetime (resistive load) 

Lifetime (x10 4 operations) 

1000 

500 

300 

100 

50 

30 

10 

5 

3 

30 VDC 

250 VAC 

250 VAC 

30 VDC 

Relay coupler 

K 

1 

0 1 2 3 4 5 


Other relays on request 



K.17

PLUGINDUSTRY 

Miniature power relay PT 5 

PT 5 

Relay coupler 

K 

• Relay with 4 change-over contacts 

• With DC or AC voltage coil 

• Mechanical operating display 

• Locking test button 

• Cadmium-free contact material 

• For plugging onto Weidmüller base PXZ4 

with retaining clip PT 28802 


Coil data 

Rated voltage 

Rated power 

Operating voltage/release voltage 

Working range AC coil, 60 Hz at 70°C 

Contact data 

No. of contacts 


Rated current 

Switching voltage max. 


Max. switching power AC 


Recommended min. load 

General data 

Flammability class acc. to UL 94 




Response/release time 


width x height x length 

Insulation 

Voltage strength coil-contact 

Insulation acc. to IEC 664 / VDE 0110 (1/89) 

Rated voltage / pollution severity / overvoltage category 

Insulation acc. to VDE 0110b (2/79) 

Insulation group/reference voltage 

Order data 

DC coil 

AC coil 

6 Vdc 

12 Vdc 

24 Vdc 

48 Vdc 

60 Vdc 

115 Vdc 

220 Vdc 

6 Vac 

12 Vac 

24 Vac 

48 Vac 

60 Vac 

115 Vac 

230 Vac 

DC coil 

AC coil 

6...220 V- 6...230 V~ 

Typically 0.75 W 

Typically 1.0 VA 

75 / 10 (% rated voltage) 80 / 10 (% rated voltage) 

90...110 % U rated 


AgNi 90 / 10, AgNi 90 / 10 htv 

4 x 6 A 

250 Vac 

1500 VA 

4 x 6 A 

24 V, 10 mA / 20 mV, 1 mA htv 

V-0 

–40...+70°C 

> 30 x 10 6 (DC coil), > 20 x 10 6 (AC coil) 

15 / 10 ms 

5 ms 

22.5 x 30 x 28 mm 

2500 V eff 

240 V / 2 / III 

B / 250 


PT 570006 10 8074650000 

PT 570012 10 8054360000 

PT 570024 10 1180700000 

PT 570048 10 8074670000 

PT 570060 10 8074680000 

PT 570110 10 8074700000 

PT 570220 10 8636230000 

PT 570506 10 8074710000 

PT 570512 10 8074730000 

PT 570524 10 1181800000 

PT 570548 10 1180900000 

PT 570560 10 8074760000 

PT 570615 10 1180800000 

PT 570730 10 1181100000 


Operations 




in series 

contacts 

contacts 

contacts 

Electrical life 

pole 


nominal voltage 

4 pole 

3 pole 

2 pole 






Other relays on request 

K.18 




Relay coupler 

K 

K.19

MICROSERIES 


Relay coupler 

K 

Module can be used as an universal interface between control 

and actuator for switching small and medium loads 

• The pluggable cross-connection in input and output minimizes 

the effort to wire 

• Width 6.1 mm 

• Relay interchangeable, also with opto-couplers 

(5/12Vdc) 

(24/60 Vdc) 

(24/48/120 Vuc) 

(230 Vac) 

Applications 

14 

12 

14 

12 

14 

12 

14 

12 

11 

11 

11 

11 

DC-load breaking capacity 

Output current [A] voltage [A] 

200 

0 

0.1 5 

Derating curve 

current [A] 

AC resistive load 

A2 

A2 

A2 

A2 

A1 

A1 

A1 

A1 

Output 




Contact base material 

250V/6A 

12V/100mA 

6.2ms/3.9ms 

AgSnO 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED green/Yes/available 



Climate 


Approvals 

CE, cURus 



Rated voltage 

300 V 


4 kV 


=>5.5mm 


III 




Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) mm 2 2.5 / 0.5 / 4 1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 


Information 

Switch operations 

Switch operations 

acc. to 



K.20 



MICROSERIES 



Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


5VDC 1CO 

5 Vdc +/- 20 % 

38.5mA 

193mW 

3.2V/1.6V 

21.6mA/8mA 

MRS 5Vdc 1CO 

8556080000 

MRZ 5Vdc 1CO 

8556150000 

APE 30005V 05Vdc-Rel1U 

4061580000 

48VUC 1CO 

48 Vuc +/- 10 % 

5mA 

4mA 

190mW 

29V/11V 

29V/11V 

2.2mA/1.3mA 

2.2mA/1.3mA 

MRS 48Vuc 1CO 

8556040000 

MRZ 48Vuc 1CO 

8556110000 

12VDC 1CO 

12 Vdc +/- 20 % 

17mA 

210mW 

6.4V/2.5V 

8.4mA/2.4mA 

MRS 12Vdc 1CO 

8556070000 

MRZ 12Vdc 1CO 

8556140000 


4061610000 

60VDC 1CO 

60 Vdc +/- 20 % 

3.3mA 

200mW 

35V/11V 

1.6mA/0.6mA 

MRS 60Vdc 1CO 

8556060000 

MRZ 60Vdc 1CO 

8556130000 

24VDC 1CO 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

6.6mA 

160mW 

15.4V/6.5V 

4mA/1.2mA 

MRS 24Vdc 1CO 

8533640000 

MRZ 24VDC 1U 

8533660000 


4060120000 

120VUC 1CO 

120 Vuc +10 %/ -15 % 

3.5mA 

3.5mA 

0.42VA 

71V/22V 

71V/22V 

1.8mA/0.5mA 

1.8mA/0.5mA 

MRS 120Vuc 1CO 

8556030000 

MRZ 120Vuc 1CO 

8556100000 

24VUC 1CO 

24 Vuc +/- 10 % 

11mA 

6.4mA 

154mW 

15.8V/7V 

15.8V/7V 

3.6mA/1.3mA 

3.6mA/1.3mA 

MRS 24Vuc 1CO 

8556050000 

MRZ 24Vuc 1CO 

8556120000 


4060120000 

230VAC 1CO 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

7.6mA 

1.75VA 

103V/49V 

103V/49V 

5mA/2.5mA 

5mA/2.5mA 

MRS 230Vac 1CO 

8556020000 

MRZ 230Vac 1CO 

8556090000 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 





Order No. 

4061620000 

4061630000 

4061630000 

4060120000 

Information 



MICROSERIES 

1 change-over contact with gold-plated contact 

Relay coupler 

K 






• Relay interchangeable, also with opto-couplers 

(24Vdc) 

(120 Vuc) 

(230 Vac) 

12 

12 

12 

14 

14 

14 

Ordering data 

11 

11 

11 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


A2 

A2 

A2 

A1 

A1 

A1 

24VDC 1CO 5uAU 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

6.6mA 

160mW 

15.4V/6.5V 

4mA/1.2mA 

MRS 24Vdc 1CO 5uAu 

8596060000 

MRZ 24Vdc 1CO 5uAu 

8596080000 

Output 



12V/10mA 


6.6ms/5.8ms 


AgSnO 5 #03BCm Au 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

CE, cURus 



Rated voltage 

300 V 


4 kV 


=>5.5mm 


III 




Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) mm 2 2.5 / 0.5 / 4 1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 


Information 

230VAC 1CO 5uAU 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

7.6mA 

1.75VA 

103V/49V 

103V/49V 

5mA/2.5mA 

5mA/2.5mA 

MRS 230Vac 1CO 5uAu 

8596050000 

MRZ 230Vac 1CO 5uAu 

8596070000 


Type 

Order No. 


4061590000 


4061590000 

Information 

K.22 



MICROSERIES 

Accessories 

General data – MICROSERIES 


Pluggable cross-connector 

Type No. of poles Qty Order no. 

Yellow 

ZQV 4N / 2 GE 2 60 1758250000 

ZQV 4N / 3 GE 3 60 1762630000 

ZQV 4N / 4 GE 4 60 1762620000 

ZQV 4N / 10 GE 10 20 1758260000 

ZQV 4N / 41 GE 41 10 1758270000 

Red 

ZQV 4N / 2 RT 2 60 1793950000 

ZQV 4N / 3 RT 3 60 1793980000 

ZQV 4N / 4 RT 4 60 1794010000 

ZQV 4N / 10 RT 10 20 1794040000 

ZQV 4N / 41 RT 41 10 1794070000 

Blue 

ZQV 4N / 2 BL 2 60 1793960000 

ZQV 4N / 3 BL 3 60 1793990000 

ZQV 4N / 4 BL 4 60 1794020000 

ZQV 4N / 10 BL 10 20 1794050000 

ZQV 4N / 41 BL 41 10 1794080000 

Black 

ZQV 4N / 2 SW 2 60 1793970000 

ZQV 4N / 3 SW 3 60 1794000000 

ZQV 4N / 4 SW 4 60 1794030000 

ZQV 4N / 10 SW 10 20 1794060000 

ZQV 4N / 41 SW 41 10 1794090000 

Other accessories 


Marker 

WS 12/6 12 x 6 mm 200 1061160000 

Labels, laser mark 

LM MT 300 15/6 ge 484 Labels / sheet 10 1686360000 

Screwdriver 

SD 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 10 9008330000 


Tension clamp Screw 

Clamping conductor connection connection 

Solid H07V-U mm 2 0.5 … 2.5 0.5 … 4.0 

Flexible H07V-K mm 2 0.5 … 2.5 0.5 … 2.5 

“f” with ferrule acc. to DIN 46 228 / 1 mm 2 0.5 … 1.5 0.5 … 1.5 

“f” with ferrule with plastic collar mm 2 0.5 … 1.5 0.5 … 1.5 

Max. clamping range mm 2 0.13 … 2.5 0.13 … 4.0 

Plug gauge acc. to IEC 60-947-1 Size A 2 A 3 

General technical data 

Rated torque - 0,6 

Continuous output current of the 2-pole cross-connector A 10 10 

Continuous output current of the multi-pole cross-connector A 10 10 

Stripping length mm 10 7 

Protection class IP 20 IP 20 

Enclosure material Wemid Wemid 

Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V-0 V-0 

Rated current A 6 6 

Rated voltage V 250 250 

Dimensional drawings 

Tension clamp 


94 mm 

6.1 mm 

91 mm 

93 mm 

92 mm 

6.1 mm 

Relay coupler 

K 



K.23

WAVESERIES 


Relay coupler 

K 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

0 V 

2,4 V...24 Vdc 

24 Vdc 

A2 

A1 + 

0 V 

24 Vdc 

A1 + 24 Vuc 

A3 

A2 

0 V 

Applications 

Output current [A] 

48 Vuc 

250 V / 4 A 

12 

14 

WRS 1 12,4-24 Vdc 

WRS 24 Vdc 

WRD 24/xxVuc 

12 

14 

11 

250 V / 4 A 

12 

14 

11 

250 V / 4 A 

11 

Mounted horizontally 

8 

7 

Clearance > = 10mm 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 


7 

8 

9 

7 

8 

9 

7 

8 

9 

Output 



100mA/5Vdc 


7ms/6ms 


Ag alloy 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

UL / CSA 



Rated voltage 

300 V 

Impulse withstand voltage 6 kV (1.2/50 µ) 


=>5.5mm 


III 




Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) mm 2 1.5 / 0.5 / 2.5 

Length x width x height mm 72.0 / 22.5 / 92.4 

Information 


K.24 



WAVESERIES 



Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


2.4-24VDC 1CO 

2.4…24 Vdc +/-10 % 

4.6mA 

200 mW 

1.9 V 

3.88mA 

WRS1 2.4-24VDC 1U 

8275320000 

24/115VUC 1CO 

24 Vuc // 115 Vuc, +/- 10 % 

approx. 11mA 

approx. 10mA 

0.22W / 0.34VA // 1.2W / 1.3VA 

15 V/12 V // 60 V/34 V 

16V/8.5V // 64V/26V 

5.8mA/3.9mA // 5.5mA/3mA 

5.6mA/2.3mA // 5.7mA/2.2mA 

WRS1 24/115VUC 1U 

8418220000 

24VDC 1CO 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

9mA 

220mW 

16 V/7.5 V 

5.7 mA/2.2 mA 

WRS1 24VDC 1U 

8275350000 

24VUC/230VAC 1CO 

24 Vuc // 230 Vac, +/- 10 % 

approx. 15mA 

14mA (24Vdc) 

0.34VA / 0.32W // 3.5VA 

13 V/9 V // 115 V/66 V 

13 V/9 V (24Vdc) 

7.5 mA/4.7 mA // 7.4 mA/4.3 mA 

7.5 mA/4.7 mA 

WRS1 24VUC/230VAC 1U 

8418230000 

24/48VUC 1CO 

24 Vuc // 48 Vuc, +/- 10 % 

approx. 14mA 

14 mA 

0.35VA(W) // 0.5VA(W) 

16 V/9.5 V // 29 V/15 V 

16 V/9.5 V // 29 V/15 V 

9 mA/4.5 mA // 8.3mA/4.1mA 

9 mA/4.5 mA // 8.3mA/4.1mA 

WRS1 24/48VUC 1U 

8286280000 

24/60VUC 1CO 

24 Vuc // 60 Vuc, +/- 10 % 

approx. 11mA 

approx. 10mA 

0.22W / 0.34VA // 0.6W / 0.7VA 

16 V/9.5 V // 31 V/20 V 

15 V/8,5V // 34 V/15 V 

5.6mA/2.3mA // 5.6mA/2.1mA 

5.8 mA/3.9 mA // 5.6 mA/3.4 mA 


8418210000 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 



[ 

[ 

WAVESERIES 

2 NO contacts 

Relay coupler 

K 

A 



8 

7 

clearance > 10mm 

6 

5 

mounted 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 

A 1 

1 

A 2 

2 

0 V 

Ambient temperature (°C) 

23 13 7 

A 3 

24 14 

3 9 12 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


8 

12/24VDC 2A 

12 Vdc // 24 Vdc, +/- 10 % 

approx. 20mA 

0.24W // 0.5W 

7.5 V /3.5 V // 14.5 V/6.1 V 

10 

11 

10 mA/4.2 mA // 10 mA/4 mA 

WRS2 12/24VDC 2A 

8418240000 

Output 



100mA/5Vdc 


5ms/6ms 


AgSnO2 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

UL / CSA 



Rated voltage 

300 V 



=>8mm 


III 






Information 

24/48VUC 2A 115VUC/230VAC 2A 

24 Vuc // 48 Vuc, +/- 10 % 

115 Vuc // 230 Vac, +/- 10 % 

approx. 11mA 

approx. 10mA 

approx. 8.5mA 

9mA (115Vdc) 

0.17W / 0.21VA // 0.4W / 0.48VA 

1VA / 0.9W // 2.5VA 

13.5 V /9 V // 24 V/16 V 

58 V /22 V // 110 V/40 V 

16 V /7.8 V // 28 V/12 V 

54 V /20 V (115Vdc) 

4.4 mA/2.7 mA // 4.3 mA/2.6 mA 4.8 mA/1.7 mA V // 5 mA/2 mA 

4.3 mA/1.6 mA // 4.4 mA/1.6 mA 

4 mA/2 mA 

WRS2 24/48VUC 2A 

WRS2 115VUC/230VAC 2A 

8418250000 

8418260000 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.26 



[ 

[ 

WAVESERIES 

1 NC contact / 1 NO contact 


A 1 

A 2 

A 3 

A 


8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

1 

2 

3 

0 V 

Ordering data 


g 

mounted 


0 20 40 60 80 100 


Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


11 13 7 

12 

14 

12/24VDC 1A 1R 

12 Vdc // 24 Vdc, +/- 10 % 

8 

approx. 20mA 

0.24W // 0.5W 

7.5 V /3.5 V // 14.5 V/6.1 V 

9 

10 

11 

12 

10 mA/4.2 mA // 10 mA/4 mA 

WRS2 12/24VDC 1A1R 

8418270000 

Output 



100mA/5V 


7ms/5ms 


AgSnO2 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

UL / CSA 



Rated voltage 

300 V 



=>8mm 


III 






Information 

24/48VUC 1A1R 115VUC/230VAC 1A 1R 

24 Vuc // 48 Vuc, +/- 10 % 

115 Vuc // 230 Vac, +/- 10 % 

approx. 11mA 

approx. 10mA 

approx. 8.5mA 

9mA (115Vdc) 

0.17W / 0.21VA // 0.4W / 0.48VA 

1VA / 0.9W // 2.5VA 

13.5 V /9 V // 24 V/16 V 

58 V /22 V // 110 V/40 V 

13.5 V /9 V // 24 V/16 V 

54 V /20 V (115Vdc) 

4.4 mA/2.7 mA // 4.3 mA/1.6 mA 4.8 mA/1.7 mA // 5 mA/2 mA 

4.3 mA/1.6 mA // 4.4 mA/1.6 mA 

4 mA/1.6 mA 

WRS2 24/48VUC 1A1R 

WRS2 115VUC/230VAC 1A1R 

8418280000 

8418290000 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 



[ 

[ 

WAVESERIES 


Relay coupler 

K 

A 


1A1 

1A3 

1A2 

2A1 

2A3 

2A2 

0,08 

0,07 

0,06 

0,05 

0,04 

0,03 

0,02 

0,01 

1 

3 

4 

6 


mounted 

0 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 


clearance > 10 mm 

2 7 

5 10 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


9 

8 

12 

11 

114 

112 

111 

214 

212 

211 

12/24VDC 2CO 

12 Vdc // 24 Vdc, +/- 10 % 

approx. 23mA 

0.26W // 0.53W 

8.5 V /3 V // 15 V/4.8 V 

15.2 mA/5.7 mA // 15.3 mA/5.6 

mA 

WRS2 12/24VDC 2U 

8418300000 

Output 



100mA/5Vdc 


6ms/10ms 


Ag alloy 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

UL / CSA 



Rated voltage 

300 V 



=>5.5mm 


III 






Information 

24/48VUC 2CO 24VUC/230VAC 2CO 

24 Vuc // 48 Vuc, +/- 10 % 

24 Vuc // 230 Vac, +/- 10 % 

approx. 15mA 

approx. 15mA 

14 mA 

14mA (24Vdc) 

0.35VA(W) // 0.7VA(W) 

0.35W // 3.45VA 

13 V/9 V // 115 V/66 V 

16V/9.5V // 29V/15V 

13 V/9 V (24Vdc) 

9 mA/4.5 mA // 8.3mA/4.1mA 7.5 mA/4.7 mA // 7.4 mA/4.3 mA 

9 mA/4.5 mA // 8.3mA/4.1mA 

7.5 mA/4.7 mA 


WRS2 24VUC/230VAC 2U 

8418310000 

8418320000 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.28 



[ 

[ 

WAVESERIES 

3 NO contacts 


A 


1A1 

1A2 

2A1 

2A2 

3A1 

3A2 

2 

3 

5 

6 

1 

4 


7 


6 

5 

4 mounted 

3 

2 

1 

0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 

K1 

K2 

K3 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 



9 

8 

11 

12 

10 

24VUC 3A 

7 

24 Vuc +/- 10 % 

10.4mA 

10.5mA 

0.3VA // 0.25W 

12.8 V / 5 V 

12.8 V / 5 V 

6.6 mA / 2.1 mA 

6.5 mA / 1.4 mA 

WRS2 24VUC 3A 

8418330000 

113 

114 

213 

214 

313 

314 

Output 



12V/10mA 


5ms/21ms 


AgSnO2 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED green/No/not available 



Climate 


Approvals 

UL / CSA 



Rated voltage 

300 V 



=>5.5mm 


III 






Information 

230VAC 3A 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

10.3mA 

2.4VA 

207V/207V/207V 

9mA 

WRS2 230VAC 3A 

8418340000 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 



RS-SERIES / RS 30 

1 NCC, 1 NOC 

or 1 change-over contact 

RS 30 


RS 30 

Isolating plug with screw connection 

Relay coupler 

K 


Input voltage 5…60 V ± 10 %; 115 V/230 V + 5 % – 15% 

Nominal consumption – (W) 

Nominal consumption ~ (VA) 

Release current of relay (at 20°C) 


Pick-up current 

Output voltage max. 



a = arranged on mounting rail in horizontal row without spacing 

b = arranged on mounting rail in horizontal row with 20 mm 

spacing 

Continuous 

current 


Switch-on current 

Switch-on power under ohmic load 

Min. switching power/switching current 


Typical switching times 

–, Pick-up delay 

–, Release delay 

Max. switching frequency 


Service life, mechanical 

–, 24 V-, 1A ohmic load 

–, 230 V-. 3A, ohmic load 


Ambient temperature, arranged on mounting rail 

–, in horizontal row without spacing 

–, in horizontal row with > 20 mm spacing 

Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50 178 



Dimensions 

Mounting width 

Length (at right angles to mounting rail) 

Hight (with TS 32 / TS 35 x 7.5) 

1 NOC 

1 NCC 


5 VTTL 12 V– 24 V– 24 V0 48 V– 48 V0 60 V– 115 V~ 115 V– 230 V~ 2 ) 240 V~ 

0.45 W 1 ) 0.45 W 0.45 W 0.45 W 0.45 W 0.45 W 0.45 W – 0.82 W – – 

– – – 0.7 VA – 0.6 VA – 0.8 VA – 0.8 VA 1.2 VA 

– 3 mA 3 mA 2.5 mA– 2 mA 2.5 mA– 1 mA– – 2 mA– – 0.5 mA– 

– – – 3.5 mA~ – 4.5 mA~ – 1 mA~ – 1 mA~ 1 mA~ 

– – 12 mA – 10 mA – – 6 mA 4.3 mA – – 

250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 

5 A 6 A 6 A 6 A 6 A 5 A 5 A 5 A 5 A 3 A 3 A 

8 A 

2000 VA / 100 W 

250 mW / 10 mA 

≤ 3 ms 

≤ 8 ms ≤ 8 ms ≤ 8 ms ≤ 8 ms ≤ 12 ms ≤ 13 ms ≤ 12 ms ≤ 9 ms ≤ 12 ms ≤ 10 ms ≤ 10 ms 

≤ 7 ms ≤ 7 ms ≤ 7 ms ≤ 16 ms ≤ 11 ms ≤ 12 ms ≤ 11 ms ≤ 8 ms ≤ 11 ms ≤ 9 ms ≤ 9 ms 

70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz 30 Hz 70 Hz 20 Hz 70 Hz 30 Hz 70 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz 

AgNi, gold-flashed 

>10 7 switching cycles 

> 5 x 10 5 switching cycles 

>7 x 10 5 switching cycles 

–40 °C…+60 °C 

–25 °C…+40 °C 

–25 °C…+50 °C 

III 

2 

Constant current 

11.2 mm NOC / NCC, 25 mm change-over contact 

70 mm (74 mm BL/SL version) 

56 mm / 51.5 mm 

1 NOC 

1 NCC 


spacing > 20 mm 


Switching mode on/off 

< 1 min (50 / 50 %) 

48 V~ / 230 V~ / 240 V~ 


1 ) Rated consumption of auxiliary voltage 24 V–. 

2 ) 230 V– on request 

K.30

RS-SERIES – RS 30 

RS 30 


RS 30 

Isolating plug with screw connection 


Order data 

Mail-line wiring diagram 

Input 

voltage 

5 V–, TTL 

12 V– 

24 V– 

24 Vb 

48 V– 

48 Vb 

60 V– 

115 V– 

115 V~ 

230 V~ 

Function 

display 

without 

without 

LED red 

without 

LED green 

LED red 

without 

LED green 

LED red 

LED green 

LED red 

without 

LED green 

without 

LED green 

LED red 

without 

LED green 

LED red 

without 

LED green 

LED red 

without 

LED green 

LED red 

A - 1 NOC DC 

C - 1 NCC DC 

A B C D E F G G 

change-over change-over change-over 

NOC NOC NCC contact contact contact NOC NCC 

1167760000 1167660000 

1129421001 1129521001 

1101661001 1100961001 1100260000 

1101611001 1100911001 1181511001 1100210000 

1101621001 1100921001 1181521001 1100220000 

1129660000 

1101761001 1100360000 

1101711001 

1101721001 

1101811001 1100410000 

1101821001 1100420000 

1102061001 

1102011001 

1101911001 

B - 1 NOC AC/DC 

1155161001 1155261001 

1155111001 1155211001 

1155121001 1155221001 

D - 1 change-over contact DC 

E - 1 change-over contact DC 

G - 1 NOC / 1NCC DC 

1100620000 

1100560000 

1102161001 1100760000 

1102111001 

1102121001 

1102261001 1100860000 

1102211001 

1102221001 

F - 1 change-over contact AC/DC 

Relay coupler 

K 

240 V~ 

without 

LED green 

LED red 

1128561001 

1128511001 

1128521001 



K.31

RS-SERIES - RS 31 


• For high switching power 

Relay coupler 

K 

• Suitable to switch inductive loads 

12 14 

A 1 

A 2 

A 2 

24 Vdc 

11 

12 14 

A 1 

A 2 

11 

A 2 

residual tensions 

Applications 


A 

16 

8 

0 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 C° 

Output 



1W 


9ms/10ms 


AgCdO 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

CE 



Rated voltage 

250V 


6 kV 


3mm 


III 


Secure separation acc. to VDE 0106 Part 101 No 


Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) mm 2 2.5 / 0.5 / 4 


Information 


K.32 






Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


24VDC 1CO 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

40mA 

1W 

21.5V 

-/11.5mA 

RS 31 24VDC LD LP 1U 

1128311001 

230VAC 1CO 

230 Vac + 5 / - 15% 

4.5mA 

1VA 

195V 

-/2.2mA 

RS 31 230VAC LD LP 1U 

1128461001 

48VDC 1CO 

48 Vdc +/- 10 % 

20mA 

1W 

43V 

-/13.5mA 

RS 31 48VDC LD 1U LP 

1150761001 

115V DC 1CO 

115 Vdc + 5 / - 15% 

8mA 

1W 

98V 

-/5.5mA 


1150361001 

115VAC 1CO 

115 Vac +5 %/ -15 % 

8mA 

1VA 

98V 

-/1.5mA 

RS 31 115VAC LD LP 1U 

1150461001 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 




2 change-over contacts, DC input 

Relay coupler 

K 

A 

4 

3 

2 

1 

A1 

A2 

A2 

10 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


20 30 40 50 60 70 °C 

1214 22 24 

11 21 

12VDC 2CO 

12 Vdc +/- 10 % 

50mA 

0.6W 

11V 

-/9.5mA 


9406021001 

Output 



10V/100mA 


13ms/10ms 


AgNi 0.15 gold flashed 


>30x10^6 switching cycles 


0.1Hz 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED red/No/available 



Climate 


Approvals 

CE 



Rated voltage 

250V 


4 kV 


3mm 


III 






Information 

24VDC 2CO 

48VDC 2CO 

60VDC 2CO 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

25mAdc 

0.6W 

21.5V 

-/5mA 


9406121001 

48 Vdc +/- 10 % 

12mAdc 

0.6W 

43V 

-/2mA 


9406321001 

60 Vdc +/- 10 % 

10mAdc 

0.6W 

54V 

-/1.5mA 


9406521001 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.34 




2 change over contacts, UC input 


A 

4 

3 

2 

1 

A1 

A2 

A2 

V 

10 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


20 30 40 50 60 70 °C 

12 14 22 24 

11 21 

24VUC 2CO 

24 Vuc +/- 10 % 

28mAac 

18mAdc 

0.6W // 0.9VA 

21.5V 

-/2.5mA 

-/4.5mA 

RS 32 24VUC LD LP 2U 

9406221001 

Output 



10V/100mA 


13ms/10ms 






0.1Hz 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED red/No/not available 



Climate 


Approvals 

CE 



Rated voltage 

250V 


4 kV 


3mm 


III 






Information 

48VUC 2CO 

115VUC 2CO 

230VUC 2CO 

48 Vuc +/- 10 % 

18mAac 

12mAdc 

0.6W // 0.9VA 

43V 

-/4.5mA 

-/2mA 


9406421001 

115 Vuc + 5 / - 15% 

5mA 

5 mA 

0.5W // 0.6VA 

98V 

-/1.5mA 

-/1mA 


9406621001 

230 Vuc + 5 / - 15% 

4.3mA 

4.3mA 

1W //1VA 

195V 

-/2mA 

-/1.2mA 


9406721001 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 




2 change over contacts, multiple voltage input 

Relay coupler 

K 

A 

4 

3 

2 

1 

A1 

A2 

A2 

10 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


20 30 40 50 60 70 °C 

12 14 22 24 

11 21 

24-48VUC 2CO 

24 Vuc // 48 Vuc +/- 10 % 

28mA / 22mA 

18mA / 20mA 

0.6W // 0.9VA 

21.5V/43V 

-/3mA // -/4.5mA 

-/5mA // -/2mA 

RS 32 24-48VUC LD LP 2U 

1122661001 

Output 



10V/100mA 


13ms/10ms 






0.1Hz 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED red/No/not available 



Climate 


Approvals 

CE 



Rated voltage 

250V 


4 kV 


3mm 


III 






Information 

115-230VUC 2CO 

115 Vuc // 230 Vuc + 5 / - 15% 

5.6mA/5.3mA 

5.4mA/5mA 

1W // 1VA 

98V/195V 

-/1.5mA // -/2mA 

-/1mA // -/1.2mA 

RS 32 115-230VUC LD 2U 

1122761001 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.36 




Relay coupler 

K 

K.37

RS-SERIES – with RSM multiple interface 

with one change-over contact each 

RSM 4 R / RSM 4 RS 

RSM 8 R / RSM 8 RS 

RSM16R/RSM16RS 

Relay coupler 

K 

• LEDs red, other colours on request 

• Mounting feet can also be mounted turned at an angle 

of 180° 


Rated data 

Input voltage 



Pull-in current 

Pull-in current 

soldered relay 

plugged relay 


plugged relay 


plugged relay 


plugged relay 


Output voltage max. 




b = arranged on mounting rail in horizontal row 

with 20 mm spacing 

Continuous 

current 

Typical switch-on times 


Pick-up delay ( ac / dc) 

Release delay ( ac / dc) 


Switch-on current 

Switch-on power under ohmic load 

Min. switching power / switching current 


Service life 

mechanical 

24 Vdc, 1A, ohmic load 

230 Vac, 3A, ohmic load 



Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50 178 



Dimensions 

Conductor cross-sectional area (screw connection) 

4 relays 

soldered or plugged 

24 Vdc 24 Vac/dc 48 Vdc 115 Vac/dc 230 Vac 

0.45 W – – – – 

0.75 W 0.45 W 0.75 W – – 

– – – – – 

– 0.7 VA – 0.6 VA 1.2 VA 

12 mA – – – – 

23 mA 12 mA 14 mA 5 mA – 

– – – – – 

– 16.5 mA – 6 mA 4 mA 

2 mA 1.5 mA 1 mA 

250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V 

6 A 6 A 6 A 6 A 3 A 

≤ 8 ms ≤ 10 ms / 10 ms ≤ 12 ms ≤ 8 ms / 10 ms ≤ 10 ms 

≤ 7 ms ≤ 15 ms / 20 ms ≤ 11 ms ≤ 5 ms / 8 ms ≤ 10 ms 

≤ 3 ms 

8 A 

2000 VA 

250 mW/10 mA 

AgNi 90/10, AgNi0,15, gold-flashed 




–40°C…+60°C 

–25°C…+50°C 

III 

2 

0.5…2.5 mm 2 

8 relays 


16 relays 



K.38

RS-SERIES – with RSM multiple interface 


DC/AC/AC voltage 

Order data 


Input Flat band connection Multiple plug with locking 

acc. to DIN 41651/part 1 and 2 

Output Screw connection 

Input Screw connection • Plugged relay 

Screw connection and multiple plug 

acc. to IEC 603-1/DIN 41651 

• Relay soldered 

Multiple plug 

acc. to IEC 603-1/DIN 41651 

Output Screw connection 

For RSM ... R/RS, 24 V 

For RSM ... R/RS, 48 V 

RSM 16 

RSM 8 

RSM 4 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

Spare relays (for plugging) 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

11 14 12 21 24 22 31 34 32 41 44 42 

8 

8 

N 16 

N 

N 

N 

81 84 82 161 164 162 

DC voltage, switching minus (negative-switching) 

joint plus potential, 

RSM 16 1 

minus connected up 

RSM 8 

RSM 4 

1 

1 

DC voltage, positive-switching 

joint minus potential, 

plus connected up 

4 relays 8 relays 16 relays 

RSM 4 R/RS RSM 8 R/RS RSM 16 R/RS 

Input voltage (B = 75 mm) (B = 145 mm) (B = 285 mm) 

24 Vdc, switching minus Relay soldered 1100061001 1100161001 

24 Vdc, switching plus Relay pluggable 1113361001 1 ) 1113561001 1 ) 1113761001 1 ) 

Relay soldered 1112361001 1107761001 1107861001 

24 Vdc, switching minus Relay pluggable 1113461001 1 ) 1113661001 1 ) 1113861001 1 ) 

Relay soldered 1112661001 

24 Vac/dc Relay pluggable 1173461001 1173561001 1173661001 

48 Vdc, switching plus Relay pluggable 1113961001 1114161001 1114361001 

115 Vac/dc Relay pluggable 1114561001 1114661001 1114761001 

230 Vac Relay pluggable 1114861001 1114961001 1115061001 

1 ) approved by Germanisch Lloyd 

RSM 16 

RSM 8 

RSM 4 

11 14 12 21 24 22 31 34 32 41 44 42 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

11 14 12 21 24 22 31 34 32 41 44 42 

8 

8 

81 84 82 161 164 162 

16 19/+20/- 

9/+10/- 

+ - 

Input voltage Contact material Remarks Order no. 

24 Vdc AgNi 90/10 RT 314024 with clip 8630780000 

AgNi 90/10 RT 314024 without clip 4058480000 



2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

8 

8 

81 84 82 161 164 162 

16 19/-20/+ 

9/-10/+ 

- + 

Relay coupler 

K 

For RSM ... R/RS, 115 V and 230 V 





K.39

MCZ-Series 

MiniConditioner MCZ R 

Relay coupler 

K 





• Width 6 mm, low height 

5 

5 

5 

Applications 

Limit diagram 

U/Vdc 

300 

200 

100 

25 

4 3 2 

0 V 

11 

12 14 

DC-Input 

4 3 2 

0 V 

11 

12 14 

24 Vuc / 230 Vac 

2 

4 3 

12 14 

0 V 

11 

120 Vac 

prohibited area 

1 2 3 4 5 6 IL/Adc 

L 

+ 24 V 

1 

24 V 

1 

120 V 

Output 





400V/6A 

12V/100mA 

4.5ms/10ms 

AgSnO2 




0.1Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

CE, UL, CSA, GL 



Rated voltage 

300 V 


6 kV 


=> 5.5mm 


III 






Information 


rowed without clearances on the mounting rail 

rowed with 20 mm spacing on the mounting rail 

IL/A 

L 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 °C 


K.40 



MCZ-Series 

MiniConditioner MCZ R 


Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


24VDC 1CO 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

6.3mA 

156mW 

12V…19V/4V…5.5V 

5.7mA 

MCZ R 24VDC 

8365980000 

110VDC 1CO 

110 Vdc +/- 10 % 

2.85mA 

340mW 

approx.68V/approx.19V 

1.6mA/0.4mA 

MCZ R 110VDC 

8467470000 

24VUC 1CO 

24 Vuc +/- 10 % 

10.8mA 

6.1mA 

160mVA / 150mW 



9mA/5mA 

MCZ R 24VUC 

8390590000 

120VAC 1CO 

120 Vac -15 %/ +10 % 

7mA 

0.85VA 


4mA/1.3mA 

MCZ R 120VAC 

8420880000 

24VDC 1CO AU 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

6.3mA 

156mW 

12V…19V/4V…5.5V 

5.7mA 

MCZ R 24VDC 

8442960000 

230VAC 1CO 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

9.5mA 

2.1VA 


5mA/2.5mA 

MCZ R 230VAC 

8237710000 

60VDC 1CO 

60 Vdc +/- 20 % 

3mA 

180mW 


2.7mA 

MCZ R 60VDC 

8470380000 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 



DK-SERIES 

1 NO contact, input bottom 

Relay coupler 

K 

3 

4 

14 

Output 

13 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 

For TS 32 

For TS 35 

Ordering data 

Type 

Order No. 

Type 

Order No. 

Input 

1 

A1 + 

2 

A2 - 

5 VDC 1A 

5 Vdc +/- 5 % 

12.5mA 

65mW 

4.4V 

11.8mA 

DKR 32 5VDC 1A 

8019600000 


8019610000 

Output 

Max. switching voltage AC/Continuous current 100V/500mA 


1 V / 1 mA 


typ.0.7…2.5ms/0.2…2ms 


RH/RU 


10^9 switching cycles 


200Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

CE 



Rated voltage 

150 V 


1.5 kV 


=>3mm 


III 




Clamping range (rating- / min. / max.) mm 2 4 / 0.5 / 4 


Information AP DK4: 0687560000 

12VDC 1A 

24VUC 1A 

24VDC 1A 

12 Vdc +/- 10 % 

12 Vuc +/- 10 % 

15mA 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

12mA 

144mW 

12mA 

144mW 

12V 

9.3mA 

225mW 

9V 

11V 

6.3mA 

11V 

10mA 

3.8mA 

DKR 32 24VUC 1A 

7.5mA 


8008110000 

8016620000 


8171100000 

DKR 35 24VUC 1A 

8016610000 


8008170000 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.42 



DK-SERIES 

1 NO contact, input top 


Input 

1 

A1 + 

24 V= 

3 

A2 - 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 

For TS 32 

Type 

Order No. 

For TS 35 

Type 

Order No. 

Ordering data 

Output 

3 

13 

4 

14 

24 VDC 1A 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

9.3mA 

225mW 

11V 

3.75mA 


8215620000 

Output 

Max. switching voltage AC/Continuous current 100V/500 


1 V / 1 mA 


typ.0.7…2.5ms/0.2…2ms 


RH/RU 


10^9 switching cycles 


25Hz 

Rated data 




Climate 


Approvals 

CE 



Rated voltage 

150 V 


1.5 kV 


=>3mm 


III 






Information AP DK4: 0687560000 

Relay coupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 



DK-SERIES 

1 change-over contact, input bottom 

Relay coupler 

K 

Aus/Out 

3 

5 

12 14 

11 

4 

6 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 





Ordering data 

For TS 32 

Type 

Order No. 

For TS 35 

Type 

Order No. 

Ordering data 

Ein/In 

1 

A1 + 

24V= 

2 

A2 - 

24VUC 1CO 

24 Vuc +/- 20 % 

9mA 

7mA 

220mVA/180mW 

18V 

19V 

7mA 

5.5mA 

DKR DK5 24VUC 1U 

9454910000 

DKR DK5 24VUC 1U 

9454910000 

Output 



10 V / 100 mA 


6ms/15ms ac;8ms dc 


AgSnO2 



Max. switching frequency at rated load 20 

Rated data 

Status indicator/Free wheel diode/Reverse volt. prot. LED green/Yes/not available 

Ambient temp., fitted w. distance 

-40°C…+60°C 


Climate 


Approvals 



Rated voltage 

300 V 


4 kV 


=>8mm 


III 






Information 

End plate 

24VDC 1CO 

24VUC 1CO 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

24 Vuc +/- 20 % 

20mA 

11.5mA 

16mA 

384mW 

480mW /400mW 

18V 

19V 

18V 

12.8mA 

9mA 

11.5mA 

DKR 35 24VDC 1U 

DKR 35 24VUC 1U 

8181980000 

8181970000 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.44 




Relay coupler 

K 

K.45

EG SERIES 

1 NCC, 1 NOC, 1 change-over contact 

Relay coupler 

K 

• Also with hard gold-plated contacts 

• With combination foot for TS 32, TS 32 and TS 35 

(clip-in base for plug-in) change-over contacts 

• 10 mm wide 

• Screw connection 

Main-line wiring diagram 

A 1 

A 2 





b = arranged on mounting rail in horizontal row with 20 mm spacing 


Output 

Max. switching voltage AC / constant current 

250 V / 5 A 


100 mW / 10 mA 

hard gold-plated contacts 40 µW 

Response time/release time 

≤ 8 ms / ≤ 6 ms 


AgNi 0.15 gold-flashed 

hard gold-plated contacts AgNi 0.15 / 5 µ Au 




0,1 Hz 

Nominal data 

Status indicator/recovery diode 

LED green / yes 

Ambient temperature arranged in horizontal row with spacing –25 °C ... +60 °C 

Lagertemperatur –40 °C … +60 °C 

Insulation coordination (EN 50 178) 


Rated voltage 

300 V 

Rated impuls voltage 

8 kV 

Creepage and clearance path input-output 

≥ 8 mm 


III 


Protective separation acc. to VDE 0106 part 101 DIN VDE 0106 

1 NOC, 1 NCC 1 change-over contact 

Clamping range (nom./min/max) mm 2 1.5 x 0.5 x 1.5 1.5 x 0.5 x 1.5 

Length x width x height mm 44.0 x 10.0 x 96.0 95.0 x 10.0 x 93.0 

Remarks 


K.46

EG SERIES 

1 NOC, 1 NCC, 1 change-over contact 


Order data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Nominal power 

Switch-on current, max. 

Order data 

with combination foot 

1 NOC Type 

Order no. 

1 NCC Type 

Order no. 

Order data, pluggable 

(order clip-in base separately) 

1 change-over contact Type 

Order no. 

1 clip-in base Type 

Order no.. 

Order data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Nominal power 

Switch-on current, max. 

Order data 

with combination foot 

1 NOC Type 

Order no. 

1 NCC Type 

Order no. 

Order data, pluggable 

(order clip-in base separately) 

1 change-over contact Type 

12 Vac/dc 

12 Vac/dc, +15%, –10 % 

320 mW +20% –10% 

120 mA 

EGR EG 7 

8092310000 

EGR EG 7 

8092320000 

RST EG 7 

8216550000 

RS EG 7 

8193830000 

230 Vac 

230 Vac +15 % –10 % 

280 mW +15% –10% 

185 mA 

EGR EG 7 

8092460000 

EGR EG 7 

8092470000 

RST EG 7 

24 Vdc 

24 Vdc +15 % –10 % 

280 mW +20% –10% 

12 mA 

EGR EG 7 

8216520000 

EGR EG 7 

8216530000 

RST EG 7 

8216570000 

RS EG 7 

8193830000 

Contacts 

hard gold-plated 

24 Vac/dc 

24 Vac/dc +15 % –10 % 

280 mW +20% –10% 

240 mA 

EGR EG7 

8092340000 

EGR EG7 

8092350000 

RST EG 7 

8216580000 

RS EG 7 

8193830000 

24 Vdc 

24 Vdc +15% –10% 

280 mW +20% –10% 

12 mA 

EGR EG 7 

8147120000 

EGR EG 7 

8147140000 

RST EG 7 

115Vac/dc 

115 Vac/dc + 15 % –10 % 

330 mW +15% –10% 

160 mA 

EGR EG7 

8092430000 

EGR EG7 

8092440000 

RST EG 7 

8216610000 

RS EG 7 

8193830000 

230 Vac 

230 Vac +15% –10% 

280 mW +15% –10% 

185 mA 

EGR EG 7 

8178200000 

RST EG 7 

Relay coupler 

K 

Order no. 

8216620000 

8216560000 

8216630000 

1 clip-in baseType 

RS EG 7 

RS EG 7 

RS EG 7 

Order no.. 

8193830000 

8193830000 

8193830000 



K.47

Optocoupler – Overview 

Optocoupler 

K 

Owing to the increasing degree of automation, the separation of 

potential between control circuits (control side / field side) is 

becoming increasingly significant. The connection between the 

controller, which is the key component of every automated system, 

and the various sensors and actuators must be electrically 

safe and free of any feedback. Optocouplers are finding increasing 

use here. They provide the necessary degree of safety and 

feature other technical properties such as: 

• Low power consumption on the controller side 

• High switching frequency 

• No contact bounce 

• Wear-free switching 

• Vibration resistance 

• Use independent of positioning 

• No need for mechanical parts 

• Long service life 

• High insulation voltage 

Accordingly, optocouplers are a good alternative to the traditional, 

mechanical relay interfaces. Modules with different input 

voltages and enclosure technologies are available for industrial 

use. 

CE marking 

Weidmüller’s optocouplers carry the CE mark and comply with 

the requirements laid down by EN 50 081 part 1 and 

EN 50 082 part 2. They can be used in a wide range of applications 

and industries. 

Suitable ESD measures must be taken during installation. 

Overvoltage protection must be provided for long leads as protection 



K.48


Our highlight 

MICROSERIES 


Coupler modules in terminal format 

The slot-in width of 6.1 mm allows space-saving installation of the MICROSERIES 

relays in industrial automation applications. The MICROSERIES is particularly suitable 

for the modification and extension of equipment and machinery, where it helps to 

make optimum use of the limited space available in switchgear cabinets. 

Marking 

The tab surfaces enable equipment to be clearly 

marked using a WS marker. 

Relay and optocoupler module 

Plug-in relay and optocoupler modules allow 

individual adjustment to function of the base 

module. Relay and optocouplers, are available 

with different power outputs, with either AgSnO 

and gold contacts. 


Most of our relay couplers are available with 

screw or tension clamp connections. 

Holding and ejecting mechanism 

The innovative holding and ejecting mechanism 

clips the assembled module securely onto the 

base terminal. Using the reliable eject function, the 

coupler can be removed quickly and simply from 

the base. 

Pluggable cross-connectors 

The ZQV 4N plug-in cross-connectors are 

available in various colours and with different 

numbers of poles. They allow reliable and 

distinct cross-connections between the four 

input and output potentials. 

Optocoupler 

K 

K.49


Control side of the optocoupler interface 

Optocoupler 

K 

Basic structure of the optocoupler 

interface: 

The key component is the actual optoelectronic 

unit (optocoupler) which is 

responsible for the coupling. 

One important variable of this component 

is the current transfer rate (CTR). The CTR 

factor is stated as a percentage and 

describes the ratioship between dispensed 

input current IF and the maximum available 

output current IC. 

Example: IF = 10 mA; CTR = 100 % => 

IC = 10 mA. 

However, the CTR variable is influenced 

by various parameters such as ambient 

temperature, degree of efficiency of the 

luminescence diode or geometric dimensions 

within the component, and itself 

declines over time. This means that the 

switching thresholds change over time, 

partly as a result of ageing. 

In order to eliminate this effect as far as 

possible, Weidmüller optocouplers use 

almost exclusively optoelectronic semiconductors 

with high long-term stability in 

terms of CTR behaviour. 

The insulation strength of the component 

is also important, because the actual coupling 

of the input and output circuits results 

from optical transfer. This means that even 

in the event of a fault, the optical component 

will guarantee separation of both circuits. 

By using optoelectronic coupling elements 

in accordance with DIN VDE 0884, 

Weidmüller’s optocouplers represent the 

ultimate in safety. 

The circuitry within the module as a whole 

also deserves to be mentioned, with features 

including “protective separation” in 

accordance with DIN VDE 0106 part 101. 

Optocouplers for galvanic isolation or 

“protective separation” 

Die Teilentladungsprüfung, nach 

The partial discharge level test as per 

DIN VDE 0884 is the primary prerequisite 

for “protective separation” with optoelectronic 

coupler modules. Double or reinforced 

insulation for “protective separation” 

must be partially discharge-proof. 

High-voltage testing, a standard procedure 

for relays, is not possible with semiconductors 

because it may actually 

destroy them. In the case of coupler 

modules with integrated optocouplers, 

“protective separation” for the specified 

rated voltage is achieved when the following 

requirements are satisfied: 

– Testing of the optocouplers as per 

DIN VDE 0884 

– Adherence to creepage and clearance 

path on circuit boards and connection 

elements in accordance with EN 50 

178, DIN VDE 0106 and 0109. 

A distinction is made between three basic 

circuits on the input side of the optocoupler 

interfaces: 

– Pure DC input 

Here there is a reversed polarity protection 

diode which prevents damage 

to the module in the case of reversed 

input polarity 

– AC/DC input 

(with DC signal trigger) is the lower 

switching frequency of the module, 

because the charge capacitor (CL, 

necessary for AC input signals) 

reduces the maximum switching frequency 

– AC input 

Here again, the charging capacity has 

a major influence on the maximum 

switching frequency of the module as a 

whole. Weidmüller optocouplers with 

AC/DC or AC input signals are rated 

for mains frequencies of approx. 

40 – 60 Hz. In the case of AC input 

signals, the maximum switching frequency 

of the optocoupler module is 

less than half the mains frequency. A 

higher switching frequency is not possible, 

because this would result in constant 

switching in the rhythm of the 

mains frequency. 

Load side of the 

optocoupler interface 

Weidmüller optocoupler modules have 

been dimensioned and developed for use 

in a wide range of applications and industries. 

Possible demands made on the load side 

of the optocoupler modules include: 

– power amplification 

– AC/DC and DC/AC signal conditioning 

– short-circuit protection 

– interference immunity 

To meet these requirements, the modules 

are assembled with additional electronic 

elements which then define the overall 

functioning of the optocoupler module. 

Accordingly, there are always two versions 

for the load side of the optocoupler: 

output as a 2-pole or 3-pole circuit. 


Here it is not possible to reverse the 

polarity of the DC input signal. The disadvantage 

of the AC/DC input circuit 

K.50


Optocoupler 


2-pole DC output 

The 2-pole DC output can be compared 

with a conventional switch. In this version 

it does not matter where the load is located 

(in the output circuit), although the 

necessary output supply voltage must be 

available with the right polarity. 

Optocoupler modules are usually indicated 

with an output supply voltage range 

of, for example, 5 … 48 Vdc. The voltage 

should on no account ever be lower or 

higher than these values. The load current 

should not be higher than the stated maximum 

output current. If current constantly 

exceeds this value, the output stage will 

be destroyed. 

Derating diagrams show the relationship 

of output current to ambient temperature 

(indicated for the products on the following 

pages). 

2-pole AC output 

A special semiconductor module (TRIAC) 

is used for switching AC voltage in the 

output stage of the optocoupler. Here, as 

with the DC output, consideration must 

also be given to the key data such as 

voltage, frequency, maximum load current 

and ambient temperature. 

Use of the zero voltage switch ensures 

that the load is only switched on at the 

zero crossover of the voltage. The modules 

are always equipped with suitable 

protection elements (varistor, RC combination) 

as protection from non-permissible 

voltage peaks. 

3-pole DC output 

In order to function reliably, this kind of 

output level required potential-related output 

supply voltage with a single output. It 

is rated for either positive switching (joint 

reference potential: GND or 0V) or negative 

switching (joint reference potential: 

positive voltage pole). 

Standards 

The following standards are complied 

with: 

– EN 50 178: 

Electronic equipment for use in high 

current installations 

– DIN VDE 01206 part 101: 

Protection from dangerous body currents, 

basic requirements for “protective 

separation” in electrical equipment 

– DIN VDE 0884: 

Optoelectronic couplers for “protective 

separation” 

– DIN VDE 0109: 

Insulation coordination for equipment 

within low-voltage systems, including 

creepage and clearance distances for 

configured printed circuit boards 

Protection circuits 

All optocoupler modules have a protection 

circuit in the output (usually with a 

freewheel diode). 

The load side must be protected to prevent 

interference signals from coupling 

into other lines. 

Optocoupler 

K 

K.51



Optocoupler 

K 

PLUGSERIES 

The modular component system represents 

a new generation of plug-in optocouplers. 

The key element is a PXS 

(screw clamp) or PXZ (tension clamp) 

innovative relay base. Both products 

reflect the functionality of relays or optos 

and Weidmuller’s experience in their commercial 

use. PLUGSERIES is the ideal 

connection system between the Solid 

State Relay (SSR) and the application. 

Modular principle 

The new PLUGSERIES is extremely easy 

to handle. Commercially available SSRs 

are simply plugged in, retaining clips provide 

a firm hold, and LED displays with a 

recovery diode can be plugged in. 

• SSRs simply plugged in: suitable for 

standard and TD designs 

• Independent connection technology: 

screw or tension clamp technology, 

nominal cross-sectional area 

0.5 … 2.5 mm 2 

• Robust design of the retaining/dismantling 

hook 

• Control voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 

• Rated switching voltage 24 Vdc, 

24 Vac/Vdc, 230 Vac 

• Up to 5 A continuous current 

• Minimum wiring workload thanks to 

ZQV 2.5N plug-in cross-connectors 

• Modular system allows easy handling: 

– Relay base, LED display, retaining 

hook and SSR 

– Clips on to the TS 35 

– Marking with WS tabs on retaining 

hook 

• Plug-in LED with recovery diode. 

MICROSERIES 

Relay and optocoupler versions in the 

MICROSERIES are used in industrial 

automation applications for separating 

and coupling digital input and output signals. 

The space saving design makes 

them perfectly suited for use in sub-distributors 

or switchgear cabinets. With its 

compact shape, MICROSERIES combines 

the functions of the classical coupling 

level with the terminal level. 

• Slot-in width 6.1 mm 

• Pluggable cross-connection for four 

input and output potentials 

• Tried and tested ZQV 4N cross-connector 

system 

• Wide range of input voltage from 

5 .. 230 V 

• LED power light, reverse polarity protection 

diode, freewheel diode 

• WEMID enclosure material (flammability 

V0 as per UL 94) 

• Innovative holding and eject mechanism 

• Marking surface to take standard 

WS 12/6 marking 

CE marking 

Weidmüller’s relay couplers carry the CE 

mark and comply with the requirements 

laid down by EN 50 081 part 1 and 

EN 50 082 part 2. They can be used in 

both industrial-scale and smaller-scale 

applications. 

Suitable ESD measures must be taken 

during installation. Overvoltage protection 

must be provided for long leads as protection 


WAVESERIES 

Innovative electronic components require 

a housing or enclosure which reflects their 

specific functions. It must allow adjusting 

and control functions and support technical 

requirements, such as heat dissipation 

or electromagnetic compatibility. A compact 

design saves space in the 

switchgear cabinet and reduces assembly 

costs. Ergonomic design is increasingly 

important for top-quality relay coupler 

interfaces. 

The WAVESERIES fulfils all these criteria, 

with outstanding features including: 


• Printed circuit board 

• Pluggable PCB 

• ZQV 2.5V pluggable cross-connection 

• Hinged transparent cover 

• Marking with WS tabs 

• Clips onto TS 35 

Connection systems 

The user can choose between BLZ screw plug-in 

connectors and BLZF tension clamp plug-in systems, 

up to 2.5 mm 2 and finely stranded, for the 

greatest possible flexibility when wiring up the circuits. 

Printed circuit board 

If the lateral locking hook is squeezed on the head 

end, it can be pulled out of the enclosure together 

with the connection level and the circuit board. 

The circuit board can only be pulled out without 

current voltage. 

Cross-connection 

The ZQV 2.5 N/2 cross-connectors can be used 

to connect rows of Waveseries enclosures. The 

cross-connection can take up to 8 A of current. It 

can be used for bridging the supply voltage from 

one electronic module to another. The voltage at 

the cross-connection must not exceed 50 V. 

Ventilation slits 

Diagonal ventilation slits ventilate the lower parts 

of the enclosures and keep temperatures moderate. 


K.52




DK SERIES 

All components in the DKO mini-coupler 

are of an extremely slim design: use of 

advanced surface-mounted parts (SMD) 

allows the width to be kept to just 6 mm. 

The range includes 4 or 5 screw connections 

for conductor cross-section of 

0.5 … 4 mm 2 . The mini couplers offer a 

wide range of applications for coupling 

digital sensor/actuators or signals with 

automation devices and the process field. 

DKO optocouplers can be used to pick 

up and standardise signals from the field 

with different voltages. 

MCZ SERIES 

The MCZ enclosure is only 6 mm wide 

and one of the narrowest of its kind. Its 

outstanding technical features include: 

• Tension clamp connection to reduce 

assembly costs 

• Integrated input/output cross-connection 

to reduce wiring workload 

MCZO mini-conditioners (optocouplers) 

have 4 or 5 tension spring connections. 

The cross-sectionof the clamping conductor 

is 0.5 … 1.5 mm 2 . 

EG SERIES 

The EG7 integral housing has a special 

status because it is suited only for the 

installation of 10 mm compact optocouplers. 

EG7 optocouplers can be mounted 

on either the TS 32 or TS 35. An RS EG7 

snap-in base is also available for the OST 

plug-in optocouplers. 

The closed EG 7 enclosures are equipped 

with tension clamp unit for screw connection. 

Conductors with the following cross-sections 

can be connected: 

• Integral housing EG 7: 0.5 … 1.5 mm 2 

• OST clip-in base: 0.5 … 2.5 mm 2 

Optocoupler 

K 

K.53

PLUGSERIES 

Output current 24 Vdc / 2.5A 

Optocoupler 

K 

* Free-wheeling 

diode for inductive 

loads 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 

Auxiliary voltage 


A1 

A2 

Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


21 

14 

Load 

* 

24VDC/24VDC 2.5A 

15 Vdc…30 Vdc 

approx. 10mA 

250 mW 

No 

LED green 

POS 24VDC/24VDC 2A 

8610840000 

POZ 24VDC/24VDC 2A 

8610920000 

Output 


0 V ... 30 Vdc 

Output current (max.) 

2.5 A 

Voltage drop at max. load 

< 0.4 V 

Block-state curr. (closed circuit curr.) 

< 1 mA 

Switch-on delay/Switch-off delay 

2ms/18ms 

Short-circuit proof/Protective circuit 

No/integrated freewheel diode 

General data 

Ambient temp., fitted w/o distance -40 °C…+50 °C 



Approvals 

cUL, UL recognized 



Rated voltage 

300V 

Rated impulse voltage 

2.5kV 


8mm 


III 





Information 


Type 

SSR 24V ACDC/24 VDC 2A 

Order No. 

8576340000 

Information 

K.54 



PLUGSERIES 

Output current 24 Vdc / 5A 


* Free-wheeling 

diode for inductive 

loads 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



A1 

A2 

Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


21 

14 

Load 

* 

24VDC/24VDC 5A 


approx. 10mA 

250 mW 

No 

LED green 

POS 24VDC/24VDC 5A 

8610900000 

POZ 24VDC/24VDC 5A 

8610970000 

Output 


0 V ... 30 Vdc 


5 A 


< 0.3 V 


< 1 mA 


2ms/18ms 



General data 




Approvals 




Rated voltage 

300V 


2.5kV 


8mm 


III 





Information 

Optocoupler 

K 

Type 

SSR 24V ACDC/24 VDC 5A 

Order No. 

8576350000 

Information 



PLUGSERIES 

Output current 24 Vuc / 1A 

Optocoupler 

K 

A1 

A2 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



max. 30 VAC/DC 

STN 

L1 

Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


21 

Load 

14 

N 

24VDC/24VUC 1A 


approx. 10mA 

250 mW 

No 

LED green 

POS 24VDC/24VUC 1A 

8610890000 

POZ 24VDC/24VUC 1A 

8610960000 

Output 


0 V ... 30 Vuc 


1 A 


< 0.9 V 


< 1 mA 


5ms/12ms 



General data 




Approvals 




Rated voltage 

300V 


4.0kV 


8mm 


III 





Information 


Type 

Order No. 

SSR 24V ACDC/24VACDC 

8576380000 

Information 

K.56 



PLUGSERIES 

Output current 230 Vac / 2A 


Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



A1 

A2 

Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


L1 

21 

14 

12-275 VAC 

Load 

N 

24VDC/230VAC 2A 


approx. 10mA 

250 mW 

No 

LED green 

POS 24VDC/230VAC 2A 

8610860000 

POZ 24VDC/230VAC 2A 

8610930000 

Output 


12 V ... 275 Vac 


2 A 


< 1 V 


< 1 mA 


12ms/20ms 


No/RC-element 

General data 




Approvals 




Rated voltage 

300V 


4.0kV 


8mm 


III 





Information 

Optocoupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

SSR 24V ACDC/230VAC 2A 

8576370000 

Information 



PLUGSERIES 

Output current 230 Vac / 4A 

Optocoupler 

K 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



A1 

A2 

Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


L1 

21 

14 

12-275 VAC 

Load 

N 

24VDC/230VAC 4A 


approx. 10mA 

250 mW 

No 

LED green 

POS 24VDC/230VAC 4A 

8610910000 

POZ 24VDC/230VAC 4A 

8610980000 

Output 


12 V ... 275 Vac 


3 A (4 A at 20°C) 


< 1.1 V 


< 1 mA 


12ms/20ms 


No/RC-element 

General data 




Approvals 




Rated voltage 

300V 


4.0kV 


8mm 


III 





Information 


Type 

Order No. 

SSR 24V ACDC/230VAC 4A 

8576360000 

Information 

K.58 



PLUGSERIES 

Accessories 

Schrack RP3SL 

Relay for high switch-on current 



Empty base 

Rated current 

Rated voltage 

Voltage strength coil / contacts 

Protection 

Rated cross-sectional area 



Flammability class as per UL 94 

Order data 

Empty base for assembly on the TS 35 mounting rail 


Tension clamp 


LED display with freewheeling diode 

6 ... 24 Vdc 

LED red, 6 ... 24 Vdc 

48 ... 60 Vdc 

115 Vdc 

12 ... 24 Vac 

115 Vac 

230 Vac 

LED red, 230 Vac 

RC combination 120...230 VAC/DC 

Pluggable cross-connections 

2-pole 

87 (PXZ35) 

87 

95 (PXS35) Cross-connection channel 

A1 / A2 


tension clamp 

black 

red 

blue 

16 A 

250 V 

> 4 kV 

IP 20 

2.5 mm 2 

8 mm 

10 mm 

–40°C ... +60°C 

V-0 

92 

Marking field 



PXS35 10 8533771001 

PXZ35 10 8536691001 

PRC 100 8536700000 

PLED 24 Vdc 20 8536710000 

PLED 24 Vdc rot 20 8611010000 

PLED 48 Vdc 20 8536720000 

PLED 115 Vdc 20 8536730000 

PLED 24 Vac 20 8536750000 

PLED 120 Vac 20 8536760000 

PLED 230 Vac 20 8536780000 

PLED 230 Vac rot 20 8611000000 

PLRC 200 nF/200Ω 20 8566530000 

ZQV 2.5N/4-2SW 60 1784270000 

ZQV 2.5N/4-2RT 60 1784280000 

ZQV 2.5N/4-2BL 60 1784290000 

Cross-connection channel 

11 / 21 

Tension clamp 

connection 

A2 

15.3 

15,3 

22 12 22 

(NC) 

21 11 21 

(COM) 

24 14 24 

(NO) 

DC version 

A1 

A2 

AC version 

A1 

A1 

(COIL) 

14 

14 

Screw 

connection 

A2 

Operating control display 

* 

11 

12 

12 

24 

24 

15.3 

21 

22 

22 

12 

(NC) 

11 

(COM) 

14 

(NO) 

A1 

(COIL) 

free wheel 

* diode 

Optocoupler 

K 

Marking 

10 x 5 mm 

15 x 5 mm 

WS 10/5 200 1060860000 

WS 15/5 96 1609880000 

A2 

11 

21 



K.59

MICROSERIES 

Output current 24 Vdc / 

0.1A 

24VDC/24VDC 0.1A 

120VUC/24VDC 0.1A 

230VAC/24VDC 0.1A 

Optocoupler 

K 

Universal interface between control 

and sensor/actuator 

• Pluggable cross-connection ZQV 

4N 

• Solid-state relay interchangeable 


• Screw or tension clamp connection 

technology 



Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 

Max. input frequency 



Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 




24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

5.7mA 

140 mW 

No 

LED green 

3 V… 48 Vdc 

0.1 A 

< 1 V 

< 1 mA 

35µs/355µs 


-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE cRUus 

EN 50178 

300 

4.0 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


2.50 / 0.50 / 4 2.50 / 0.50 / 4 

93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 93.0 x 92.0 

CE, UL/UR 

Mounting on TS35 


MOS 24Vdc / 24Vdc 0.1A 8607340000 

MOZ 5Vdc / 24Vdc 0.1A 8633010000 

120 Vuc + 10 %/ -15 % 

3.4mA ac/2.8mA dc 

340 mW / 0.4 VA 

dc: 10 Hz /ac: 3 Hz 

No 

LED green 

3 V…48 Vdc 

0.1 A 

< 1 V 

< 1 mA 

< 6.5 ms/< 10 ms 


-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE cRUus 

EN 50178 

300 

4.0 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


2.50 / 0.50 / 4 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 

CE, UL/UR 



MOS 120Vuc / 24Vdc 0.1A 8607690000 

MOZ 120Vuc / 24Vdc 0.1A 8607730000 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

7.4mA 

1.7 VA 

3 Hz 

No 

LED green 

3 V…48 Vdc 

0.1 A 

< 1 V 

< 1 mA 

< 6.5 ms/< 10 ms 


-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE cRUus 

EN 50178 

300 

4.0 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


2.50 / 0.50 / 4 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 

CE, UL/UR 



MOS 230Vac / 24Vdc 0.1A 8607710000 

MOZ 230Vac / 24Vdc 0.1A 8607750000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Pluggable cross-connection 

ZQV 4N 


ZQV 4N 


ZQV 4N 

K.60 



MICROSERIES 

Output current 24 Vdc / 2A 

24VDC/24VDC 2A 

120VUC/24VDC 2A 

230VAC/24VDC 2A 

Universal interface between control 

and sensor/actuator 


• Pluggable cross-connection ZQV 

4N 

• Solid-state relay interchangeable 



technology 



Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

5.7mA 

140 mW 

300 Hz 

No 

LED green 

3 V…33 Vdc 

2 A 

< 120 mV 

approx. 10 µA 

< 55 us/< 1.2 ms 


-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE cRUus 

EN 50178 

300 

4.0 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


2.50 / 0.50 / 4 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 

CE, UL/UR 



MOS 24Vdc / 24Vdc 2A 8607350000 

120 Vuc + 10 %/ -15 % 


340 mW / 0.4 VA 

dc: 10 Hz /ac: 3 Hz 

No 

LED green 

3 V…33 Vdc 

2 A 

< 120 mV 


< 6.5 ms/< 10 ms 


-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE cRUus 

EN 50178 

300 

4.0 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


2.50 / 0.50 / 4 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 

CE, UL/UR 



MOS 120Vuc / 24Vdc 2A 8607700000 

230 Vac +/- 10 % 

7.4mA 

1.7 VA 

3 Hz 

No 

LED green 

3 V…33 Vdc 

2 A 

< 120 mV 


< 6.5 ms/< 10 ms 


-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE cRUus 

EN 50178 

300 

4.0 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


2.50 / 0.50 / 4 1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 93.0 x 6.1 x 92.0 

CE, UL/UR 



MOS 230Vac / 24Vdc 2A 8607720000 

Optocoupler 

K 


MOZ 24Vdc / 24Vdc 2A 8607370000 

MOZ 120Vuc / 24Vdc 2A 8607740000 

MOZ 230Vac / 24Vdc 2A 8607760000 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 


ZQV 4N 


ZQV 4N 


ZQV 4N 



MICROSERIES 

Plug-in solid state relay 

SSS Relay 

SSS Relay 

Switching current 100 mA 

Switching current 2 A 

Optocoupler 

K 


Input 

Nominal control voltage 

Control voltage min / max 

Control current at U IN = 24 V 

Release voltage 

Control circuit resistance 

Output 


Switching/continuous current at U A >5 Vdc 

Conducting-state voltage 

Insulation 

Test voltage between control circuit / switching circuit 

Other data 

Operation temperature range 

Storage temperature range 

Weight 

Approvals 

* Ambient temperature 20°C 


For other data see also http://em.tycoelectronics.com 

Order data 

Nominal control voltage 

24 Vdc 

60 Vdc 

Dimensional drawings 

Print picture 

24 Vdc 60 Vdc 

16 Vdc / 30 Vdc 52 Vdc / 72 Vdc 

7 mA ± 10 % 2.8 mA ± 10 % 

10 Vdc 40 Vdc 

ca. 4 kOhm 

Bipolar transistor 

3 ... 48 Vdc 

100 mAdc 

< 1 Vdc 

2.5 kV 

–20°C … +60°C 

–40°C … +70°C 

3.65 g 

{ 

Type 

A1 V 

A2 P 

ca. 20 kOhm 

V (11) 

A (14) 

Order no. 

SSS Relay 24 V / 24 V 0.1 Adc 4061180000 

SSS Relay 60 V / 24 V 0.1 Adc 4061230000 

24 Vdc 60 Vdc 

18 Vdc / 30 Vdc 35 Vdc / 72 Vdc 

7 mA ± 10 % 3.0 mA ± 10 % 

10 Vdc 20 Vdc 

ca. 3.2 kOhm 

ca. 16 kOhm 

MOS-FET 

3 ... 33 Vdc 

2 Adc 

< 120 mVdc 

2.5 kV 

–20°C … +60°C 

–40°C … +70°C 

3.65 g 

{ 

Type 

A1 V 

A2 P 

V (11) 

A (14) 

Order no. 

SSS Relay 24 V / 24 V 2 Adc 4061190000 

SSS Relay 60 V / 24 V 2 Adc 4061200000 


K.62 



MICROSERIES 

Accessories 

General data – MICROSERIES 



Type No. of poles Qty Order no. 

Yellow 

ZQV 4N / 2 GE 2 60 1758250000 

ZQV 4N / 3 GE 3 60 1762630000 

ZQV 4N / 4 GE 4 60 1762620000 

ZQV 4N / 10 GE 10 20 1758260000 

ZQV 4N / 41 GE 41 10 1758270000 

Red 

ZQV 4N / 2 RT 2 60 1793950000 

ZQV 4N / 3 RT 3 60 1793980000 

ZQV 4N / 4 RT 4 60 1794010000 

ZQV 4N / 10 RT 10 20 1794040000 

ZQV 4N / 41 RT 41 10 1794070000 

Blue 

ZQV 4N / 2 BL 2 60 1793960000 

ZQV 4N / 3 BL 3 60 1793990000 

ZQV 4N / 4 BL 4 60 1794020000 

ZQV 4N / 10 BL 10 20 1794050000 

ZQV 4N / 41 BL 41 10 1794080000 

Black 

ZQV 4N / 2 SW 2 60 1793970000 

ZQV 4N / 3 SW 3 60 1794000000 

ZQV 4N / 4 SW 4 60 1794030000 

ZQV 4N / 10 SW 10 20 1794060000 

ZQV 4N / 41 SW 41 10 1794090000 

Other accessories 


Marker 

WS 12/6 12 x 6 mm 200 1061160000 

Labels, laser mark 

LM MT 300 15/6 ge 484 labels/Bogen 10 1686360000 

Screwdriver 

SD 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 10 9008330000 


Tension clamp Screw 

Clamping conductor connection connection 

Solid H07V-U mm 2 0.5 … 2.5 0.5 … 4.0 

Flexible H07V-K mm 2 0.5 … 2.5 0.5 … 2.5 

“f” with wire end ferrule as per DIN 46 228 / 1 mm 2 0.5 … 1.5 0.5 … 1.5 

“f” with wire end ferrule with plastic collar mm 2 0.5 … 1.5 0.5 … 1.5 

Max. clamping range mm 2 0.13 … 2.5 0.13 … 4.0 

Plug gauge as per IEC 60 947-1 size A 2 A 3 

General technical data 

Rated torque - 0.6 

Constant current of the cross-connection 2-pole A 10 10 

Constant current of the cross-connection multi-pole A 10 10 

Stripping length mm 10 7 

Protection IP 20 IP 20 

Enclosure material Wemid Wemid 

Flammability class as per UL 94 V-0 V-0 

Rated current A 6 6 

Rated voltage V 250 250 




94 mm 

6.1 mm 

91 mm 

93 mm 

92 mm 

6.1 mm 

Optocoupler 

K 



K.63

WAVESERIES 

Output voltage 24 Vdc, negative switching, 

wide input range 

Optocoupler 

K 

IN 

1 

0V 

2 

0V 

3 

5Vdc 

cc 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


V cc 

24Vdc 

7 

cc 

R L 

OUT 

8 

< 2A 

GND 

9 

5VDC 

4.0 Vdc…5 Vdc…6.0 Vdc 

7.5…19mA 

30 ...114 mW 

No 

LED green in input 

WOS1 5VDC 

8275430000 

Output 


18 Vdc…24 Vdc…30 Vdc 


2A, negative switching 




1 ms/6 ms 


No/varistor 

General data 




Approvals 

UL/CSA 



Rated voltage 

300V 


6.0kV 


=> 5.5 mm 


III 





Information 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.64 



WAVESERIES 

Output voltage 5-48 Vdc 


IN 

1 

0V 

2 

0V 

3 

3,5V...15Vdc 

cc 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


f = 5kHz 

cc 

5...48Vdc+ 

7 

< 100mA 

3.5-15VDC 5KHZ 

3.5 Vdc…15 Vdc 

10…25mA 

32 … 375 mW 

No 


WOS1 3.5-15VDC 5KHZ 

8275390000 

- 

8 

9 

Output 




100 mA 




8 ms/35 ms 


No/varistor, integral freewheeling diode 

General data 




Approvals 

UL/CSA 



Rated voltage 

300V 


6.0kV 


=> 5.5 mm 


III 





Information 

Optocoupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 



[ 

[ 

WAVESERIES 

Output voltage 24 Vdc, 0.5 A, 

short-circuit proof 

Optocoupler 

K 

1 

2 

A 


IN 

0V 

0V 

3 

0,6 

0,5 

0,4 

0,3 

0,2 

0,1 


0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 


cc 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


mounted 

cc 

clearance 

> 10mm 

24Vdc 

Vcc 

< 0,5 A OUT 

GND 

12VUC/24VDC 0.5A 


15mA ac/12mA dc 

0.18 VA / 0.14 W 

No 

LED green in output 

WOS1 12VUC 

8275500000 

7 

8 

9 

Output 




500 mA 




approx. 10 ms/approx. 20 ms 


Yes/ max. 96 h/varistor, polarity reversal protection 

General data 




Approvals 

UL/CSA 



Rated voltage 

300V 


6.0kV 


=> 5.5 mm 


III 





Information 

15-60VDC 1KHZ 115VUC/24VDC 0.5A 230VUC/24VDC 0.5A 


1.4…4.1mA 

21 ... 246 mW 

No 


WOS1 15-60VDC 1KHZ 

8237730000 

115 Vuc, max. 130 Vuc 


0.16 VA / 0.23 W 

No 


WOS1 115VUC 

8235180000 



2.6 VA / 0.4 W 

No 


WOS1 230VUC 

8275380000 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.66 



[ 

[ 

WAVESERIES 

Output voltage 24 Vdc, 5 A, 

short-circuit proof 


A 


IN 

1 

0V 

2 

0V 

3 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 


0 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 


cc 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 



cc Vcc 

24Vdc 

7 

< 5 A 

8 

GND 

9 

24VUC/24VDC 5A 

24 Vuc +/- 10 % 


0.39 VA / 0.32 W 

No 


WOS2 24VUC 

8275190000 

Output 


19.2 Vdc…24 Vdc…28.8 Vdc 


5 A 




approx. 8 ms/25 ms 


Yes/ max. 96 h/varistor, polarity reversal protection 

General data 




Approvals 

UL/CSA 



Rated voltage 

300V 


6.0kV 


=> 5.5 mm 


III 





Information 

115VUC/24VDC 5A 230VUC/24VDC 5A 




12mA ac/1.8mA dc 

0.35 VA / 0.32 W 

2.7 VA / 0.4W 

No 

No 



WOS2 115VUC 

WOS2 230VUC 

8296250000 

8275220000 

Optocoupler 

K 

Type 

Order No. 

Information 



[ 

[ 

WAVESERIES 

Output voltage 230 Vac, 3.5 A 

Optocoupler 

K 

IN 

1 

2 

A 


0V 

3 

3,5 

3 

2,5 

2 

1,5 

1 

0,5 


0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 


Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


zero switching 


< 3,5 A 

24V...250Vac 

15-60VUC/24VDC 5A 

15 Vuc…60 Vac/ 66 Vdc 

3.3…5.3mA ac/3.8…5.6mA dc 

0.31 VA / 0.33 W 

No 


WOS2 15-60VAC 66VDC 

8275440000 

7 

8 

9 

Output 


24 Vac…250 Vac 


3.5 A 




max. 20 ms/max. 20 ms 


No/RC-combination with resistor 

General data 




Approvals 

UL/CSA 



Rated voltage 

300V 


6.0kV 


=> 5.5 mm 


III 





Information 

115VUC/230VAC 3.5A 230VUC/230VAC 3.5A 





0.44 VA / 0.82 W 

2.7 VA / 0.75W 

No 

No 



WOS2 115VUC 

WOS2 230VUC 

8259950000 

8275400000 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.68 



WAVESERIES 

Output volt. 24 Vdc, 0.5 A, 

short-circuit proof, 4 channels 


Kontaktstrom [A] 

1 

2 

3 

4 

6 


0,6 

0,5 

0,4 

0,3 

0,2 

0,1 

0 

4x24Vuc 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 

IN1 

IN2 

IN3 

IN4 

cc 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




1 4 

3 2 

Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 



cc 

24Vdc 

Vcc OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

GND 

ERR 

4x0,5 A OUT SCP 

10 

7 

8 

9 

12 

11 

24VUC/24VDC 0.5A 

18 Vuc…30 Vuc 


0.4 VA / 0.3 W 

No 


WOS2 24VUC 4C 

8237720000 

Output 




0.5 A per channel 




[ 

[ 

WAVESERIES 

For high switching frequency up to 100kHz 

Optocoupler 

K 

A 


1 

2 

3 

0,06 

0,05 

0,04 

0,03 

0,02 

0,01 


0 

0 20 40 60 80 100 


+5V 

TTL 

0V 

cc 

IN 10V...28Vdc 

1 

2 

0V 

0V 

3 

cc 

Ordering data 

Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 



Ordering data 



Order No. 


Order No. 

Ordering data 


WOS 1 5 VTTL 50 kHz 

f=50kHz 

WOS 1 12-28 VDC 100 kHz 

f = 100kHz 

Abstand > 10mm 

cc 

< 

Vcc 

7 

OUT 

8 

GND 

9 

cc Vcc 

24Vdc 

7 

< 0,5 A 

8 

GND 

9 

5VTTL 50KHZ 

5 V TTL 

13mA 

65 mW 

5 V 


WOS1 5VTTL 50KHZ 

8275210000 

Output 


21.6 Vdc…24 Vdc…26.4 Vdc 


50 mA 



Switch-on delay/Switch-off delay 1 µs/7 µs 


No/varistor, polarity reversal protection 

General data 




Approvals 

UL/CSA 



Rated voltage 

300V 


6.0kV 


=> 5.5 mm 


III 





Information 

12-28VDC 100KHZ 


8mA 

190 mW 

No 


WOS1 12-28VDC 100KHZ 

8275450000 


Type 

Order No. 

Information 

K.70 




Optocoupler 

K 

K.71

MCZ-SERIES 

MiniConditioner MCZ O 

24 VUC 

24VUC/24V 2A 

Universal interface between control and 

sensor/actuator 

Optocoupler 

K 

Direct switching of load currents upto 2Adc 

MCZ O with following features: 


• Pluggable cross-connection 

• Width 6mm 


Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



5 

+ 

24 Vuc +/- 20 % 


230mW / 280mVA 

dc: 10 Hz/ac: 5 Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

20 mA 

< = 1 V 

4 

dc 20 ms/ ac 10 ms//ac 45ms/dc 40ms 


-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE, UL, CSA 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 

3 

Output 

48 V = / 20 mA 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91.0 x 6.0 x 64.0 

CE, UL, CSA 


Input 

2 

0 V 

1 

24 V 


MCZ O 24VUC 10 8365940000 

5 

OUT 

24 Vuc +/- 20 % 


195mW / 220mVA 

dc: 30 Hz/ac: 10 Hz 

No 

LED green 

24 Vdc +- 20% 

2 A 

/ 

No/varistor 

4 

VCC 

+24 V 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE, UL, CSA 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 

OUTPUT 

2 A 

Mode 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91.0 x 6.0 x 64.0 

CE, UL, CSA 


GND 

3 

0 V 

2 

Input 

green load current 500 mA 

yellow open load 

red short circult 

1 

24V 


MCZ O 24VUC 10 8287730000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP MCZ1.5 8389030000 

End plate 

AP MCZ 8389030000 

K.72 



MCZ-SERIES 


120VUC 

230VAC 

Universal interface between control and 

sensor/actuator 


MCZ O with following features: 



• Width 6mm 


Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



4 

120 Vuc +5/-15 % 

3mA 

+ 

350mW / 400mVA 

Ac: 5 Hz duty factor 1:2, dc: 20 Hz duty factor 1:2 

No 

LED green 

5…48 Vdc 

50 mA 

< 1.6 V 

0.16 mA 

MCZ-SERIES 


24VDC/5VTTL 

5VTTL/5…48 VDC 

Module can be used as an universal interface: 

Optocoupler 

K 

• Between control and actuator, to convert signals 

from 24 Vdc to 5 VTTL 

• Between control and actuator, to convert signals 

from 5 VTTL to 5…48 Vdc 


Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



5 

24 Vdc +/- 16 % 

4.7mA 

112 mW 

VCC 

+5 V 

TTL 

100 kHz duty factor 1:2, 50 kHz duty factor 1:10 

No 

LED green 

4 

5 V TTL(4.75…5.25 V) 

8 mA, fan out = 20 LS-TTL 

1 µs (at 20 Vdc)/2.5 µs (at 28 Vdc) 

/diode 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE, UL, CSA 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 

OUTPUT 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91.0 x 6.0 x 64.0 

CE, UL, CSA 


3 

GND 

2 

INPUT 

0V 

1 

+24 V 


MCZ O 24VDC 10 8324610000 

5 

5 V TTL 

1µA 

10 mW 

2.4 kHz 

5 V 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

100 mA 

< =1.8 

/ 

/diode 

4 

+ 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE, UL, CSA 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 

3 

VCC 

+5 V 

OUTPUT 

5...48 V = / 100 mA 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 

91.0 x 6.0 x 64.0 

CE, UL, CSA 


INPUT 

2 

0 V 

1 

TTL 


MCZ O 5VTTL 10 8398940000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP MCZ 8389030000 

End plate 

AP MCZ 8389030000 

K.74 




Optocoupler 

K 

K.75

DK-SERIES 

Minicoupler DKO 

5VDC 

5VTTL 

12VDC 10 KHZ 

Optocoupler 

K 

• Coupling of digital sensor-/actuator 

signals between PLC and process 

• Low-cost solution for adaption of 

level and potential 

• Low input power 


• 6 mm width 



Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



4 

Output 

3 

+ 

5...48 V = 

20 mA 

5 Vdc +/- 5 % 

10 mA 

50 mW 

20 Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48 Vdc 

20 mA 

< 1.6 V 

50 µA 

= 5.5 mm 

IV 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 


DKO DK5 5VTTL 8228650000 

5 

Out 

3 

4 

R L 

+ 24V 

50 mA 

12 Vdc +/- 20 % 

11 mA 

max. 130 mW 

max. 10 kHz 

No 

LED green 

24 Vdc +/- 10% 

50 mA 

< 1 V 

< =50 µA 

1 µs/2.5 µs 

No/diode 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

IV 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 12.0 x 57.0 

In 

1 

+ 

8...20 V= 

10 kHz 


DKO 35 12VDC 10KHZ 8184030000 

2 


Information 

Input bottom 

Input bottom 

Input bottom 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

End plate 

AP DK5 8268870000 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

K.76 



DK-SERIES 


24VUC 

24VDC 3KHZ 

24VDC 3KHZ 











Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



4 

Out 

3 

+ 

48 V 

20 mA 

24 Vuc +/- 10 % 

11.4 mA ac / 9.6 mA dc 

280 mVA / 230 mW 

10 Hz at dc 

No 

LED green 

5…48 Vdc 

20 mA 

< = 1 V 

< =50 µA 

DK-SERIES 


24VDC 3KHZ 

24VDC 100Hz 

24VDC 100Hz 

Optocoupler 

K 










Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



4 

Output 

3 

+ 

48 V= 

20 mA 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

8.5 mA 

max. 204 mW 

3 kHz 

No 

LED green 

5…48 Vdc 

20 mA 

< = 900 mV 

50 µA 

approx. 50 µs/approx. 80 µs 

No/diode 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

4.0kV 

>= 4 mm 

III 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 57.0 

Input 

1 

24 V= 

2 

0 V 


DKO 35 24VDC 3KHZ E:U 8248790000 

Input 

V CC 

1 

3 

+ 24V 

+ 24V 

Output 

4 

RL 

5 

GND 

2 

6 

0V 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

12 mA 

max. 290 mW 

100 Hz 

No 

LED green 

24 Vdc +/- 10% 

2 A 

2 ms/7 ms 

No/varistor 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

4.0kV 

>= 3 mm 

III 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 12.0 x 57.0 


DKO 35 24VDC E:U 8181990000 

V CC 

Input 

3 

1 

+ 24V + 24V 

Output 

4 

R L 

5 

GND 

6 

2 

0V 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

12 mA 

max. 290 mW 

100 Hz 

No 

LED green 

24 Vdc +/- 10% 

2 A 

2 ms/7 ms 

No/diode 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

4.0kV 

>= 3 mm 

III 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 12.0 x 57.0 


DKO 35 24VDC E:O 8215600000 


Information 

Input bottom 

Input bottom 

Input top 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

K.78 



DK-SERIES 


24VDC 200Hz 

24VDC 200Hz 

24VDC 50KHZ 











Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



4 

Output 

3 

+ 

48 V= 

500 mA 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

6 mA 

145 mW 

200 Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48 Vdc 

500 mA 

< = 800 mV 


No/diode 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

4.0kV 

>= 4 mm 

III 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 57.0 

Input 

1 

24 V= 

2 

0 V 


DKO 35 24VDC E:U 8019590000 

Input 

1 

24 V= 

2 

0 V 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

6 mA 

max. 145 mW 

200Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48 Vdc 

500 mA 

< = 800 mV 

< =10µA 


No/diode 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

4.0kV 

>= 4 mm 

III 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 57.0 

Output 

3 

+ 

48 V= 

0,5 A 


DKO 35 24VDC E:O 8215630000 

4 

4 

5 

GND 

3 

Output 

TTL 

VC 

C 

+ 5V 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

4.7 mA 

max. 112 mW 

100kHz 

No 

LED green 

5 VTTL 

8 mA, fan out=20 LS-TTL 

1 µs/2.5 µs 

No/diode 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-25 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

4.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 

Input 

+ 24V 

0 V 


DKO DK5 24VDC 50KHZ 8228640000 

1 

2 

Optocoupler 

K 

Information 

Input bottom 

Input top 

Input top 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

End plate 

AP DK5 8268870000 



DK-SERIES 


24VUC 

115VUC 

230VUC 

Optocoupler 

K 










Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



5 

GND 

Output 

4 

VCC 

3 

+ 24V 

24 Vuc +/- 20 % 

13 mA ac / 12 mA dc 

max.: 220 mVA / 195 mW 

= 5.5 mm 

IV 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 

Input 

1 

+ 24V 

0 V 

2 


DKO DK5 24VUC 8228630000 

4 

Output 

3 

+ 

48 V = 

50mA 

115 Vuc +5 %/-15 % 

2.65 mA ac / 3 mA dc 

390 mVA / 350 mW 

20Hz dc, 5Hz ac 

No 

LED green 

5…48 Vdc 

50 mA 

< 1.6 V 

0.16 mA 

17.4 ms/27.4 ms 

No/diode 

-25 °C…+50°C 

-25 °C…+40 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

IV 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 57.0 

Input 

1 

115 V 

2 

0V 


DKO 35 115VUC 8077860000 

4 

Output 

3 

+ 

48 V = 

20mA 

230 Vuc +5 %/-15 % 

1.8 mA ac / 1.7 mA dc 

395 mVA / 370 mW 

20Hz dc, 5Hz ac 

No 

LED green 

5…48 Vdc 

20 mA 

< 1.6 V 

0.16 mA 

20 ms/20 ms 

No/diode 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 57.0 

Input 

1 

230V 

2 

0V 


DKO 35 230VUC 8008160000 


Information 

Input bottom 

Input bottom 

Input bottom 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP DK5 8268870000 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

K.80 




Optocoupler 

K 

K.81

EG-SERIES 

EG 7 

5VDC 

12VUC 

24VUC 

• Combination foot for TS15, TS32 

or TS35 

Optocoupler 

K 

• Optional pluggable on clip-in base 

RS EG7 


• Protective seperation according to 

VDE 0884 


Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 

Article description 


Pluggable 

5 Vdc +/- 20 % 

6.8 mA 

40 mW 

15Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

100 mA 

< =50 µA 

6ms/12ms 


-25 °C…+60 °C 

-25 °C…+60 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 

Complete module Pluggable 

1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

44.0 x 10.0 x 96.0 95.0 x 10.0 x 99.0 

Dimensions pluggable opto-coupler 

incl. locking socket RS EG7 


EGO EG7 5VDC K-FU 8092490000 

OST EG7 5VDC 8234560000 

12 Vuc +/- 20 % 


40 mW / 50 mVA 

15Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

100 mA 

< 1.5 V 

< =50 µA 

6ms/12ms 


-25 °C…+60 °C 

-25 °C…+60 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

44.0 x 10.0 x 96.0 95.0 x 10.0 x 99.0 




EGO EG7 12VUC K-FU 8092510000 

OST EG7 12VUC 8234570000 

24 Vuc +/- 20 % 

3.4 mA dc/2.8 mA ac 

70 mW / 90 mVA 

15Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

100 mA 

< 1.5 V 

< =50 µA 

5ms/15ms 


-25 °C…+60 °C 

-25 °C…+60 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

44.0 x 10.0 x 96.0 95.0 x 10.0 x 99.0 




EGO EG7 24VUC K-FU 8092530000 

OST EG7 24VUC 8234580000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Locking socket 

RS EG7 8193830000 


RS EG7 8193830000 


RS EG7 8193830000 

K.82 



EG-SERIES 

EG 7 

48VUC 

115VUC 

230VAC 

• Combination foot for TS15, TS32 

or TS35 


• Optional pluggable on clip-in base 

RS EG7 


• Protective seperation according to 

VDE 0884 


Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



48 Vuc +/- 20 % 


135 mW 155 mVA 

15Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

100 mA 

< 1.5 V 

< =50 µA 

5ms/15ms 


-25 °C…+60 °C 

-25 °C…+60 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

44.0 x 10.0 x 96.0 95.0 x 10.0 x 99.0 




EGO EG7 48VUC K-FU 8092550000 

115 Vuc +/- 20 % 

9mA ac/3.3mA dc 

0.4 W / 0.5 VA 

12Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

100 mA 

< 1.5 V 

< =50 µA 

9ms/25ms 


-25 °C…+60 °C 

-25 °C…+60 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

44.0 x 10.0 x 96.0 95.0 x 10.0 x 99.0 




EGO EG7 115VUC K-FU 8092570000 

230 Vac +6/-15 % 

14mA 

3.2 VA 

12Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

100 mA 

< 1.5 V 

< =50 µA 

15ms/15ms 


-25 °C…+60 °C 

-25 °C…+60 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

44.0 x 10.0 x 96.0 95.0 x 10.0 x 99.0 




EGO EG7 230VAC K-FU 8092590000 

Optocoupler 

K 

Pluggable 

OST EG7 48VUC 8234590000 

OST EG7 115VUC 8234600000 

OST EG7 230VAC 8234610000 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 


RS EG7 8193830000 


RS EG7 8193830000 


RS EG7 8193830000 



EG-SERIES 

For long control wires 

230VAC RC 

For long control wires 

Optocoupler 

K 

• RC-Input circuit to disable interfering 

signals 

• Safe switching behavior in case of 

interfering pulses on the control 

side 


Input 

Rated voltage 

Rated current 

Power rating 




Output 







General data 




Approvals 


Standards 

Rated voltage 





Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



Pluggable 

230 Vac +6/-15 % 

3.8mA 

870 mVA 

12Hz 

No 

LED green 

5…48Vdc 

100 mA 

< 1.5 V 

< =50 µA 

5ms/18ms 

No/varistor, integral freewheeling diode 

-25 °C…+60 °C 

-25 °C…+60 °C 

-40 °C…+60 °C 

CE 

EN 50178 

300V 

6.0kV 

>= 5.5 mm 

III 

2 


1.50 / 0.50 / 1.50 2.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

44.0 x 10.0 x 96.0 95.0 x 10.0 x 99.0 




EGO EG7 RC 230VAC 8387580000 

OST EG7 230VAC RC 8394990000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 


RS EG7 8193830000 

K.84 




Optocoupler 

K 

K.85

BT-SERIES 

Installation time relays 

Time relays 

K 

Electronic time relays in the BT product 

family offer ideal solutions for industrial 

use. 

The BT product family provides the 

following functions: 

• Pick-up delay (BTR) 

• Pulse emitter (BTTT) 

• Multi-function (BTM) 

• Multi-function (BTMF) 

• Star delta change-over 

Time ranges and power supply for the 

time relays 

Using the central knob, the functions of 

the modules are selected precisely over 

either 4 or 8 time ranges. 

Time ranges 

Display of time scale 

Time range 

0.1 s 0.1 to 1.2 s 

1 s 1 to 12 s 

0.1 min 0.1 to 1.2 min 

1 min 1 to 12 min 

0.1 h 0.1 to 1.2 h 

1 h 1 to 12 h 

10.h 10 to 120 h 

Output of the time relays 

In every module, a change-over contact 

(250 V, 8A) switches the load. The multifunction 

module (BTM) activates both 

change-over contacts immediately, or one 

change-over contact immediately and the 

second after a delay. 

The multi-voltage supply voltage range 

offers a wide bandwidth for industrial use 

(see table). 

Note: If the rotary knob for time adjustment is set on “0”, the output will be 

switched without delay. 

BTM-Z 

A1 

15 

15 

18 16 

B1 

18 16 A2 

A1 

(DIN notation) 

BTMF-Z/BTR-Z 

BTTT-Z 

A1 15 

15 

18 16 

18 16 A2 

(DIN notation) 

BTM-S 

15 

15 

18 16 

18 16 

A1 15 

15 

18 16 

18 16 

B1 

A2 

BTMF-S/BTR-S 

BTTT-S L 

A2 

L 

(see note 1) 

(see note 1) 


Note: 

1. Pole numbers are not necessary for DC voltage supply. 

2. The contact symbol of H3DS is marked with , as it provides serveral operating 

modes and differs from the delayed contacts of conventional time relays. 

K.86

BT-SERIES 


Choosing the time range 

The time range is chosen by turning the 

rotary switch for the ON-time scale and 

OFF-time scale. The time scales are 

visible in the display left of the rotary 

switch in the following order: 0,1 s, 1 h, 

0,1 h, 1 m, 1 s, 0,1 h, 0,1 m, 1 s. 

Note: The time scales “1 s” and “0,1 h” 

are named twice. Both adjustments 

represent the same time scale. 

Time scale display 

window and selector 

BTM-S/BTMF-S 

Output indicator (orange) 

(Lit while Timer output is ON.) 

Set time window 

Time scale display window and 

selector (select one from 1 s, 

0.1 s, 1 h, 0.1 h, 10 h, 1 h, 1 m, 

and 0.1 m) 

Operating mode display window 

and selector (select the mode from 

A, B, B2, C, D, E, G, and J for the 

H3DS-ML, from A, B2, E, and J for 

the H3DS-SL) 

BTTT-S 

ON-time display window 

ON-time scale display window 

and selector (select one from 

0.1 s, 1 s, 0.1 m, 1 m, 0.1 h, 

and 1 h) 

OFF-time display window 

Operating mode display 

window and selector 

(Front View) 

Time setting dial (set time) 

Lock for time setting dial 

Lock for time scale selector 

Lock for operating mode selector 

Power-ON indicator (green) 

(Lit while the power is ON.) 

Output ON/OFF indicator 

When the output is ON: Orange 

When the output is OFF: Green 

ON-time setting dial 

Lock for ON-time setting dial 

Lock for ON-time scale selector 

OFF-time setting dial 

Lock for OFF-time setting dial 

Locking/unlocking of selectors and 

time setting dial 

The rotary switches for the ON/OFF time 

adjustment and the option selector for 

the time scale can be locked with the 

locking key. 

This pen-styled special tool is seperately 

available. To lock either rotary switches 

or the option selector the locking key just 

needs to be put into the key hole on the 

lower right of the rotary switch/option 

selector is totally covered by the red 

cover. To unlock simply turn the key in 

the opposite direction. 

BTR-S 

Output indicator (orange) 

(Lit while Timer output is ON.) 


Time scale display window and 

selector (select one from 1 s, 

0.1 s, 1 h, 0.1 h, 10 h, 1 h, 1 m, 

and 0.1 m) 

BTDS-S 


Star-delta transfer time and 

star operation time scale 

display window and selector 

(Front View) 

Time setting dial (set time) 


Lock for time scale selector 

Power-ON indicator (green) 

(Lit while the power is ON.) 

Key hole 

Delta operation indicator (orange) 

Time setting dial (for setting 

star operation time) 


Lock for star-delta transfer time 

and star operation time scale 


The tension clamp offers the following 

connection capacities: 


• 2 x 1.5 mm 2 with wire end ferrule 

• 2 x 2.5 mm 2 without wire end ferrule 


• 2 x 1.5 mm 2 with wire end ferrule 

• 2 x 2.5 mm 2 without wire end ferrule 

Dimensions 

45 80 

Screw 

connection 

73 

68 

44 

Tension clamp 

connection 

17,5 17,5 

Time relays 

K 

OFF-time scale display window 

and selector (select one from 

0.1 s, 1 s, 0.1 m, 1 m, 0.1 h, 

and 1 h) 

Lock for OFF-time scale selector 

Star operation indicator 

(green) 

(Front View) 

(Front View) 

K.87

BT-SERIES 

Installation time relays 


Time relays 

K 

• LED status indicator Input: voltage present 

Output: output active 

• Approvals a 508 r 22.2 Nr. 14 

EN 61812-1 IEC 60664-1 

IEC 60947-5-1 EN 61812-1 

IEC 60664-1 IEC 60947-5-1 

EN 55011 EN 50082-2 

Type designation: 

B 

T 

R 

= Building 

= Timer 

= Response Delay 

TT = Two Times 

M 

= Multifunction, 8 ranges 

MF = Multifunction, 4 ranges 

DS = Delta, Star 

S 

Z 

= Screw 

= Tension 

Accessories 

Locking and adjusting key 

Input 

Contacts hard gold plated 

Rated voltage 

24 ... 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 24 ... 48 Vdc 

Voltage tolerance 

85 …100° of rated voltage 

Switch-off voltage 

Max. 2.4 Vac/Vdc 

Power consumption by type Vac 21...33 VA at 230 V 

Vdc 0.6...1.3 W at 24 V 

Reset time Min. 0.1 s (BTDS: 0.5 s) 

Insulation 

Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min., at 500 Vdc 

Insulation test voltage 

between input and output to enclosure 2000 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1 min 

between non-adjacent contacts 1000 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1 min 


IP30, terminal block IP20 

Output 

Contact/contact material 1 change-over switch (BTDS 2 NOC) / AgNi 90/10 

Switch output 5A at 250 Vac, resistive load (cos = 1) 

Service life mechanical min. 10 7 switching cycles (no load, 1'800/h) 

electrical min. 10 5 switching cycles (5A at 250 Vac, resistive load at 1'800/h) 

Time range 

0.10 s … 120 h 

Repetition accuracy ± 1 % 

Other data 

Flammability class as per UL 94 V-2 

Ambient temperature/storage temperature 

–10….+55°C / –25 … +65°C (without condensation) 

Clamping range (nominal/min/max) mm 2 

Length x width x height mm 80.0 x 17.5 x 73.0 

BT Lock Pen 1 865840000 


K.88 



BT-SERIES 

Multi-function relay with control input (BTM) 


Order data 

Connection technology Type Qty Order no. 

Screw connection BTM-S 1 8647700000 

Tension clamp BTM-Z 1 8647710000 

Functions 

Function A – pick-up delay 

The set time T begins to be subject to delay 

when the input signal (A1/B1) is applied. 

The output R (15/18) connects the load at the 

end of the set time. 

Function B – pulse emitter (starts at idle setting) 

After applying the input signal (A1/B1), output 

R (15/18) synchronously switches the load 

alternately between the idle and work settings 

within the set time T. With this function, the 

cycle starts at the idle setting. 

Function B2 – pulse emitter (starts at work setting) 


R (15/18) synchronously switches the load 

alternately between the idle and work settings 

within the set time T. With this function, the 

cycle starts at the work setting. 

Function C – wipe function 


R (15/18) connects the load for the set time T. A1/A2 

Output R switches the load off again at the 

end of time T. 

15 / 18 

After switching off the input signal (A1/B1), 

T 

T 

output R (15/18) connects the load again for 

the set time T. Output R (15/18) switches the 

load off again at the end of time T. 

Function D – release delayed 


R (15/18) connects the load. 

A1/A2 

The time delay T begins after the input signal 

(A1/B1) has been switched off. 

15 / 18 

At the end of time T, output R (15/18) switches 

the load off again. 

T 

Function E – switch on wiping 


R (15/18) connects the load immediately. 

At the end of the set delay time T, output 

R (15/18) switches the load off again. 

Function G – pick-up and release delayed 

After applying the input signal (A1/B1), time 

delay T begins. 

At the end of this time, output R (15/18) 

connects the load (pick-up delayed). 

After the input signal (A1/B1) has been 

switched off again, the output switches the load 

off again after the set time (release delayed). 

Function J – pick-up delay with pulse 

After applying the input signal (A1/B1), the time 

delay T begins. 

At the end of this time, the output R (15/18) 

connects the load for 1 second. 

A1/A2 

15 / 18 

T 

T 

Time relays 

K 



K.89

BT-SERIES 

Multi-function relay without control input (BTMF) 

Time relay (BTR) 

Time relays 

K 

Functions 


Screw connection BTMF-S 1 8647680000 

Tension clamp BTMF-Z 1 8647690000 

Order data 



when the power supply is applied. 

At the end of the set time, the output connects 

the load. 

Function B2 – pulse emitter (begins with work setting) 

After applying the supply voltage, output R 

synchronously switches the load alternately 

between the idle and work settings within the 

set time T. With this function, the cycle starts at 

the work setting. 

Function E – switch on wiping 

After applying the supply voltage, output R 

connects the load immediately. 

After the set delay time T, output R (15/18) 

switches the load off again. 

Function J – pick-up delay with pulse 

After applying the power supply, the time delay 

T begins. 

At the end of this time, the output R (15/18) 

connects the load for 1 second. 

Functions 


Screw connection BTR-S 1 8647720000 

Tension clamp BTR-Z 1 8647730000 

Order data 



when the power supply is applied. 

At the end of the set time, the output R 

connects the load. 


K.90 



BT-SERIES 

Time relay (BTTT) 

Time relay (BTDS) 


Functions 


Screw connection BTTT-S 1 8647740000 

Tension clamp BTTT-Z 1 8647750000 

Order data 

Function BTTT – pulse emitter 

After applying the supply voltage, the repeat 

cycle begins with two independently adjusted 

times. 

The standard setting is to begin with the idle 

setting. 

A bridge between connections A1 and B1 

allows the module to begin at the work setting. 

Functions 


Screw connection BTDS-S 1 8647660000 

Tension clamp BTDS-Z 1 8647670000 

Order data 

Star-delta change-over 

After applying the supply voltage, output 

R1 (17/18) connects immediately. At the end of 

time T1, output R1 (17/18) switches off and 

time T2 starts. 

At the end of time T2, output R2 (27/28) 

connects. 

After switching off the supply voltage, output 

R2 (27/28) switches off. 

Time relays 

K 



K.91

DK-SERIES 

Minicoupler DKZ 

24VDC 50MS 

24VDC 150MS 

24VUC 1S 

• Components to lengthen short 

pulses for the PLC 

Time relays 

K 

• Provides versions with fixed 

switch on/switch off delay 






Input 

Rated voltage 



Power rating 

Switch-on delay 

Switch-off delay 

Min. impulse duration 

Output 

Max. switching voltage DC 



Rated data 




Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



3 

+ 

48V 

20mA 

4 

Output 

- 

24 Vdc +/- 18 % 

6.7mA 

160mW 

50ms 

2.0 

48V 

20.0mA 

20Hz 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

4 kV 

III 

>=4mm 

4 kV 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 

Assembly on mounting rail TS 35 

t= 

50ms 

Input 

1 

+ 24V 

2 

OV 


DKZA 35 24VDC 50MS 8008180000 

3 

48V = 

20mA 

4 

Output 

- 

+ 

24 Vdc +/- 18 % 

6.7 mA 

160mW 

150ms 

2.5 

48V 

20.0mA 

20Hz 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

4 kV 

III 

2 

>=4mm 

4 kV 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 


t= 

150ms 

Input 

1 

+ 24V 

2 

OV 


DKZA 35 24VDC 150MS 8022110000 

3 

+ 

48V 

20mA 

4 

- 

Output 

24 Vuc +/- 10 % 

5.1 mA 

6.1 mA 

130mW / 150mVA 

1s 

max.0.7ms 

48V 

20.0mA 

0.90Hz 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

4 kV 

III 

2 

>=4mm 

4 kVeff 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

65.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 


t=1s 

Input 

1 

24V —~ 

2 

OV 


DKZ 35 24VUC 1S 8008190000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

End plate 

AP DK4 0687560000 

K.92 



DK-SERIES 


24VDC 10-100MS 

24VDC 0.1-1S 

24VDC 1-100S 











Input 

Rated voltage 


Power rating 

Switch-on delay 

Output 



Rated data 




Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



Vcc 

Vcc 

3 

1 

+ 24V 

+ 24V 

tv=10...100s 

5...48V 

100mA 

5 

– 

4 

+ 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

approx. 12mA 

OUT 

290mW 

10…100ms (adjustable) 

48V 

100.0mA 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

6 kV 

IV 

2 

>=5.5mm 

4 kV 

tv 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 

Assembly on mounting rail 

TS32/35 

t 

IN 

2 

OV 

t 


DKZ DK5 24VDC 10-100MS 8228680000 

Vcc 

Vcc 

3 

1 

+ 24V 

+ 24V 

tv=100ms...1s 

5...48V 

100mA 

5– 

4 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

approx. 12mA 

OUT 

290mW 

100ms…1s (adjustable) 

48V 

100.0mA 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

6 kV 

IV 

2 

>=5.5mm 

4 kV 

tv 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 


TS32/35 

t 

IN 

t 

2 

OV 


DKZ DK5 24VDC 0.1-1S 8243780000 

Vcc 

Vcc 

3 

1 

+ +24V 

tv=1...100s 

5...48V 4 

100mA + 

5 

– 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

approx. 12mA 

OUT 

tv 

290 mW 

1…100s (adjustable) 

48V 

100.0mA 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

6 kV 

IV 

2 

>=5.5mm 

4 kV 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 


TS32/35 

t 

IN 

t 

2 

OV 


DKZ DK5 24VDC 1-100S 8019650000 

Time relays 

K 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP DK5 8268870000 

End plate 

AP DK5 8268870000 

End plate 

AP DK5 8268870000 



DK-SERIES 


24VDC 10-100MS 

24VDC 0,1-1S 

24VDC 1-100S 



Time relays 

K 








Input 

Rated voltage 


Power rating 


Output 



Rated data 




Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



tv=10...100ms 

5...48V 

100mA 

5 

– 

4 

+ 

3 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

approx. 11mA 

Vcc 

OUT 

tv 

10…100ms (adjustable) 

48V 

100.0mA 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

6 kV 

IV 

2 

>=5.5mm 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 


TS32/35 

t 

IN 

Vcc 

1 

+ 24V 

2 

OV 

t 


DKZA DK5 24VDC 10-100MS 8228690000 

Vcc 

3 

+ 24V 

tv=100ms...1s 

5...48V 

100mA 

5 

– 

4 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

approx. 11mA 

OUT 

260mW 

100ms…1s (adjustable) 

48V 

100.0mA 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

6 kV 

IV 

2 

>=5.5mm 

4 kV 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 


TS32/35 

IN 

Input 

1 

+ 24V 

t 

2 

OV 


DKZA DK5 24VDC 0.1-1S 8243770000 

tv=1...100s 

5...48V 

100mA 

5 

– 

4 

3 

24 Vdc +/- 20 % 

approx. 11mA 

Vcc 

+ 24V 

OUT 

1…100s (adjustable) 

48V 

100.0mA 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

6 kV 

IV 

2 

>=5.5mm 

4 kV 


4 / 0.50 / 4 

77.0 x 6.0 x 62.0 


TS32/35 

IN 

Input 

1 

+ 24V 

t 

2 

OV 


DKZA DK5 24VDC 1-100S 8019630000 


Information 

Accessories 

Information 

End plate 

AP DK5 8268870000 

End plate 

AP DK5 8268870000 

K.94 



MCZ-SERIES 

Miniconditioner MCZ TO 

24VDC 50MS 

24VDC 150MS 




• Switch-off delay fixed adjusted 







Input 

Rated voltage 


Power rating 


Min. impulse duration 

Output 




Rated data 




Rated voltage 






Dimensions 



mm 

Information 

Ordering data 



4 3 

+ - 

Output 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

6.7mA +/-10% 

160mW 

50ms 

2.0ms 

48V 

20.0mA 

20Hz 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

6 kV 

III 

2 

>=5.5mm 

4 kV 


1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

91.0 x 6.0 x 63.2 

CE, UL, CSA 

Assembly on TS35 

t= 

50ms 

Input 

2 

OV 

1 

+ 24V 


MCZ TO 24VDC/50MS 8324590000 

4 3 

+ - 

Output 

24 Vdc +/- 10 % 

6.7mA +/-10% 

160mW 

150ms 

2.5ms 

48V 

20.0mA 

-25 °C…+50 °C 

-40 °C…+85 °C 

300 V 

6 kV 

III 

2 

>=5.5mm 

4 kV 


1.50 / 0.50 / 2.50 

91.0 x 6.0 x 63.2 

CE, UL, CSA 

Assembly on TS35 

t= 

50ms 

Input 

2 

OV 

1 

+ 24V 


MCZ TO 24VDC/150MS 8286410000 

Time relays 

K 

Information 

Accessories 

Information 

Endplate 

AP MCZ 8389030000 

End plate 

AP MCZ 8389030000 



Overview 


K 

Switch and button modules 

The dimensions of the switch and button 

modules are adapted to the electronic 

components in the integral housing. 

The modules are equipped with the universal 

clip-on foot structure to slot onto 

mounting rails TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5 and 

TS 35 x 15 as per EN 50035 and 

EN 50022. 

Buttons and switches simplify the commissioning, 

maintenance, monitoring and 

repair of the systems. The contacts are 

rated for inductive or resistive load. 

When switching inductive loads, a contact 

protection circuit is to be provided, such 

as Weidmüller terminals with diodes or 

RC combination. 

Fuse modules 

Unlike fuse terminals with a failure indicator, 

here an LED indicates that the fuse is 

functional. The circuit carries no closedcircuit 

current when the fuse is defective. 

Example of use: 

Fuse for a solenoid valve 

If the fuse is defective, no information is 

sent to the electronic component. 

If the fuse is defective, the electronic 

component receives – via the current of 

the LED display – incorrect information 

about the switching state of the solenoid 

valve. 

Rectifier circuit 

EGD rectifier modules are accommodated 

in EG2 housing which slot onto the 

mounting rail. 

The bridge circuit consists of 4 individual 

diodes which allow for an extended input 

voltage range of 5 V to 240 Vac. 

The DC output voltage is 90% of the AC 

input voltage; a load capacitor is not 

used. Varistors in both the input and output 

systems protect the industry-grade 

rectifier circuits from dangerous overvoltages. 

Input voltage 



K.96

Overview 


Diode array 

The modules group up to 40 diodes 

together on a PCB and route the module 

connections to screw terminals or spade 

connectors. 

Clip-in bases with diode arrays can be 

slotted onto mounting rails TS 32, 

TS 35 x 7.5 and TS 35 x 15 as per 

EN 50035 and EN 50022. 

Diode arrays can be used for reverse voltage 

protection, for circuit deletion or as 

linking modules. They are ideal for setting 

up fault alarm units with up to 40 inputs. 

1N4007 diodes are used. The lock voltage 

is 1300 V, feed-through current is 1 A 

with a surge current of up to 10 A permissible. 

Assembly modules 

Axial components such as resistors, 

diodes and capacitors can be soldered 

into the insertion modules. Five components 

can be soldered to solder lugs in 

one RSX, and 8 in the other. 


K 

K.97

Alarm and command modules 

EGT 1 

EGS 


K 


Nominal data 

Input voltage 

Rated current 



– fitted without spacing on TS 

– fitted with 20 mm spacing on TS 

Insulation coordination as per EN 50 178 



Order data 

Switch and button module 

Max. 250 V~ 

EGT 0 EGT 1 to EGT 6 

Resistive load 3 A/250 V~ 6 A/250 V~ 

Inductive load 5 A/30 V– 4 A/250 V~ 

–40 °C…+100 °C 

–25 °C…+85 °C 

–25 °C…+85 °C 

Type Switching function Qty Order no. 

EGT 0 1 NCC 10 8002290000 

1 NOC 

EGT 1 Circuit breaker 10 0126360000 

EGT 2 Change-over contact, 10 0104060000 

switching 


off position in the middle, 

switching to both sides 


off position in the middle, button 

to one side, switching to one side 


Fuse module with display 

230 V~ or 24 V– or 42 V~ 

Max. 6.3 A 

5 x 20 mm fuse 

–40 °C…+100 °C 

–25 °C…+55 °C 

–25 °C…+65 °C 

I 

2 


EGS 230 V~ 10 1115860000 

EGS 24 V– 10 0193860000 

EGS 42 V~ 10 8029370000 


off position in the middle, 

button to both sides 


button 

K.98 



Rectifier modules 

EGD 1 

EGD 2 



Nominal data 

Input voltage 

Rated current 


a = fitted without spacing on mounting rail 

b = fitted at 20 mm spacing on mounting rail 

Continuous 

current 


Max. downstream load capacitor 

Current load max. 

Surge current limit value 

Conducting-state voltage 




– fitted without spacing on mounting rail 

– fitted at 20 mm spacing on mounting rail 




Order data 

Rectifier circuit 

5 V~…240 V~, 50…60 Hz 

1 A 

200 µF 

1.5A (see derating curve) 

40 A (10 ms) 

≤ 2 V 

U d = 0,9 x U a 

–45 °C…+100 °C 

–30 °C…+40 °C 

–30 °C…+70 °C 

II 

2 

Type Qty. Order no. 

EGD 1 10 0546160000 

Rectifier circuit with 

varistor protection circuit 

5 V~…240 V~, 50…60 Hz 

1 A 

500 µF 

2.5 A (see derating curve) 

10 A (10 ms) 

≤ 2.2 V 

U d = 0,9 x U a 

–45 °C…+100 °C 

–30 °C…+40 °C 

–30 °C…+70 °C 

II 

2 


EGD 2 10 0546260000 


K 



K.99

Diode array 

RSD A 

RSD K 

RSD 


K 

with clip-on foot for TS 32, TS35x7.5 and 

TS35x15 



Screw connection, solid 

Screw connection, flexible 

Conductor cross-sectional area 

Spade connection 

Nominal data 

Operating voltage max. 


Diode current 




Dimensions 

Base width 


Remarks 

Order data 

mm 

mm 





with joint anode or cathode 

0.5…4 mm 2 

0.5…2.5 mm 2 

AWG 26…14 

0.8 x 2.8 or 0.8 x 6.3 mm 

250 V 

1000 V 

1 A 

III 

2 

RSD A 

RSD A 

65 65 

7 7 


with joint anode 

RSD A 22 diodes 1N4007 1 0180961001 

RSD A-F 22 diodes 1N4007 1 0181160000 

with joint cathode 

RSD K 22 diodes 1N4007 1 0181061001 

RSD K-F 22 diodes 1N4007 1 0181260000 

with open diode connections 

0.5…4 mm 2 

0.5…2.5 mm 2 

AWG 26…14 

0.8 x 2.8 or 0.8 x 6.3 mm (RSD 12) 

250 V 

1000 V 

1 A 

III 

2 

RSD 12 RSD 10 RSD 20 RSD 40 

65 60 120 240 

7 7 7 7 


RSD 12 diodes 1N4007 1 0181461001 

RSD-F 12 diodes 1N4007 1 0181360000 

RSD 10 10 diodes 1N4007 1 8022901001 


RSD 20 20 diodes 1N4007 1 8022911001 

RSD 40 40 diodes 1N4007 1 8022921001 

Mounting rails and end brackets: see chapter F 


K.100 



Rectifier modules 

RSX 

RSX-ADP 




Screw connection, solid 

Screw connection, flexible 



Nominal data 

Operating voltage max. 


Diode current 




Dimensions 

Base width 


Remarks 

Order data 

mm 

mm 



0.5…4 mm 2 

0.5…2.5 mm 2 

AWG 26…14 

0.8 x 2.8 or 0.8 x 6.3 mm 

250 V/5 A 

II 

2 

35 

7 


RSX 1 0329761001 

RSX-F 1 0329860000 

for soldering in 5 components 

solder lug 6 mm high 

solder lug spacing: approx. 20 mm 

0.5…4 mm 2 

0.5…2,5 mm 2 

AWG 26…14 

0.8 x 2.8 or 0.8 x 6.3 mm 

250 V/5 A 

II 

2 

50 

7 


RSX-ADP 1 8022051001 

for soldering in 8 components 

solder lug 6 mm high 

solder lug spacing: approx. 20 mm 


K 





K.101

Logic modules 

Inputs and outputs 

DKV 5Vdc 

DKV 24 Vdc 


K 

Amplified DKV 


Input voltage 

Switching threshold 

Input current 

Power loss, max. 


Output current, max. 

Output current, min. 

Switching frequency, max.; duty factor 1:2 


Block-state current 

Insulation coordination as per EN 50178 

Operating temperature 


Conductor 


Width 

Order data 

for TS 35 

without spacing 

with spacing 

5 Vdc ± 10 % 

off: ≤ 1.5 V 

approx. 3 V 

100 µA 

500 µW 

24 Vdc 

500 mA 

50 µA 

3 kHz 

≤ 450 mV 

≤ 20 µA 

Type 

Order no. 

DKV 5 Vdc 8018590000 

input at bottom 

on: ≥ 4.5 V 

no galvanic isolation between input and output 

–25 °C…+40 °C 

–25 °C…+50 °C 

–40 °C…+85 °C 

AWG 22…12 

0.5…4 mm 2 

6 mm 

Uin 

5 V 

IN 

Uout 

24 V 

0,5A 

DKV 5 Vdc 

OUT 

24 Vdc ±10 % 

off: ≤ 6 V 

approx. 13 V 

5 mA 

550 mW 

24 Vdc 

500 mA 

50 µA 

3 kHz 

≤ 900 mV 

≥ 50 µA 

Type 

Order no. 

DKV 24 Vdc 8015790000 


on: ≥ 20.4 V 

no galvanic isolation between input and output 

–25 °C…+40 °C 

–25 °C…+50 °C 

–25 °C…+85 °C 

AWG 22…12 

0.5…4 mm 2 

6 mm 

Uin 

24 V 

IN 

Uout 

24 V 

0,5A 

DKV 24 Vdc 

OUT 


Accessories 

End plate 

Type 

Order no. 

AP DKT4 0687560000 

Type 

Order no. 

AP DKT4 0687560000 

K.102 



Uin 

24 V 

IN P 

Uout 

24 V 

0,2A 

Uin 

24 V 

IN N 

Uout 

24 V 

0,2A 

DKP I 24 Vdc 

OUT 

OUT 

P 

+ 

DKPI 

- 

N 

P 

+ 

DKPI 

- 

N 

24Vdc 

24Vdc 

Logic modules 

Inputs and outputs 

DKLI 24Vdc 

DKPI 24 Vdc 


Amplified DKV 


Input voltage 

Switching threshold 

Input current 

Power loss, max. 


Output current, max. 

Output current, min. 

Switching frequency, max.; duty factor 1:2 


Block-state current 

Insulation coordination as per EN 50178 

Operating temperature 


Conductor 


Width 

Order data 

for TS 35 

without spacing 

with spacing 

24 Vdc ± 10 % 

off: ≥ 20.4 V 

approx. 8 V 

7,5 mA 

230 mW 

Type 

Order no. 

DKLI 24 Vdc 8010950000 


on: ≤ 4 V 

24 Vdc locked 

100 mA 0 mA 

50 µA 

3 kHz 

100 mV 

≤ 50 µA 

no isolation between input and output 

–25 °C…+40 °C 

–25 °C…+50 °C 

–40 °C…+85 °C 

AWG 22…12 

0.5…4 mm 2 

6 mm 

Uin 

24 V 

IN 

Uout 

24 V 

0,1A 

DKLI 24 Vdc 

OUT 

P: 24 Vdc ±10 % 

N: -2.4…+2.4 Vdc 

P: approx. 18 V / N: approx. 8 V 

approx. 8 mA 

approx. 500 mW 

24 Vdc 

200 mA 

50 µA 

3 kHz 

≤ 1,5 V 

≤ 50 µA 

no isolation between input and output 

–25 °C…+40 °C 

–25 °C…+50 °C 

–25 °C…+85 °C 

AWG 22…12 

0.5…4 mm 2 

6 mm 

Type 

Order no. 

DKPI 24 Vdc 8019530000 


R L 

R L 


K 

Accessories 

End plate 

Type 

Order no. 

AP DKT4 0687560000 

Type 

Order no. 

AP DKT4 0687560000 



K.103


K 


K.104

G - AA Electric

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?